Document:

Asset Purchase Agreement dated October 10, 2008

Table of Contents

 Exhibit 10.1 
  
  
 ASSET PURCHASE
AGREEMENT 
 BY AND AMONG 
 TV GUIDE MAGAZINE GROUP, INC., 
 SAMPLE MEDIA, LLC 
 AND
SOLELY WITH RESPECT TO SECTIONS 2.7, 6.2 AND 6.3 
 MACROVISION SOLUTIONS CORPORATION 
 OCTOBER 10, 2008 

  
  

Table of Contents

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
		  	ARTICLE I 	  	
		  	CERTAIN DEFINITIONS 	  	
			
		  	ARTICLE II 	  	
		  	THE ACQUISITION 	  	
	2.1	  	Assets and Liabilities	  	7
	2.2	  	The Closing	  	10
	2.3	  	Purchase Price and Payment Terms	  	10
	2.4	  	Further Assurances	  	12
	2.5	  	Procedures for Assets and Contracts Not Transferable	  	12
	2.6	  	Payments Post-Closing	  	13
	2.7	  	Trademark License	  	13
			
		  	ARTICLE III 	  	
		  	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY 	  	
	3.1	  	Organization and Good Standing	  	13
	3.2	  	Subsidiaries	  	13
	3.3	  	Corporate Authority Relative to This Agreement; No Violation	  	13
	3.4	  	Litigation	  	14
	3.5	  	Taxes	  	14
	3.6	  	Financial Statements	  	15
	3.7	  	Absence of Liabilities	  	15
	3.8	  	Absence of Certain Changes or Events	  	15
	3.9	  	Contracts	  	15
	3.10	  	Intellectual Property	  	16
	3.11	  	Purchased Assets	  	17
	3.12	  	Customers	  	17
	3.13	  	Suppliers	  	17
	3.14	  	Compliance With Applicable Laws and Other Regulations	  	18
	3.15	  	Permits	  	18
	3.16	  	Real Property	  	18
	3.17	  	Employees; Labor Matters	  	18
	3.18	  	Environmental Matters	  	19
	3.19	  	No Additional Representations	  	20
			
		  	ARTICLE IV 	  	
		  	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER 	  	
	4.1	  	Organization and Good Standing	  	20
	4.2	  	Corporate Authority Relative to this Agreement; No Violation	  	20
	4.3	  	Funding	  	21
	4.4	  	Territory of the Business	  	21
			
		  	ARTICLE V 	  	
		  	COMPANY COVENANTS 	  	
	5.1	  	Access to Information	  	21
	5.2	  	Maintenance of the Business	  	21
			
		  	ARTICLE VI 	  	
		  	BUYER COVENANTS 	  	
	6.1	  	Employee Matters	  	23
	6.2	  	Nonsolicitation	  	24

  

 i 

Table of Contents

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	6.3	  	Noncompetition	  	24
	6.4	  	Bulk Sales Laws	  	24
			
		  	ARTICLE VII 	  	
		  	OTHER COVENANTS 	  	
	7.1	  	Notification of Certain Matters	  	25
	7.2	  	Public Announcement	  	25
	7.3	  	Confidentiality	  	25
	7.4	  	Satisfaction of Conditions Precedent	  	25
	7.5	  	Antitrust Matters	  	25
			
		  	ARTICLE VIII 	  	
		  	CONDITIONS TO CLOSING OF THE PURCHASE 	  	
	8.1	  	Conditions to the Parties’ Obligation to Effect the Acquisition	  	26
	8.2	  	Additional Conditions to Obligations of Buyer	  	26
	8.3	  	Additional Conditions to Obligations of the Company	  	27
			
		  	ARTICLE IX 	  	
		  	TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT 	  	
	9.1	  	Termination by Mutual Consent	  	28
	9.2	  	Unilateral Termination	  	28
	9.3	  	Effect of Termination	  	28
			
		  	ARTICLE X 	  	
		  	SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, INDEMNIFICATION AND REMEDIES; CONTINUING COVENANTS 	  	
	10.1	  	Survival	  	29
	10.2	  	Indemnification by the Company	  	29
	10.3	  	Indemnification by Buyer	  	29
	10.4	  	Third Party Claims	  	30
	10.5	  	Limits on Liability	  	30
	10.6	  	Exclusive Remedy	  	31
	10.7	  	Treatment of Indemnification Payments	  	31
			
		  	ARTICLE XI 	  	
		  	CERTAIN TAX MATTERS 	  	
	11.1	  	Allocation of Consideration	  	31
	11.2	  	Sales and Transfer Taxes	  	32
	11.3	  	Straddle Period Taxes	  	32
	11.4	  	Tax Proceedings	  	32
	11.5	  	Buyer’s Post-Closing Tax Responsibilities	  	32
	11.6	  	Cooperation on Tax Matters	  	33
			
		  	ARTICLE XII 	  	
		  	MISCELLANEOUS 	  	
	12.1	  	Governing Law	  	33
	12.2	  	Assignment; Binding Upon Successors and Assigns	  	33
	12.3	  	Severability	  	33
	12.4	  	Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures	  	33
	12.5	  	Other Remedies	  	34
	12.6	  	Amendments and Waivers	  	34
	12.7	  	Expenses	  	34

  

 ii 

Table of Contents

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	12.8	  	Attorneys’ Fees	  	34
	12.9	  	Notices	  	34
	12.10	  	Interpretation; Rules of Construction	  	35
	12.11	  	Third Party Beneficiary Rights	  	35
	12.12	  	Entire Agreement	  	35
	12.13	  	Waiver Of Jury Trial	  	35

  

 iii 

Table of Contents

 LIST OF EXHIBITS 
  

			
	Exhibit A	  	Purchased Assets
	Exhibit B	  	Trademark License Agreement
	Exhibit C	  	Transition Services Agreement
	Exhibit D	  	Bill of Sale and Assumption Agreement
	Exhibit E	  	Data License Agreement
	Exhibit F	  	Allocation

  

 iv 

Table of Contents

 ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT 
 THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of October 10, 2008 (the “Agreement
Date”) by and among TV Guide Magazine Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Sample Media, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Buyer”), and solely with respect to Sections 2.7, 6.2
and 6.3, Macrovision Solutions Corporation (“Parent”). Each of the Company and Buyer, and solely with respect to Sections 2.7, 6.2 and 6.3, Parent, may hereafter be referred to as a “party” or collectively as
“parties.” 
 RECITALS 
 A. The Company and its Subsidiaries are engaged, among other things, in the business of publishing a weekly magazine in the United States, the content of which is centered on TV-related news, feature stories, TV celebrity photos,
behind-the-scenes coverage, reviews and recommendations and national television listings (the “Business”). 
 B. Buyer is
interested in purchasing, and the Company is interested in selling, the Business, including, without limitation, all of the Company’s right, title and interest in, to and under certain assets, properties and rights of the Business as set forth
herein. 
 C. The parties desire that the Company sell, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to Buyer, and that Buyer purchase from the
Company, the Purchased Assets (as defined below) that are owned by the Company, that the Company convey the rights in the Licensed Assets (as defined below), and that Buyer assume from the Company the Assumed Liabilities (as defined below), subject
to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (the “Acquisition”). 
 D. Buyer and the Company desire to make
certain representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in connection with the Acquisition and to prescribe various conditions to the Acquisition. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises, covenants and conditions contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 
 CERTAIN
DEFINITIONS 
 As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below. Unless indicated otherwise, all
mathematical calculations contemplated hereby shall be made to the fifth decimal place. 
 “affiliate” means, with respect
to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person. 
 “Applicable Law” means, collectively, all United States federal, state, local or municipal laws, foreign laws, statutes, ordinances, regulations, and rules, and all orders, writs, injunctions, awards, judgments and decrees
applicable to the assets, properties and business (and any regulations promulgated thereunder) of the applicable company or entity. 
 “Assumed Contracts” means (i) all Contracts exclusively related to the Business (excluding any Contracts with employees and excluding any Contracts related to an Excluded Liability), including without limitation all
Assumed Contracts set forth on Exhibit A1, (ii) all Contracts that Buyer agrees to 

  

 1 

Table of Contents

 
assume in writing prior to the Closing, and (iii) all other Contracts relating exclusively to the conduct or operation of the Business or to which any
of the Purchased Assets or Purchased Liabilities is subject which either are entered into after the Agreement Date in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms hereof, or which Buyer elects in writing to assume at Closing
including, in the clauses (i), (ii), and (iii), all rights to receive goods and services purchased pursuant to such Contracts and all claims and rights to take any other actions arising out of or relating to such Contracts or the Purchased Assets,
or in respect thereof. 
 “Balance Sheet” means the unaudited combined balance sheet of the Business as of the Balance Sheet
Date. 
 “Balance Sheet Date” means September 30, 2008. 
 “Buyer Ancillary Agreements” means, collectively, each certificate to be delivered on behalf of Buyer by an officer or officers of Buyer
at the Closing pursuant to Article VIII and each agreement or document (other than this Agreement) that Buyer is to enter into as a party thereto pursuant to this Agreement. 
 “Closing” means the closing of the transactions necessary to consummate the Acquisition. 
 “Closing Date” means the date on which the Closing shall occur, as specified by the parties, which shall be no later than the second
business day after the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article VIII, or at such other time and date as the parties hereto agree in writing, provided, however, that the parties shall not be obliged to effect the Closing prior to
December 1, 2008. 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 
 “Company Ancillary Agreements” means, collectively, each certificate to be delivered on behalf of the Company by an officer or officers
of the Company at the Closing pursuant to Article VIII and each agreement or document (other than the Agreement) that the Company is to enter into as a party pursuant to this Agreement. 
 “Contract” means any written or oral legally binding contract, agreement, instrument, arrangement, commitment, understanding or
undertaking (including leases, licenses, mortgages, notes, guarantees, sublicenses, subcontracts and purchase orders). 
 “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
management or policies of a person, whether through the ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise. 
 “Disclosure Schedule” means the disclosure schedule dated as of the Agreement Date and delivered by the Company to Buyer on the Agreement Date listing any disclosures to be made pursuant to the
representations and warranties of the Company herein (each of which disclosures, in order to be effective, shall clearly indicate the section and, if applicable, the subsection of Article III to which it relates (unless and only to the extent the
relevance to other representations and warranties is clearly apparent from the actual text of the disclosures without reference to further documentation), and each of which disclosures shall also be deemed to be a representation and warranty made by
the Company under Article III hereof). 
  

 2 

Table of Contents

 “Effective Time” means the time of the consummation of the Acquisition or such later
time as may be mutually agreed by Buyer and the Company. 
 “Encumbrance” means, with respect to any tangible or intangible
asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, encumbrance, pledge, charge, security interest, title retention device, collateral assignment, adverse claim, restriction or other encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset (including any restriction on the
voting of any security, any restriction on the transfer of any security or other asset, any restriction on the receipt of any income derived from any asset, any restriction on the use of any asset and any restriction on the possession, exercise or
transfer of any other attribute of ownership of any asset), including with respect to any security, any adverse claim or third party right or interest, right of first refusal, preemptive right or restriction of any nature, or other right of third
parties, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law, and including, without limitation, any agreements to give any of the foregoing in the future, and any contingent sale or other title retention agreement in the nature thereof. For
purposes of clarification only, an inability to sell a security without registering such security for sale under the Securities Act or other federal or state securities laws shall not represent an Encumbrance. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 “Expiration Date” means 11:59 p.m. California time on the date that is twelve (12) months following the Closing Date. 

“GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis. 
 “GAAP Exceptions” means the following: (a) no accounting for income taxes; (b) no accounting for Parent’s Employee
Stock Purchase Plan; (c) not all purchase accounting entries related to Parent’s purchase of Gemstar TV Guide International, Inc. have been pushed down to the Business; and (d) not all inter-company allocations have been recorded.

 “Governmental Authority” means any United States or foreign governmental or regulatory agency, commission, court,
body, entity or authority. 
 “knowledge” means, with respect to any party to this Agreement, the actual knowledge of
a particular fact, circumstance, event or other matter in question of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel (as applicable) of such party. 
 “liabilities” means debts, liabilities and obligations, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured,
determined or determinable, known or unknown, including those arising under any law, action or governmental order and those arising under any Contract. 
 “Material Adverse Effect” when used in connection with an entity or business means any change, event, circumstance, condition or effect that is, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse in
relation to the condition (financial or otherwise), assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, business, operations or results of operations of such entity and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided, however, that in no event shall any
of the following be taken into account in determining whether there has been or will be a Material Adverse Effect with respect to an entity or business: (i) any effect resulting directly from the entity taking an action expressly required to be
taken by it pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (ii) with respect to the Company or the Business, any effect resulting from a change in the industry in which the Company or the Business operates or in the worldwide economy
generally which does not effect the Company or the Business in a disproportionate manner relative to other participants in the industry, (iii) any adverse effect resulting from any change in Applicable Law or 

  

 3 

Table of Contents

 
in accounting requirements or principles required under GAAP, (iv) any failure to meet internal revenue or earnings projections, which failure shall
have occurred in the absence of a material deterioration in the business or financial condition of such entity that would otherwise constitute a Material Adverse Effect but for this clause (iv), (v) any effect resulting from changes in law,
rules or regulations applicable to such entity or its operations or business, (vi) any effect resulting from any acts of terrorism, war or natural disaster, or (vii) any effect resulting from or relating to the announcement, negotiation,
execution or performance of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. 
 “Material Assumed Contract” means the
Assumed Contracts set forth on the Schedule 3.9(a). 
 “Net Working Capital” means (A) the Business’ combined
total current assets (as defined by GAAP) as of the Closing Date, excluding any inter-company payables or receivables and further excluding any cash clearing accounts linked to a Company affiliate’s bank account and calculated in accordance
with GAAP, subject to GAAP Exceptions, and in a manner consistent with prior month-end unaudited combined balance sheets (to the extent consistent with GAAP, subject to GAAP Exceptions), less (B) the Business’ combined total current
liabilities (as defined by GAAP) as of the Closing Date, excluding any inter-company payables or receivables, further excluding any cash clearing accounts linked to a Company affiliate’s bank account and further excluding any deferred
subscriber liability and calculated in accordance with GAAP, subject to GAAP Exceptions, and in a manner consistent with prior month-end unaudited combined balance sheets (to the extent consistent with GAAP, subject to GAAP Exceptions). 

“Net Working Capital Decrease” means the amount by which the Net Working Capital is less than $14,700,000. 
 “Net Working Capital Increase” means the amount by which the Net Working Capital is greater than $14,700,000. 
 “Permitted Encumbrances” means (A) statutory Encumbrances for taxes that are not yet due
and payable; (B) statutory Encumbrances to secure obligations to landlords, lessors or renters under leases or rental agreements; (C) deposits or pledges made in connection with, or to secure payment of, workers’ compensation,
unemployment insurance or other social security or similar programs mandated by Applicable Law; (D) statutory Encumbrances in favor of carriers, repairers, servicers, bailees, warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen, to secure claims for labor,
materials or supplies and other like Encumbrances; (E) any minor imperfection of title or similar Encumbrances, charges or encumbrances which individually or in the aggregate with other such Encumbrances, charges and encumbrances does not
impair the value of the property subject to such Encumbrance, charge or encumbrance or the use of such property by the Company or its Subsidiaries; or (F) any security interest in the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries securing the
guarantees by the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries of the obligations under the Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2008 (the “Credit Agreement”) among Parent, Macrovision Corporation, the
Guarantors Party thereto, the Lenders named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent; provided, however, that (F) shall be a considered a Permitted Encumbrance only prior to the Closing
Date, by which time such security interest must be removed with respect to the Purchased Assets and the Licensed Assets which shall be conveyed free and clear of such security interest.  
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, company, limited liability company, partnership, limited liability partnership, trust,
estate, proprietorship, joint venture, association, organization, entity or Governmental Authority. 
  

 4 

Table of Contents

 “Promissory Note” means that certain unsecured promissory note of Buyer, to be issued to
the Company or its designee, with all interest at the rate of three percent (3%) per annum and (i) one million dollars ($1,000,000) principal and interest thereon due upon the ealier of (a) Buyer’s payment (or determination not
to pay) to Retained Employees the second half of fiscal year 2008 bonuses or (b) March 31, 2009, and (ii) all remaining principal and interest thereunder to be deferred to the maturity date of December 31, 2014, in the aggregate
principal amount of nine million five hundred thousand dollars ($9,500,000) less the aggregate amount of any Severance Obligations incurred by the Company related to the termination of any Employee of the Business on or prior to the Closing
Date. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
 “Severance Obligations” means any cash severance payments paid by the Company to any Employee who is listed on the revised
Schedule 3.17(a) to be delivered from the Company to Buyer pursuant to Section 6.1(a) and who does not become a Retained Employee on or prior to the Closing Date, which payments are made pursuant to the Company’s legal commitments to such
Employees as existing on the date of this Agreement in connection with the Company’s termination of such Employees on or prior to the Closing Date. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any other party, any corporation or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which (i) such party or any other Subsidiary of such party
is a general partner (excluding partnerships, the general partnership interests of which held by such party or any Subsidiary of such party do not have a majority of the voting interest in such partnership) or (ii) at least a majority of the
securities or other interests having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other organization or a majority of the profit
interests in such other organization is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such party or by any one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such party and one or more of its Subsidiaries. 
 “Tax” (and, with correlative meaning, “Taxes”) means (A) any net income, alternative or add-on minimum tax, gross
income, gross receipts, sales, use, value-added, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, environmental or windfall profit tax, custom duty and
import and export taxes, provincial health insurance plan premiums, employer health tax, United States or other government pension plan contributions, employment insurance premiums, workman’s compensation and other payroll taxes, deductions at
source, non-resident withholding, social service provincial sales and goods and services taxes, including estimated taxes, countervail and anti-dumping fees and taxes, all licenses and registration fees, escheat, any related penalties, or other tax,
governmental fee or other like assessment, reassessment or charge, duties, impositions and liabilities of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest or any penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Governmental Authority
responsible for the imposition of any such tax, (B) any liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (A) of this sentence as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, unitary or
aggregate group for any taxable period, and (C) any liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (A) or (B) of this sentence as a result of being a transferee of or successor to any Person or as a result of
any express or implied obligation to indemnify any other Person. 
 “Tax Return” means any return, report or similar filing
(including the attached schedules) required to be filed with respect to Taxes, including any information return, claim for refund, amended return or declaration of estimated Taxes. 
  

 5 

Table of Contents

 Index of Other Defined Terms 
  

			
	 Defined Terms
	  	 Section Reference

	 Accounts Payable
	  	2.1(c)(vi)
	 Acquisition
	  	Recital
	 Action
	  	3.4
	 Agreement
	  	Preamble
	 Agreement Date
	  	Preamble
	 Allocation
	  	11.1(a)
	 Antitrust Laws
	  	7.5
	 Assumed Liabilities
	  	2.1(c)
	 Bankruptcy and Equity Exception
	  	3.3(a)
	 Bill of Sale
	  	8.2(d)
	 Business
	  	Recitals
	 Business Properties
	  	3.16
	 Buyer
	  	Preamble
	 Buyer Field of Use Restrictions
	  	3.11
	 Buyer Indemnitee
	  	10.2
	 Cash Purchase Price
	  	2.3(a)
	 Claim Notice
	  	10.4(a)
	 Closing Loan
	  	8.2(h)
	 Closing Statement
	  	2.3(c)(i)
	 Company
	  	Preamble
	 Company Benefit Plans
	  	3.17(c)
	 Company Foreign Plans
	  	3.17(c)
	 Company Indemnitee
	  	10.3
	 Company IP
	  	3.10(c)
	 Company Specified Approvals
	  	3.3(b)
	 Confidentiality Agreement
	  	5.1
	 Confirmation Certificate
	  	2.3(c)(ii)
	 Consents
	  	2.5
	 Credit Agreement
	  	Article I – definition of “Permitted Encumbrances”
	 Data License Agreement
	  	8.2(g)
	 Dispute Notice
	  	2.3(c)(ii)
	 Employees
	  	3.17(a)
	 End Date
	  	9.2(b)
	 environment
	  	3.18(c)
	 Environmental Law
	  	3.18(c)
	 ERISA
	  	3.17(c)
	 Excluded Assets
	  	2.1(b)
	 Excluded Liabilities
	  	2.1(d)
	 Final Allocation
	  	11.1(b)
	 Financial Statements
	  	3.6
	 Indemnifiable Claim
	  	10.4(a)
	 Indemnitee
	  	10.4(a)
	 Indemnitor
	  	10.4(a)
	 Independent Accountant
	  	2.3(c)(iv)
	 Independent Contractors
	  	3.17(b)
	 Intellectual Property
	  	3.10(a)
	 Interim Financial Statements
	  	3.6

  

 6 

Table of Contents

			
	 Key Employee Agreement
	  	6.6
	 Licensed Assets
	  	2.1(b)
	 Losses
	  	10.2
	 Materials of Environmental Concern
	  	3.18(c)
	 Parent
	  	Preamble
	 party or parties
	  	Preamble
	 Permits
	  	3.15(a)
	 Purchased Assets
	  	2.1(a)
	 Registered Company Proprietary Rights
	  	3.10(b)
	 release
	  	3.18(c)
	 Retained Employee or Retained Employees
	  	6.1(a)
	 Review Period
	  	2.3(c)(ii)
	 Significant Customers
	  	3.12
	 Significant Suppliers
	  	3.13
	 Start Date
	  	6.1(a)
	 Straddle Period Tax
	  	11.3
	 Tax Proceeding
	  	11.4
	 Threshold Amount
	  	10.5
	 Trademark License Agreement
	  	2.7
	 Transfer Taxes
	  	11.2
	 Transition Services Agreement
	  	8.2(c)

 ARTICLE II 
 THE ACQUISITION 
 2.1 Assets and Liabilities. 
 (a) Purchased Assets. Upon the terms and subject to the
conditions of this Agreement, as of the Closing, Buyer shall purchase from the Company, and the Company shall sell, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to Buyer, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances, all of the
Company’s right, title and interest in, to and under the assets (i) exclusively used or held for use in the operation of the Business, or (ii) otherwise described on Exhibit A (collectively the “Purchased
Assets”), including without limitation the following assets: 
 (i) the Assumed Contracts; 
 (ii) all Intellectual Property used or held for use exclusively in the Business, including without limitation the assets set forth on Exhibit A2;

 (iii) all fixed assets, furniture, equipment, computers, computer equipment and other tangible property used or held for use primarily in
the Business, including without limitation those set forth on Exhibit A3; 
 (iv) copies of all subscriber, prospects and vendors
lists used or held for use in the Business; 
 (v) copies of business, accounting, and financial records used or held for use in the
operation of the Business as set forth in the Transition Services Agreement (as defined below); 
 (vi) all accounts receivable of the
Business as of the Closing Date; 
  

 7 

Table of Contents

 (vii) all paper inventory used or held for use in the Business, as of the Closing Date; 
 (viii) all advertising insert orders and advertising contracts exclusively related to the Business, in effect as of the Closing Date; 
 (ix) all customer subscriptions to TV Guide Magazine, in effect as of the Closing Date; 
 (x) all of the Company’s right, title and interest to content (textual, photographic or other) as published in TV Guide Magazine since its
inception, provided, that listings data shall not be considered Purchased Assets; 
 (xi) all physical copies of TV Guide Magazines
and all other archived materials stored in the archive room at the offices of the Company in Radnor, Pennsylvania, provided, that the Purchased Assets shall not include one physical copy of each edition (to the extent there is more than one
available) of TV Guide Magazines and one copy of other archived materials (to the extent there is more than one available); and 
 (xii) all
pre-paids and deposits to the extent relating to the Business as of the Closing Date, including without limitation postage and premiums, provided, that the Letter of Credit for the New York City facility shall not be considered a Purchased
Asset. 
 (b) Excluded Assets. The Company shall not sell, assign, transfer, convey or deliver to Buyer hereunder, and Buyer shall not
purchase hereunder, any assets of the Company or the Company’s business of whatever nature whether presently in existence or arising hereafter, except for the Purchased Assets, and any such assets other than Purchased Assets, are herein
referred to as “Excluded Assets”. However, the Company hereby grants Buyer certain rights to the Excluded Assets listed in Schedule 2.1(b) (the “Licensed Assets”) which rights are also described in Schedule
2.1(b). THE LICENSED ASSETS ARE LICENSED TO BUYER “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND (EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES MADE IN SECTIONS 3.10(b) AND 3.11 OF THIS AGREEMENT, WHICH, BY THEIR TERMS EXPRESSLY APPLY TO THE
LICENSED ASSETS), AND EXCEPT FOR SUCH EXPRESS REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, THE COMPANY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES PERTAINING THERETO, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. 
 (c) Liabilities Assumed by Buyer. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Agreement, and in reliance on the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made by the Company herein, effective as of the Closing Date, Buyer shall assume and be obligated pursuant to this Agreement to pay when due, perform or
discharge only the debts, claims, liabilities, obligations and expenses described below and on Schedule 2.1(c) (collectively, the “Assumed Liabilities”): 
 (i) (A) the deferred subscriber liability; and (B) executory obligations arising from the Assumed Contracts which are to be performed after the
Closing Date; provided, however, that Buyer shall not assume any (x) liability of any nature related to any Excluded Liabilities, (y) obligations arising from any Contracts attributable or relating to the Business, the rights
to which are not, for any reason, assigned to Buyer as required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, or (z) liabilities arising from the breach of any Assumed Contracts by the Company or its affiliates occurring prior to the Closing Date,
excluding, however, liabilities arising from any continuation of such breach by Buyer after the Closing Date; 
  

 8 

Table of Contents

 (ii) Transfer Taxes in accordance with Section 11.2; 
 (iii) all Liabilities in connection with, arising under or pursuant to, the Company IP (as defined below) comprising a portion of the Purchased Assets,
occurring after the Closing Date; 
 (iv) all Liabilities of the Company with respect to accrued vacation and severance, if any, of all the
Retained Employees to the extent included in the Net Working Capital on the Closing Statement; 
 (v) Liabilities of the Company to accept
returns or to provide product warranty services with respect to customers of the Business, regardless of when the products or services associated with the Business were purchased; 
 (vi) all current trade accounts payable, current accrued expenses and other current liabilities, in each case existing as of the Closing, in each case
to the extent related to the Business arising in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and calculated in accordance with GAAP and included on the Closing Statement (as defined below) (the “Accounts Payable”);

 (vii) all agency subscriber liability, whether or not reflected on the Balance Sheet; and 
 (viii) all purchase orders exclusively related to the Business issued in the ordinary course of business to vendors which have not yet been invoiced by
the vendors. 
 Notwithstanding anything set forth above, the Assumed Liabilities shall not include any Excluded Liabilities. 
 Buyer shall indemnify the Company with respect to the Assumed Liabilities in accordance with Article X. The Company shall retain (and thereafter pay, perform, discharge
or otherwise satisfy in accordance with their respective terms, and indemnify Buyer with respect thereto in accordance with Article X hereof), all other liabilities not specifically identified above and/or on Schedule 2.1(c). 

(d) Excluded Liabilities. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.1(c) or any other express provision of this Agreement, Buyer shall not
assume or otherwise become obligated to pay when due, perform or discharge any debts, claims, liabilities, obligations, damages or expenses of the Company or its affiliates (whether known or unknown, contingent or absolute, or arising before, on or
after the Closing Date), including, without limitation, any (i) liability for Taxes relating to operation of the Business through Closing Date (other than Transfer Taxes and any Taxes that are otherwise expressly attributed to or assumed by
Buyer pursuant to this Agreement); (ii) obligations under Contracts of the Company or its affiliates not constituting Assumed Contracts; (iii) payment of any amounts pursuant to retention, stay bonus or similar agreements entered into
prior to the Closing by the Company or its affiliates; (iv) obligations of the Company or its affiliates incurred in connection with the Company’s operation of business activities other than the Business; (v) obligations related to
intellectual property infringement claims arising from the ownership of any of the Purchased Assets or Licensed Assets or the operation of the Business prior to the Closing Date; (vi) obligations with respect to being a member or part of the
Company’s control group or affiliated group, or by virtue of being owned or controlled by the Company or its affiliates, under ERISA, or with respect to discrimination, wrongful termination or other employee 

  

 9 

Table of Contents

 
claims the underlying facts of which relate to the pre-Closing period; (vii) obligations with respect to formerly leased or owned real properties;
(viii) obligations with respect to offsite disposal of hazardous substances; (ix) any liability or obligation of the Company or its affiliates arising out of or relating to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, including any claim
for payment of fees and/or expenses of a broker, finder or investment banker in connection with the origination, negotiation, execution or consummation of this Agreement based upon any alleged agreement between the claimant and the Company or its
affiliates; (x) any liabilities or obligations of the Company or its affiliates for indebtedness other than Assumed Liabilities; (xi) any liability or obligation relating to any Excluded Asset; (xii) any accrued expenses (to the
extent not included in the definition of Accounts Payable); (xiii) any severance not reflected in the Net Working Capital on Closing Statement (for the avoidance of doubt, not affecting Buyer’s obligations with respect to Closing Severance
Obligations under this Agreement); (xiv) any obligation or liability to any employees other than the Retained Employees and any obligation or liability under any Company Benefit Plan; (xv) obligations with respect to any Actions (as
defined below) pending or threatened prior to the Closing Date or arising from the operation of the Business prior to the Closing Date; (xvi) any intercompany liabilities to Parent, the Company or any of their affiliates; (xvii) any
obligation or liability whatsoever other than the Assumed Liabilities; and (xviii) those items set forth on Schedule 2.1(d) (collectively, the “Excluded Liabilities”). 
 2.2 The Closing. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Closing shall take place at the offices
of Cooley Godward Kronish LLP, 3175 Hanover Street, Palo Alto, California, on the Closing Date. 
 2.3
Purchase Price and Payment Terms. 
 (a) At the Closing, Buyer shall (i) purchase from the Company the Purchased Assets and the
rights to the Licensed Assets, (ii) assume the Assumed Liabilities, (iii) pay to Company an aggregate purchase price for the Purchased Assets and the rights granted to the Licensed Assets of one dollar ($1) (the “Cash Purchase
Price”) and (iv) deliver the Promissory Note against payment to Buyer of the Closing Loan. 
 (b) Post-Closing Adjustments.

 (i) Within forty-five (45) days after the Closing Date, Buyer shall cause to be prepared and delivered to the Company a statement
setting forth Buyer’s calculation of the Net Working Capital as of the Closing Date, which statement shall include all known adjustments required in a year-end closing of the books and shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, subject to GAAP
Exceptions, and a manner consistent with prior month-end unaudited combined balance sheets (to the extent consistent with GAAP, subject to GAAP Exceptions) (the “Closing Statement”). The Company shall cooperate as reasonably
requested in connection with the preparation of the Closing Statement. 
 (ii) The Company shall have thirty (30) days following the
date of delivery by Buyer to the Company of the Closing Statement (such 30-day period, the “Review Period”) to provide Buyer with a written certificate confirming that the Net Working Capital is correct as set forth on the Closing
Statement (the “Confirmation Certificate”) or notifying Buyer in writing of any good faith reasonable objections to the calculation of the Net Working Capital as set forth on the Closing Statement (a “Dispute
Notice”), setting forth a reasonably specific and detailed description of such objections. During the Review Period, the Company shall be permitted to review Buyer’s working papers related to the preparation of the Closing Statement
and determination of the Net Working Capital. If a Confirmation Certificate is delivered by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.3(c)(ii), then the Net Working Capital calculated by Buyer in connection with the preparation of the Closing
Statement shall be deemed to be final and binding on the parties to this Agreement. 
  

 10 

Table of Contents

 (iii) If, within the Review Period, the Company shall object to the Closing Statement or Buyer’s
calculation of the Net Working Capital as reflected in the Dispute Notice, a representative of Buyer, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other, shall attempt in good faith to resolve any such objections within ten (10) business days
following the receipt by Buyer of the Dispute Notice. 
 (iv) If the Company and Buyer shall be unable to resolve any such dispute within
the ten (10) business day period, the Company and Buyer (either together or separately) shall be entitled to submit the dispute to a mutually agreed upon independent accounting firm (the “Independent Accountant”) for review and
resolution of all matters (but only such matters) which remain in dispute, and the Independent Accountant shall make a final determination of the Net Working Capital to the extent such amount is in dispute, in accordance with the guidelines and
procedures set forth in this Agreement. Each of the Company, on the one hand, and Buyer, on the other hand, shall, and shall cause their respective officers, directors, employees, and representatives to, provide full cooperation to the Independent
Accountant. The Independent Accountant shall (i) act in its capacity as an expert and not as an arbitrator, (ii) limit its review to such items and calculations as were addressed in the Dispute Notice that have not been resolved by the
parties and any factual or mathematical errors contained in the information provided to or by Buyer and (iii) be instructed to reach its conclusions regarding any such dispute within thirty (30) days after its appointment and provide a
written explanation of its decision. In resolving any matters in dispute, the Independent Accountant may not assign a value to any item in dispute greater than the greatest value for such item assigned by Buyer, on the one hand, or the Company, on
the other hand, or less than the smallest value for such item assigned by Buyer, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand. The Independent Accountant’s determination will be based solely on presentations by Buyer and the Company which
are in accordance with the guidelines and procedures set forth in this Agreement (i.e., not on the basis of an independent review). The Closing Statement and the determination of the Net Working Capital shall become final and binding on the parties
on the date the Independent Accountant delivers its final resolution in writing to the parties. The fees and expenses of the Independent Accountant shall be paid by the party determined by the Independent Accountant to be the non-prevailing party in
connection with the dispute; provided, however, that if the Independent Accountant shall determine in its reasonable discretion that neither party shall be the non-prevailing party, then such fees and expenses shall be borne in equal
proportions by the Company and Buyer. 
 (v) If the Company does not deliver a Dispute Notice within the Review Period, the Closing
Statement (together with Buyer’s calculation of the Net Working Capital set forth on the Closing Statement) shall be deemed to have been accepted by all of the parties to this Agreement. In the event that the Company delivers a Dispute Notice
in accordance with the provisions above and the Company and Buyer are able to resolve such dispute by mutual agreement, the Closing Statement, together with the calculation of the Net Working Capital, to the extent modified by the mutual agreement
of such parties, shall be deemed to have been accepted by all of the parties to this Agreement. In the event that the Company delivers a Dispute Notice in accordance with the provisions set forth above and the Company and Buyer are unable to resolve
such dispute by mutual agreement, the determination of the Independent Accountant shall be final and binding on the parties, and the Closing Statement, together with the calculation of the Net Working Capital, to the extent modified by the
Independent Accountant, shall be deemed to have been accepted by all of the parties to this Agreement. 
 (vi) In the event of a Net Working
Capital Decrease, the Company shall deliver to Buyer such amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such accounts as Buyer specifies in written instructions to the Company within thirty (30) days following the final
determination of such amount pursuant to this Section 2.3(c). Notwithstanding the above, such amount shall be paid within 180 days after the Closing Date. 
  

 11 

Table of Contents

 (vii) In the event of a Net Working Capital Increase, Buyer shall deliver to the Company such amount by
wire transfer of immediately available funds to such accounts as the Company specifies in written instructions to Buyer within thirty (30) days following the final determination of such amount pursuant to this Section 2.3(c).
Notwithstanding the above, such amount shall be paid within 180 days after the Closing Date. 
 2.4 Further
Assurances. If, at any time before or after the Closing, any of the parties hereto reasonably believes or is advised by their attorneys that any further instruments, deeds, assignments or assurances are reasonably necessary to consummate the
Acquisition or to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement at or after the Closing, then the Company and Buyer, their respective officers and directors shall execute and deliver all such proper deeds, assignments, instruments and
assurances and do all other things reasonably necessary to consummate the Acquisition and to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement. 
 2.5 Procedures for Assets and Contracts Not Transferable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, to the extent that the sale, conveyance, transfer, assignment or delivery
or attempted sale, conveyance, transfer, assignment or delivery to the Buyer of any Purchased Asset is prohibited by Applicable Law or would require any governmental or third-party authorizations, approvals, consents or waivers (collectively, the
“Consents”) or would constitute a breach or would in any way adversely affect the rights of the Buyer to any Purchased Asset, each of the Company and Buyer shall use its, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and affiliates to use their
respective, commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such Consents prior to the Closing and if any such Consents shall not have been obtained prior to the Closing, this Agreement shall not constitute an agreement to sell, convey, transfer, assign
or deliver (or a sale, conveyance, transfer, assignment or delivery of) such Purchased Asset if any of the foregoing would constitute a breach of Applicable Law or the rights of any third party; provided, however, that, subject to the
satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Closing shall occur notwithstanding the foregoing on the terms set forth herein; provided further, however, that the Company shall not be relieved of its
obligation to sell, convey, transfer, assign and deliver, and the Buyer of its obligation to purchase, such Purchased Assets. Following the Closing, the parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts and shall cooperate with each other to
obtain promptly such Consents. If such Consent is obtained, the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to, promptly convey, transfer, assign and deliver, or cause to be conveyed, transferred, assigned and delivered, such
Purchased Asset to Buyer. In the interim, with respect to any Assumed Contracts that have not been transferred due to lack of third party consent, the Company shall enforce the rights thereunder (and shall make extensions or modifications thereto)
at Buyer’s direction and expense, and shall either direct that payments thereunder be made directly to Buyer or else shall promptly, and no later than five (5) business days after the Company’s receipt, remit to Buyer payments made to
the Company thereunder, and Buyer shall perform the obligations thereunder, with such assistance from the Company as may be reasonably necessary. The Company and the Buyer shall cooperate in like manner with respect to any Contract relating to the
Business which was not assigned to Buyer because of a shared use by the Company or its affiliates, except for the Contracts that are addressed in the Transition Services Agreement (as defined below), until such time as the Company and Buyer may each
put in place their own separate contractual arrangements. The provisions of this Section 2.5 shall not in any way limit the Buyer’s rights under this Agreement in the event that the conditions to Closing are not satisfied. 
 2.6 Payments Post-Closing. If, following the Closing Date, the Company or any of its affiliates receives any
payment or other proceeds (including the benefit of a mistaken payment) (i) relating to any Purchased Assets, or (ii) relating to the conduct or operation of the Business after the Closing Date, the Company shall, and shall cause its
affiliates to, promptly remit to the Buyer the amount of any such payments to the extent relating to the Purchased Assets or exclusively from the conduct or operation of the Business. 
  

 12 

Table of Contents

 2.7 Trademark License. Effective as of the Closing, Parent and/or
its appropriate Subsidiaries will grant to Buyer a trademark license and other related rights set forth in the Trademark License Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Trademark License
Agreement”). 
 ARTICLE III 
 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY 
 Subject to the disclosures set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, the Company represents and warrants to Buyer that the statements contained in this Article III are true and correct on and as of the Agreement Date (except to the extent
expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case such statements are true and correct as of such date): 
 3.1 Organization and Good Standing. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has all requisite corporate
power and corporate authority to own, operate and lease its properties and to carry on the Business. With respect to the Business, the Company is duly qualified or licensed to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the
character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its activities makes such qualification or licensing necessary, and where failure to be so qualified or licensed could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect on the Company. 
 3.2 Subsidiaries. Each Subsidiary of the Company is identified on
Section 3.2 of the Disclosure Schedule, together with a listing of the jurisdiction in which each such Subsidiary is organized. Each such Subsidiary is an entity duly formed or organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
the jurisdiction in which it was formed or organized. With respect to the Business, each such Subsidiary has all requisite corporate power and corporate authority to own, operate and lease its properties and to carry on its business as now being
conducted and is duly qualified or licensed to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its activities makes such qualification or licensing
necessary and where failure to be so qualified or licensed could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
 3.3 Corporate Authority Relative to This Agreement; No Violation. 
 (a) The Company has all requisite corporate power and corporate authority to enter into, execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement
and to consummate the Acquisition. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Company Ancillary Agreements, have been duly and validly approved and authorized by the Company and constitutes, or when executed and
delivered will constitute, the valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar
laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles (the “Bankruptcy and Equity Exception”). 
 (b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Company Ancillary Agreements and the consummation of the Acquisition by the Company does not and will not require any consent,
approval, authorization or permit of, action by, filing with or notification to any Governmental Authority other than the consents and/or notices set forth on Section 3.3(b) of the Disclosure Schedule (the “Company Specified
Approvals”), and other than any consent, approval, authorization, permit, action, filing or notification the failure of which to make or obtain would not (A) have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or (B) prevent or
materially delay the consummation of the Acquisition. 
  

 13 

Table of Contents

 (c) Assuming receipt of or compliance with the Company Specified Approvals, the execution, delivery and
performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not, (x) contravene or conflict with the organizational or governing documents of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (y) contravene or conflict with or constitute a material violation of any provision of any Applicable Law binding upon or applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of the Purchased
Assets, or (z) result in any material violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material obligation or to the loss of a
material benefit under, any loan, guarantee of indebtedness or credit agreement, note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease or agreement binding upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or result in the creation of any Encumbrance (other than
Permitted Encumbrances) upon any of the Purchased Assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. 
 3.4
Litigation. There is no (a) outstanding judgment, order, decree, award, stipulation or injunction of any Governmental Authority against the Company which seeks to or is reasonably likely to have the effect of preventing the Company from
consummating the Acquisition, or (b) action, suit, arbitration or hearing, whether civil, criminal or administrative (“Action”) (i) pending or threatened against the Company, (ii) pending or threatened against Parent
and relating to the Business or (iii) which would be reasonably likely to impair the Company’s ability to consummate the Acquisition. 
 3.5 Taxes. 
 (a) The Purchased Assets are not subject to any liens for Taxes, except liens
for Taxes not yet due, and Buyer will not become directly or indirectly liable for, and no lien, claim or encumbrance will be placed upon the Purchased Assets with respect to, (i) any Taxes attributable to the ownership or use of the Purchased
Assets with respect to periods prior to and including the Closing Date or (ii) any other Taxes attributable to the actions or activities of the Company on or prior to the Closing Date, in each case other than Transfer Taxes as provided in
Section 11.2. 
 (b) (i) All Tax Returns required to be filed in connection with the Business have been timely filed and all such
filed Tax Returns are complete and accurate in all material respects; (ii) the Company and each of its Subsidiaries have paid all Taxes shown as due on such Tax Returns; (iii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any
material liability for Taxes of any Person (other than the Company or such Subsidiaries) pursuant to any Tax allocation or sharing agreement, under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law),
as a transferee or successor, or otherwise; and (iv) as of the Agreement Date, there are not pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing, any audits, examinations, investigations or other proceedings in respect of Taxes
of any of the Purchased Assets, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has given any currently effective waiver of any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes nor are there any currently effective waivers of any statutes of
limitations of Taxes in respect of any of the Purchased Assets. 
 3.6 Financial Statements. The
audited combined balance sheet of the Business as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related audited combined statements of operations, Parent’s net investment and cash flows of the Business for each of the three (3) years in the
period ended December 31, 2007, together with all related notes and schedules thereto, accompanied by the report thereon of the Business’ independent auditors (collectively, the “Financial Statements”) and Balance Sheet
and the related unaudited combined statement of operations of the Business for the period January 1, 2008 

  

 14 

Table of Contents

 
through the date of the Balance Sheet (collectively, the “Interim Financial Statements”) are attached as Section 3.6 of the Disclosure
Schedule. The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto). The Interim Financial Statements have been prepared in a
manner consistent with prior month-end unaudited combined balance sheets and statements of operations, which is in accordance with GAAP, subject to GAAP Exceptions. The Financial Statements and the Interim Financial Statements fairly present in all
material respects the financial position of the Business, as at the respective dates thereof, and the results of the operations of the Business for the respective periods then ended. 
 3.7 Absence of Liabilities. Except (a) as reflected or reserved against in the Balance Sheet, (b) for
liabilities and obligations incurred in connection with or contemplated or permitted by this Agreement, (c) for liabilities and obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business since the Balance Sheet Date and (d) for liabilities
and obligations which have been discharged or paid in full, there are no material liabilities or obligations of any nature relating to the Business or the Purchased Assets, whether or not accrued, contingent or otherwise, that would be required to
be included on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, subject to GAAP Exceptions. 
 3.8
Absence of Certain Changes or Events. From the Balance Sheet Date through the Agreement Date, except as otherwise expressly contemplated or required by this Agreement, (a) the Business has been conducted, in all material respects, in the
ordinary course of business and (b) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has taken any action which, if taken after the Agreement Date, would require the consent of Buyer under Section 5.2 of this Agreement. Since the Balance
Sheet Date, there has not been any event or effect that has had a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. 
 3.9 Contracts. 
 (a) Section 3.9(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of the
Material Assumed Contracts as of the Agreement Date. 
 (b) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any
Contract relating to the Business: 
 (i) which is an Assumed Contract which provides for any payment by or to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries in excess of $100,000 in fiscal year 2008 or future years; 
 (ii) which, following the Closing, will limit (or purport to
limit) in any way the ability of Buyer to compete or engage in any line of business, in any geographic area or with any Person, or which, following the Closing, will require referrals by Buyer of any business or require Buyer to make available
investment opportunities to any Person on a priority, equal or exclusive basis; 
 (iii) pursuant to which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries has entered into a partnership or joint venture with any other Person that relates to the Business, except in the ordinary course of business; 
 (iv) relating to, or evidencing, indebtedness for borrowed money or any guarantee of indebtedness for borrowed money with respect to the Business, other than Excluded Liabilities; 
 (v) relating to the acquisition or disposition of any business primarily related to the Business or the Purchased Assets (whether by merger, sale of
stock, sale of assets or otherwise) which involves an asset value or purchase price in excess of $100,000, other than Contracts relating to transactions publicly announced prior to the date this Agreement; 
  

 15 

Table of Contents

 (vi) relating to any employee or customer benefits or liabilities which will be materially increased, or
relating to the vesting of any employee or customer benefits which will be accelerated, by the occurrence of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or pursuant to which the value of any of the employee or customer benefits will be
calculated on the basis of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or 
 (vii) with any upstream affiliate of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries exclusively related to the Business. 
 The Company has previously made available to the Buyer complete and accurate copies of each
Material Assumed Contract and each other Contract described in this Section 3.9. 
 (c) Except as set forth in Section 3.9(c) of
the Disclosure Schedule, no Material Assumed Contract requires any third party consent to its assignment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 
 (d)(i) The Company is not in breach of or default under the terms of any Material Assumed Contract; (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, no other party to any Material Assumed Contract is in breach of or
default under the terms of any Material Assumed Contract; (iii) each Material Contract is a valid and binding obligation of the Company or the Subsidiary of the Company which is party thereto and, to the knowledge of the Company, of each other
party thereto, and except for the Bankruptcy and Equity Exception, is in full force and effect. 
 3.10
Intellectual Property. 
 (a) For purposes of this Agreement, “Intellectual Property” shall mean all intellectual
property, including without limitation, all (i) patents, inventions, trademarks, service marks, trade names, Internet domain names, copyrights, designs and trade secrets, (ii) applications for and registrations of such patents, trademarks,
service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights and designs, (iii) lists (including customer lists), databases, processes, formulae, methods, schematics, technology, know-how, computer software programs and related documentation,
(iv) computer software, data and databases including, but not limited to, object code, source code, related documentation and all copyrights therein. 
 (b) Section 3.10(b) of the Disclosure Schedule contains, to the extent included in the Purchased Assets and the Licensed Assets, an accurate (i) description of all material patents, registered trademarks,
registered trade names, registered Internet domain names and registered copyrights and all applications and registration statements therefor, (any such registered intellectual property rights being referred to herein as “Registered Company
Proprietary Rights”) including the jurisdictions in which each such Registered Company Proprietary Right has been issued or registered or in which any application for such issuance or registration has been filed and the applicable
registration or application numbers and dates, used solely in the operation of the Business, and (ii) list of all material licenses and other material Contracts with third parties related to third party Intellectual Property used solely in the
operation of the Business, other than commercially available off-the-shelf software licenses or non-exclusive customer Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of the Business. 
 (c) Either the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company owns, or is licensed pursuant to valid and effective Assumed Contracts or otherwise possesses
legally enforceable rights to 

  

 16 

Table of Contents

 
use, all Intellectual Property necessary to the operation of and used exclusively in the Business (collectively, the “Company IP”). There
are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened claims by any Person alleging that the operation of the Business by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries infringes the Intellectual Property of such Person and to the knowledge of the
Company, the operation of the Business does not infringe any Intellectual Property of any Person. 
 (d) Except as would not have a Material
Adverse Effect on the Company, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in the breach of, or create in any third party the
right to terminate or modify, or result in the payment of any additional fees under, any Material Assumed Contract relating to Company IP. 
 (e) The Company and its Subsidiaries take commercially reasonable steps to protect and preserve its rights in any material Company IP (including executing confidentiality and intellectual property assignment agreements with current
executive officers and current employees and contractors that have a material role in the development of products related to the Business or Company IP). To the knowledge of the Company, no prior or current employee or officer or any prior or
current consultant or contractor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has asserted or has any ownership in any Company IP (except for development agreements entered into with consultants and contractors in the ordinary course of business where
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries was provided a license including terms sufficient to conduct the Business as needed by such consultants or contractors). 
 (f) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has licensed any of the Company IP owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries to any third party on an exclusive basis, nor has the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
entered into any Contracts limiting its ability to exploit fully any of such Company IP, including software, except for any such Contracts where such Company IP is licensed on a non-exclusive basis in the ordinary course of business. 
 3.11 Purchased Assets. The Purchased Assets together with the Licensed Assets constitute all of the assets related
to, belonging to, used in or held for use in the Business. The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and valid title to, or in the case of any leased Purchased Assets have a valid leasehold interest in, all of the Purchased Assets and Licensed
Assets, and at the Closing will transfer and deliver to Buyer good and valid title in, to and under the Purchased Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances except the “Buyer Field of Use Restrictions” (as described in Schedule
2.1(b)) contained in the license granted in Section 2.1(b). Except for the Purchased Assets, Licensed Assets or as set forth on Section 3.11 of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no assets which either are reflected in the Balance
Sheet or are otherwise used primarily in the operation of the Business. 
 3.12 Customers.
Section 3.12 of the Disclosure Schedule lists the names of the ten (10) most significant customers (by revenue) of the Business for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2007 (the “Significant Customers”).
Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written notice and neither has reason to believe that any Significant Customer has ceased, or will cease, to use the products, equipment, goods or services of the Business or has
substantially reduced, or will substantially reduce, the use of such products, equipment, goods or services. 
 3.13 Suppliers. Section 3.13 of the Disclosure Schedule lists the ten (10) most significant suppliers of raw materials, supplies, merchandise, services and other goods for the Business for
the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2007 (the “Significant Suppliers”) and the amount for which each such Significant Supplier invoiced the Company or its Subsidiaries during such period. Neither the Company nor any of
its Subsidiaries has received any notice and neither has reason to believe that any Significant Supplier will not sell raw materials, supplies, merchandise, services and other goods to the Business at any time after the Closing Date on terms and
conditions similar to those imposed on current sales to the Business, subject only to general and customary price increases. 
  

 17 

Table of Contents

 3.14 Compliance With Applicable Laws and Other Regulations. The
Company is not in violation of or in default in any material respect under any Applicable Law by which the Company or its Subsidiaries or of the Purchased Assets or the Business are bound or affected. 
 3.15 Permits. Except as, individually or in the aggregate, has not and would not reasonably be expected to
interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the Business: 
 (g) the Company and its Subsidiaries own or possess all material
licenses and permits (the “Permits”), and has made all filings, applications and registrations with all Governmental Authorities, and all such Permits are in full force and effect; 
 (h) no loss of any such material Permits is pending in any proceeding or, to the knowledge of the Company, has been threatened by a Governmental
Authority, except for normal expirations in accordance with the terms thereof or Applicable Law and all such material Permits may be transferred to Buyer; 
 (i) the Business has been operated in material compliance with all terms and conditions of the Permits, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written notice of any pending proceeding
alleging facts which, if true, would constitute a failure to comply with this Section 3.15(c); and 
 (j) there are no
(A) unresolved violations or exceptions noted by any Governmental Authority in any report, comment letter or other written statement relating to or based on any examinations related to the Business or the Purchased Assets, or (B) written
agreements, memoranda of understanding or commitment letters or similar undertakings to any Governmental Authority related to the Business or the Purchased Assets, to which the Company or its subsidiaries is a party, or orders from, or any
resolution adopted at the request of, any Governmental Authority related to the Business or the Purchased Assets. 
 
3.16 Real Property. The Company has heretofore made available to Buyer true and complete copies of all material deeds of trust, leases, subleases or licenses relating to all material real property owned, leased, subleased or licensed by
the Company or any of its affiliates at which any ongoing material of the Business is conducted or which any Employees (as defined below) are located (the “Business Properties”). Except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect on
the Company, the Company or an affiliate of the Company owns and has valid title to all of its owned real Business Properties and has valid leasehold interests in all of its leased Business Properties, free and clear of all Encumbrances (except for
Permitted Encumbrances and all other title exceptions, changes, defects, easements, restrictions, Encumbrances and other matters, whether or not of record, which do not materially affect the continued use of the applicable Business Property for the
purposes for which such Business Property is currently being used by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company as related to the Business as of the Agreement Date). 
 3.17 Employees; Labor Matters. 
 (k) Section 3.17(a) of the
Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list, as of September 26, 2008, of all employees employed in the Business (the “Employees”), including, to the extent applicable, each Employee’s (i) name,
(ii) title, wage, salary and target bonus, (iii) principal location of employment, and (iv) date of hire by the Company or credited years of service. Section 
  

 18 

Table of Contents

 
3.17(a) of the Disclosure Schedule also contains a true and complete list of all Employees who are as of such date on a short- or long-term disability leave
or other leave of absence (but not including vacation), with a corresponding denotation of such employees. 
 (l) Section 3.17(b) of the
Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list, as of September 26, 2008, of all consultants and other independent contractors who are providing material services to the Business (the “Independent Contractors”),
including (i) each Independent Contractor’s name, (ii) the type of services being provided by each Independent Contractor, (iii) the principal location where services are provided by each Independent Contractor and (iv) date
when each Independent Contractor was retained by the Company. Copies of all Contracts relating to Independent Contractors used in the Business have been provided to Buyer. 
 (m) Section 3.17(c) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all material employee, consultant or director compensation and/or benefit plans, programs,
policies, agreements, or other arrangements, including any employee welfare plan within the meaning of Section 3(l) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), any employee pension benefit plan
within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA (whether or not such plan is subject to ERISA), and any bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, vacation, stock purchase, stock option, severance, employment, change of control or fringe benefit
plan, program or agreement (other than any “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA), employee loan programs, other equity compensation awards, profit-sharing arrangements, other paid-time-off programs,
health benefit plans, insurance arrangements covering Employees, Independent Contractors and directors, in each case that are sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of current or former
Employees, Independent Contractors or directors of the Company or its Subsidiaries in connection with the Business (the “Company Benefit Plans”); provided, that Company Benefit Plans shall not include any Company Foreign
Plans. For purposes of this Agreement, the “Company Foreign Plans” shall refer to each plan, program or Contract that is subject to or governed by the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States, and which would have been
treated as a Company Benefit Plan had it been a United States plan, program or Contract. 
 (n) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its
Subsidiaries is a party to, or bound by, any collective bargaining agreement, Contract or other agreement or understanding with a labor union or labor organization applicable to any Employees; (ii) there are no strikes, lockouts, slowdowns or
work stoppages in effect or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened with respect to any Employees; and (iii) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no union organizing effort involving any Employees pending or threatened against the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries. It is agreed and understood that no representation or warranty of the Company is made in respect of labor matters in any Section of this Agreement other than this Section 3.17. 
 3.18 Environmental Matters. 
 (a) With respect to the Business, the Company is in compliance with all Environmental Laws (as defined below), which compliance includes the possession by the Company and its Subsidiaries of all material permits
required under all Environmental Laws and compliance with the terms and conditions thereof. 
 (b) The Company has not received any written
communication, whether from a Governmental Authority or other Person, that alleges that with respect to the Business, neither the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is not in compliance with any Environmental Laws or any material permits required
under any applicable Environmental Law, or that it is liable under any Environmental Law, or that it is responsible (or potentially responsible) for the remediation of any Materials of 

  

 19 

Table of Contents

 
Environmental Concern (as defined below) at, on or beneath any Business Properties or at, on or beneath any land adjacent thereto, and, to the knowledge of
the Company, there are no conditions existing at such Business Properties that would reasonably be expected to prevent or interfere with such full compliance or give rise to such liability in the future. The Company has no knowledge of any condition
at any of the Business Properties leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company under any Environmental Law (as defined below). 
 (c) As used in this Agreement, “release” and “environment” shall have the meaning set forth in the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended; “Environmental Law” shall mean any Applicable Law existing and in effect on the Agreement Date relating to pollution or protection of the environment,
including any statute or regulation pertaining to the (i) manufacture, processing, use, distribution, management, possession, treatment, storage, disposal, generation, transportation or remediation of Materials of Environmental Concern;
(ii) air, water and noise pollution; (iii) the protection and use of surface water, groundwater and soil; (iv) the release or threatened release into the environment of hazardous substances, or solid or hazardous waste, including
emissions, discharges, releases, injections, spills, escapes or dumping of Materials of Environmental Concern; (v) the conservation, management, or use of natural resources and wildlife, including all endangered and threatened species;
(vi) aboveground or underground storage tanks, vessels, and containers; and (vii) abandoned, disposed of or discarded barrels, tanks, vessels and containers and other closed receptacles; and “Materials of Environmental
Concern” shall mean any substance defined as hazardous, toxic or a pollutant under any Environmental Law, and petroleum or petroleum byproducts, including medical or infectious waste, radioactive material and hazardous waste. 
 3.19 No Additional Representations. Neither the Company or any Person on behalf of the Company makes any
representation or warranty, express or implied, of any kind, including without limitation any representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding the Company furnished or made available to Buyer and its
representatives, in each case except as expressly set forth in this Article III (as modified by the Disclosure Schedule). 
 
ARTICLE IV 
 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER 
 Buyer represents and warrants to the Company that the statements contained in this Article IV are true and correct on and as of the Agreement Date and
shall be true and correct at all times until the Closing Date: 
 4.1 Organization and Good Standing.
Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the corporate power and authority to own, operate and lease its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and
as presently proposed to be conducted. Buyer is duly qualified or licensed to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its activities makes such
qualification or licensing necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or licensed would not individually or in the aggregate be material to Buyer’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by, or to perform its
obligations under, this Agreement and the Buyer Ancillary Agreements. 
 4.2 Corporate Authority Relative
to this Agreement; No Violation. 
 (a) Buyer has all requisite corporate power and corporate authority to enter into, execute, deliver
and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the Acquisition. The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement has been duly and validly approved and authorized by Buyer and constitutes the valid and binding
agreement of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the Bankruptcy and Equity Exception. 
  

 20 

Table of Contents

 (b) The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement and the Buyer Ancillary Agreements
and the consummation of the Acquisition by Buyer does not and will not require any consent, approval, authorization or permit of, action by, filing with or notification to any Governmental Authority, other than any consent, approval, authorization,
permit, action, filing or notification the failure of which to make or obtain would not (A) have a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer or (B) prevent or materially delay the consummation of the Acquisition. 
 (c) The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement and the consummation by Buyer of the Acquisition and the other transactions
contemplated hereby do not and will not (i) contravene or conflict with the organizational or governing documents of Buyer, (ii) contravene or conflict with or constitute a violation of any provision of any Applicable Law binding upon or
applicable to Buyer, or (iii) result in any violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material obligation or to the loss of a
material benefit under, any loan, guarantee of indebtedness or credit agreement, note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease or agreement binding upon Buyer or result in the creation of any Encumbrance (other than Permitted Encumbrances) upon any of the
properties or assets of Buyer, other than, in connection with any borrowing by Buyer, and in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), any such violation, conflict, default, termination, cancellation, acceleration, right, loss or Encumbrance that
would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer. 
 4.3 Funding. Buyer will at the time any
adjustments pursuant to a Net Working Capital Increase are due have adequate funds to fund any such adjustments. 
 
4.4 Territory of the Business. Buyer acknowledges that the Company and its Subsidiaries currently conducts the Business only in the United States and no other territories. 
 ARTICLE V 
 COMPANY
COVENANTS 
 During the time period from the Agreement Date until the earlier to occur of (a) the Closing or (b) the
termination of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Article IX, the Company covenants and agrees with Buyer as follows: 
 
5.1 Access to Information. During the period from the Agreement Date and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing, the Company shall allow Buyer and its agents and representatives reasonable free
access during normal business hours upon reasonable notice to its files, books, records, representatives, employees, agents and offices, including, without limitation, any and all information relating to Taxes, commitments, Contracts, leases,
licenses, and personal property and financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries solely to the extent that such information relates to the Business. All such access shall be subject to the terms of the Confidentiality Letter Agreement
dated as of August 29, 2008 between Buyer and Parent (the “Confidentiality Agreement”). 
 5.2 Maintenance of the Business. During the period from the Agreement Date and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing, the Company shall (except to the extent
that Buyer shall otherwise consent in writing) operate the Business in a manner consistent with its present practice, shall pay its debts and Taxes when due and payable (subject to good faith disputes over such debts or Taxes), shall pay or perform
other obligations when due and, to the extent consistent with such Business, use reasonable efforts consistent with its present practices and 
  

 21 

Table of Contents

 
policies to preserve intact the Business. Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or in connection with the transfer of assets and liabilities
among the Company, Parent and its Subsidiaries done in order to facilitate transfer of the Business to Buyer as contemplated by this Agreement, the Company shall not and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, without the prior written consent
of Buyer: 
 (a) sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of any of the Purchased Assets, except (i) in the ordinary course of business,
or (ii) among the Company and its Subsidiaries; 
 (b) modify, change or otherwise alter in any material respect the nature of the
Business; 
 (c) amend or terminate any Assumed Contract, other than the expiration of an Assumed Contract in accordance with its terms as of
the date hereof, except in the ordinary course of business; 
 (d) enter into any Contract that would commit Buyer to future obligations in
excess of $500,000 per annum; 
 (e) enter into any Contract that could, after the Closing, limit or restrict Buyer from engaging or
competing in any line of business or in any geographic area, or require Buyer to make available any investment opportunities to any Person on a priority, equal or exclusive basis; 
 (f) in connection with the Business or the Purchased Assets, incur any indebtedness or borrowed liabilities for borrowed money or guarantee any such any
such obligation or issue or sell any debt securities or warrants or rights to acquire any debt securities or guarantee any debt securities of others, in excess of $100,000, or other similar arrangements which in each case would constitute an Assumed
Liability, except for purchase orders incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (g) (i) enter into any collective bargaining agreement
affecting the Employees, or (ii) except in the ordinary course of business, establish, adopt, enter into or amend in any material respect any bonus, profit sharing, thrift, compensation, pension, retirement, deferred compensation, employment,
termination, severance or other plan, trust, fund, policy or arrangement for the benefit of any Employees; 
 (h) incur, create, assume or
suffer to exist any Encumbrance on any Purchased Assets unless such Encumbrance is released upon or prior to the Closing; 
 (i) waive,
release or relinquish any material claims or rights held by the Company or its Subsidiaries relating to the Business or the Purchased Assets; 
 (j) incur or commit to incur any capital expenditures with respect to the Business in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate or in excess of $100,000 as to any individual matter, other than Excluded Liabilities; 
 (k) make or change any material Tax or accounting election, change any annual accounting period, or adopt or change any accounting method with respect to
the Business; 
 (l) hire any new Employees (except to replace departing Employees) with an annual base salary in excess of $125,000 or
increase the compensation of any Employee (as of the Agreement Date); and 
 (m) take, or agree in writing or otherwise to take, any of the
actions described in sub-sections (a) through (l) above. 
  

 22 

Table of Contents

 All communications from the Company to Buyer requesting waivers with respect to the provisions of this Section 5.2
shall be directed to Buyer at the address set forth at Section 12.9 of this Agreement. All such requests for waivers shall be promptly considered in good faith by Buyer whose consent with respect thereto shall not be unreasonably withheld,
conditioned or delayed. 
 ARTICLE VI 
 BUYER COVENANTS 
 Buyer covenants and agrees
with the Company as follows: 
 6.1 Employee Matters. 
 (a) On the twentieth business day preceding the scheduled Closing Date, the Company shall provide to Buyer a revised version of Section 3.17(a) of
the Disclosure Schedule, updated to reflect all changes in such section that have occurred prior to such day. No later than the fourteenth business day preceding the scheduled Closing Date but effective as of the Closing Date and contingent on the
Closing, Buyer shall offer employment to all of the Employees listed on the revised Section 3.17(a) of the Disclosure Schedule. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) provide Buyer with access to such Employees
and (ii) assist Buyer in extending offers of employment to such Employees. Buyer shall offer such employment on an “at-will” basis and at a wage and salary level (excluding performance-based or incentive compensation, bonuses and
equity-based compensation, as applicable) that is the same as that provided to the applicable Employee on the day preceding the Closing Date, and Buyer and the Company shall reasonably cooperate with one another on the content of the offer letters
and other employee communications. Each such offer that is made to an Employee who is actively employed in the Business on the day immediately preceding the Closing Date shall be an offer to commence employment on the Closing Date, effective and
contingent upon the Closing. Each such offer that is made to an Employee who is not actively at work with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries due to a short-term disability leave or other short-term leave of absence (but not including vacation),
will be deemed to be an offer of employment with Buyer effective as of the date such Employee is willing and able to return to active work status (the “Start Date”). Buyer shall not be required to extend an offer of employment to
any Employee who is on long-term disability leave or other long-term leave of absence. The Company shall promptly notify Buyer if any Employees employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries either (i) commences a short- or long-term
disability leave or other leave of absence (but not including vacation) during the period of time commencing with the Agreement Date and ending on the Closing Date, or (ii) returns to active employment from any such leave from the Agreement
Date to the Closing Date. Each Employee to whom an offer of employment is made pursuant to this Section 6.1(a) and who accepts such offer and commences such employment with Buyer as of the Closing Date or Start Date, as applicable, shall be
referred to as a “Retained Employee” and collectively as the “Retained Employees.” Buyer shall have no obligations to any Employee who does not accept the offer and become a Retained Employee, the obligations for
such Employees shall be the sole responsibility of the Company. 
 (b) From and after the Closing Date, or if later, the Start Date, as
applicable, Buyer shall recognize the prior service with the Company or its Subsidiaries of each Retained Employee in connection with all employee benefits plans, programs or policies of Buyer in which any Retained Employees are eligible to
participate following the Closing Date for purposes of eligibility, vesting and levels of vacation and severance benefits (but not for purposes of benefit accruals under any defined benefit pension plan, whether or not qualified under the Code, or
any similar plan, or to the extent that 

  

 23 

Table of Contents

 
such recognition would result in duplication of benefits). From and after the Closing Date or, if later, the Start Date of the Retained Employees, as
applicable, and to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and/or applicable insurance providers, Buyer will cause any pre-existing conditions or limitations and eligibility waiting periods (to the extent that such waiting periods would be
inapplicable, taking into account service with the Company and any of its Subsidiaries), under any group health plans of Buyer in which Retained Employees are otherwise to become eligible to participate in after the Closing Date, to be waived with
respect to Retained Employees and their eligible dependents. Buyer shall give each Retained Employee credit for any deductibles and annual out-of-pocket limits for medical expenses paid during the applicable plan year in which the Closing occurs
under any welfare plans maintained or contributed to by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries prior to the Closing in satisfying any deductibles and annual out-of-pocket limits for medical expenses for the same plan year under any welfare plans
maintained or contributed to by Buyer which Retained Employees participate during such year. 
 (c) Following the Closing and at all times
until May 3, 2009, Buyer shall provide, or shall cause to be provided, to each Retained Employee compensation and benefits (excluding equity) that are no less favorable, in the aggregate, than the compensation and benefits provided to such
Retained Employees immediately before the Closing. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Buyer shall provide Retained Employees whose employment terminates (i) following the Closing with benefits in accordance
with such Retained Employee’s employment agreement with Buyer or (ii) following the Closing and prior to May 3, 2009 with severance benefits in accordance with Schedule 6.1(c). Notwithstanding any term in this
Section 6.1(c) to the contrary, nothing in this Section 6.1(c) shall be deemed to restrict the ability to hire or terminate the employment of any current or former employees following the Closing. 
 6.2 Nonsolicitation. For a period of one (1) year from and after the Closing Date, Buyer and Parent shall
not, and shall cause their affiliates not to, without the prior written consent of the other party, directly or indirectly, solicit to hire (or cause to leave the employ of the other party or its affiliates) any employee of the other party or its
affiliates unless such Person ceased to be an employee of the other party or its affiliates due to an involuntary termination of such Person, or, in the case of such Person’s voluntary termination of employment, at least nine (9) months
has elapsed since such Person’s voluntary termination. 
 6.3 Noncompetition. For a period of
four (4) years from and after the Closing Date, Parent and the Company shall not, and shall cause their Subsidiaries and affiliates not to, without the prior written consent of Buyer, directly or indirectly, control, manage, conduct or own
(except for ownership of less than one percent (1%) of any publicly traded company) any business which publishes a printed magazine, the content of which includes TV listings, TV-related news, feature stories, TV celebrity photos, or reviews
and recommendations of TV programs; provided, however, (a) that the prohibition on feature stories shall not prohibit Parent or its affiliates in any manner from running stories of any type announcing, advertising or promoting their own
products or businesses, and (b) no acquiror or successor of Parent will be bound by this Section 6.3 with respect to its businesses existing prior to such transaction. By way of illustration and not limitation, provisions of this
Section 6.3 shall not prohibit Parent or its affiliates in any manner from distributing publications at trade shows or distributing advertising inserts with magazines or newspapers of general circulation that include TV listings. 
 6.4 Bulk Sales Laws. Buyer hereby waives compliance by the Company with any applicable bulk sale or bulk transfer
laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the sale of the Business and the Purchased Assets to Buyer. 
  

 24 

Table of Contents

 ARTICLE VII 
 OTHER COVENANTS 
 Buyer covenants and agrees
with the Company and the Company covenants and agrees with Buyer as follows: 
 7.1 Notification of Certain
Matters. Each party shall promptly advise the other party hereto in writing of (a) any notice or other communication received by such party from any Governmental Authority in connection with the Acquisition or the other transactions
contemplated hereby or from any Person alleging that the consent of such Person is or may be required in connection with the Acquisition or the other transactions contemplated hereby, if the subject matter of such communication or the failure of
such party to obtain such consent would be material to such party; (b) any Actions, suits, claims, investigations or proceedings commenced or, to the party’s knowledge, threatened against, relating to or involving or otherwise affecting
the party or any of its Subsidiaries which relates to the Acquisition or the other transactions contemplated hereby; (c) the discovery of any fact or circumstance that, or the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event the occurrence or
non-occurrence of which, would cause or result in any of the conditions to the Acquisition set forth in Article VIII not being satisfied or satisfaction of those conditions being materially delayed in violation of any provision of this Agreement.

 7.2 Public Announcement. Except as required by Applicable Law, neither Buyer (on the one hand) or
the Company (on the other hand), nor any director, officer, employee or affiliate of any such party, shall make any public announcement, whether written or oral, concerning this Agreement or the subject matter hereof without the prior written
consent of the other; provided, that Parent shall issue a press release announcing the execution of this Agreement. 
 
7.3 Confidentiality. Each party acknowledges that Buyer and Parent have previously executed the Confidentiality Agreement, which agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. 
 7.4 Satisfaction of Conditions Precedent. Each party shall use its reasonable best efforts (which shall exclude
any cash payments to third parties) to (a) satisfy or cause to be satisfied all the conditions precedent to be satisfied by such party as set forth in Article VIII, (b) cause the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be
consummated, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (c) obtain all consents and authorizations of third parties and to make all filings with, and give all notices to, third parties which may be necessary or reasonably required
on its part in order to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
 7.5 Antitrust
Matters. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any administrative or judicial Action or proceeding is instituted (or threatened to be instituted) challenging any transaction contemplated by this Agreement as violative of
any federal, state or foreign statutes, rules, regulations, orders or decrees that are designed to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions having the purpose or effect of monopolization or restraining of trade (collectively, “Antitrust
Laws”), it is expressly understood and agreed that: (i) Buyer and the Company shall provide information required by law or governmental regulation and shall comply as promptly as practicable with any “second request” for
information pursuant to the Antitrust Laws; (ii) Buyer and the Company shall use their commercially reasonably efforts to resolve such objections, if any, as may be asserted by any Governmental Authority with respect to the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement under Antitrust Laws. 
  

 25 

Table of Contents

 ARTICLE VIII 
 CONDITIONS TO CLOSING OF THE PURCHASE 
 
8.1 Conditions to the Parties’ Obligation to Effect the Acquisition. The respective obligations of the parties to this Agreement to effect the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the
satisfaction at or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions: 
 (a) No Injunctions or Restraints; Illegality. No temporary
restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or materially limiting or
restricting the conduct or operation of the Business by Buyer after the Closing shall have been issued, nor shall any proceeding brought by a domestic or foreign administrative agency or commission or other domestic or foreign Governmental
Authority, seeking any of the foregoing be pending; nor shall there be any action taken, or any statute, rule, regulation or order enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to the parties hereto which makes the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement illegal. 
 (b) Governmental Approvals. All authorizations, consents, orders or approvals of, or
declarations or filings with, or expirations of waiting periods imposed by, any Governmental Authority, including those contemplated by any applicable Antitrust Laws, shall have been filed, occurred or been obtained. 
 8.2 Additional Conditions to Obligations of Buyer. The obligations of Buyer to effect the Acquisition and the
other transactions contemplated hereby are subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in writing exclusively by Buyer. 
 (a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Article III, taken as a whole, shall be true and correct at and as of the Closing Date as if made on the
Closing Date (except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case as of such date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the
Business and the Purchased Assets, taken as a whole; and Buyer shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company to such effect. 
 (b) Performance of Obligations of the Company. The Company shall have performed or complied with the agreements and obligations necessary to be
performed or complied with by the Company under this Agreement prior to the Closing Date, except where the failure to perform or comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Business and the Purchased Assets, taken as a whole; and Buyer
shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company to such effect. 
 (c)
Transition Services Agreement. The Company shall have delivered to Buyer a Transition Services Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Transition Services Agreement”), duly executed by an executive
officer of the Company. 
 (d) Bill of Sale. The Company shall have executed and delivered to Buyer a Bill of Sale and Assumption
Agreement, substantially in the form hereto as Exhibit D (the “Bill of Sale”). 
 (e) Patent and Trademark
Assignments. The Company shall have executed and delivered customary patent, trademark or other similar assignments in favor of Buyer for Registered Company Proprietary Rights included as Purchased Assets hereunder, in a form reasonably
acceptable to Buyer. 
  

 26 

Table of Contents

 (f) Trademark License Agreement. Parent and/or its appropriate Subsidiaries shall have executed
and delivered to Buyer the Trademark License Agreement. 
 (g) Data License Agreement. Parent and/or its appropriate Subsidiaries
shall have executed and delivered to Buyer a Data License Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “Data License Agreement”), duly executed by an executive officer of the Company. 
 (h) Closing Loan. The Company shall have, or shall have caused its appropriate affiliate to have, delivered the sum of nine million five hundred
thousand dollars ($9,500,000) (the “Closing Loan”) less the aggregate amount of any Severance Obligations incurred by the Company related to the termination of any Employee of the Business prior to the Closing Date in cash by
wire transfer to Buyer against delivery by Buyer of the Promissory Note. 
 (i) FIRPTA Certificate. Any transferor of a “United
States real property interest” (as defined in Section 897(c) of the Code) shall have delivered to Buyer a certificate signed by such transferor to the effect that such transferor is not a “foreign person” as defined in
Section 1445 of the Code. 
 (j) Release of Security Interests. The Company shall have caused to be released the Purchased Assets
from any security interest securing the guarantees by the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries of their obligations under the Credit Agreement, and shall have provided Buyer with satisfactory evidence thereof. 
 8.3 Additional Conditions to Obligations of the Company. The obligation of the Company to effect the Acquisition
and the other transactions contemplated hereby is subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, exclusively by the Company: 
 (a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in Article IV, taken as a whole, shall be true and
correct at and as of the Closing Date as if made on the Closing Date (except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case as of such date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and
correct would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer; and the Company shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of Buyer by the Chief Executive Officer of Buyer to such effect. 
 (b) Performance of Obligations of Buyer. Buyer shall have performed or complied with the agreements and obligations necessary to be performed or
complied with by Buyer under this Agreement prior to the Closing Date, except where the failure to perform or comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer; and the Company shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of Buyer by
the Chief Executive Officer of Buyer to such effect. 
 (c) Transition Services Agreement. Buyer shall have delivered to the Company
the Transition Services Agreement duly executed by an executive officer of Buyer. 
 (d) Bill of Sale. Buyer shall have executed and
delivered to the Company the Bill of Sale. 
 (e) Promissory Note. Buyer shall have delivered to the Company the Promissory Note duly
executed by an executive officer of Buyer against payment to Buyer of the Closing Loan. 
  

 27 

Table of Contents

 ARTICLE IX 
 TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT 
 
9.1 Termination by Mutual Consent. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing by the mutual written consent of Buyer and the Company. 
 9.2 Unilateral Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing by: 
 (a) Either of Buyer or the Company, by giving written notice to the other, may terminate this Agreement if a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority shall have issued a nonappealable final
order, decree or ruling, in each case having the effect of permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Acquisition. 
 (b) Either of Buyer or the Company, by giving written notice to the other party, may terminate this Agreement if the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not have been consummated by midnight Pacific
Time on December 29, 2008 (the “End Date”); provided, however, that if by the End Date the conditions set forth in Section 8.1(b) shall not have been satisfied but all other conditions shall be satisfied
(other than conditions, which conditions remain capable of being satisfied, set forth in Section 8.2 and Section 8.3), the End Date may be extended by either Buyer or the Company, in its discretion, by three (3) months from its
scheduled expiry (in which case any references to the End Date herein shall mean the End Date as extended); provided, further, that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.2(b) shall not be available to
any party whose breach of a representation or warranty or covenant made under this Agreement by such party is the proximate cause of the failure of any condition set forth in Article VIII to be fulfilled or satisfied on or before such date.

 (c) Buyer, if the Company shall have breached or failed to perform in any material respect any of its representations, warranties,
covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform (i) would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 8.1 or 8.2 or failure of the Closing to occur and (ii) cannot be cured by
the End Date; provided, that Buyer shall have given the Company written notice, delivered at least fifteen (15) days prior to such termination, stating Buyer’s intention to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this
Section 9.2(c) and the basis for such termination (and such matter shall not have been cured); provided, however, that Buyer shall not have a right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.2(c) if Buyer is then
in breach of any representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement that would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2. 
 (d) The Company, if Buyer shall have breached or failed to perform in any material respect any of its representations, warranties, covenants or other
agreements contained in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform (i) would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 8.1 or 8.3 or failure of the Closing to occur and (ii) cannot be cured by the End Date;
provided, that the Company shall have given Buyer written notice, delivered at least fifteen (15) days prior to such termination, stating the Company’s intention to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.2(d) and
the basis for such termination (and such matter shall not have been cured); provided, however, that the Company shall not have a right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.2(d) if the Company is then in breach of
any representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement that would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2. 
 9.3 Effect of Termination. In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 9.1 or 9.2, this Agreement shall forthwith become null and void and there
shall be no liability or 

  

 28 

Table of Contents

 
obligation on the part of Buyer, the Company or their respective officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates; provided, however, that
(a) the provisions of Section 7.3 (Confidentiality), this Section 9.3 (Effect of Termination) and Article XII (Miscellaneous) shall remain in full force and effect and survive any termination of this Agreement and (b) nothing
herein shall relieve any party hereto from liability in connection with any breach of any of such party’s representations, warranties or covenants contained herein. 
 ARTICLE X 
 SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS,
INDEMNIFICATION 
 AND REMEDIES; CONTINUING COVENANTS 
 10.1 Survival. The representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or in any certificate, schedule or document delivered hereunder and the related indemnification
obligations set forth in clause (a) of Sections 10.2 and of Section 10.3 shall survive the Closing Date until the date that is twelve (12) months from the Closing Date; provided, that the representations and warranties set
forth in Sections 3.5 (Taxes) and 3.18 (Environmental Matters) shall survive for the applicable statute of limitations. Any covenant or other agreement shall survive the Closing indefinitely. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any representation,
warranty, covenant or agreement that would otherwise terminate will continue to survive if a Claim Notice (as defined below) shall have been timely given in good faith based on facts reasonably expected to establish a valid claim under this Article
X on or prior to such termination date, until the related claim for indemnification has been satisfied or otherwise resolved as provided in this Article X. The parties hereto agree that reliance shall not be an element of any claim for
misrepresentation or indemnification under the Agreement. 
 10.2 Indemnification by the Company.
After the Closing Date and subject to the additional provisions set forth in this Article X, the Company shall indemnify Buyer and its affiliates and each of their respective stockholders, officers, directors, employees and representatives (each a
“Buyer Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Buyer Indemnitee harmless from, any and all claims, losses, damages, liabilities, payments and obligations, and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including, without limitation,
reasonable legal fees and costs of settlement (collectively “Losses”), incurred, suffered, sustained or required to be paid, directly or indirectly, by, or imposed upon, such Buyer Indemnitee resulting from, related to or arising
out of (a) any breach or inaccuracy as of the Agreement Date or the Closing Date of any representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement or the Company Ancillary Agreements; (b) any breach by the Company or any failure
of the Company to perform any of the covenants or obligations contained in this Agreement or the Company Ancillary Agreements; and (c) the Excluded Assets or the Excluded Liabilities; (d) or the operation of the Business prior to the
Closing, provided, that the Company shall not indemnify any Buyer Indemnitees for Losses incurred as a result of (i) the operation of the Business pursuant to the express written instructions of Buyer (including email) or (ii) any
actions taken with respect to the operation of the Business that were previously expressly approved by Buyer in writing (including email). 
 10.3 Indemnification by Buyer. After the Closing Date and subject to the additional provisions set forth in this Article X, Buyer shall indemnify the Company and its affiliates and each of their
respective stockholders, officers, directors, employees and representatives (each a “Company Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Company Indemnitee harmless from, any and all Losses, incurred, suffered, sustained or required to be
paid, directly or indirectly, by, or imposed upon, such Company Indemnitee resulting from, related to or arising out of (a) any breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of Buyer contained in this Agreement or the Buyer Ancillary
Agreements; (b) any breach by Buyer or any failure of Buyer to perform any of the covenants contained in this Agreement or the Buyer Ancillary Agreements; (c) any claim by any third party brought against any Company Indemnitee in
connection with or arising from Buyer’s operation of the Business following the Closing Date (unless 

  

 29 

Table of Contents

 
such claim arises from a breach of a representation or warranty or other covenant or agreement by the Company or Parent, or from a breach of the Assumed
Contracts prior to the Closing); or (d) the Assumed Liabilities. 
 10.4 Third Party Claims.

 (a) If any Buyer Indemnitee or Company Indemnitee (each referred to as an “Indemnitee”) receives notice of the assertion
by any third party of any claim or of the commencement by any such third party of any action (any such claim or action being referred to herein as an “Indemnifiable Claim”) with respect to which the Company or Buyer (each referred
to as “Indemnitor”) are or may be obligated to provide indemnification, the Indemnitee shall promptly notify the Indemnitor in writing (the “Claim Notice”) of the Indemnifiable Claim; provided, that the
failure to provide such notice shall not relieve or otherwise affect the obligation of the Indemnitor to provide indemnification hereunder, except to the extent that any Losses directly resulted or were caused by such failure. 
 (b) The Indemnitors shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of the Claim Notice (unless the claim or action requires a response before the
expiration of such thirty-day period, in which case the Indemnitors shall have until the date that is ten (10) days before the required response date) to acknowledge responsibility and undertake, conduct and control, through counsel of its own
choosing, and at its expense, the settlement or defense thereof, and the Indemnitees shall cooperate with the Indemnitors in connection therewith; provided, that (i) the Indemnitor shall permit the Indemnitee to participate in such
settlement or defense through counsel chosen by the Indemnitee, provided, that the fees and expenses of such Indemnitee’s counsel shall not be borne by the Indemnitors; (ii) the Indemnitor shall not settle any Indemnifiable Claim
without the Indemnitee’s consent if the settlement (A) requires the Indemnitee to admit wrongdoing, pay any fines or refrain from any action, (B) does not include a full release of Indemnitee or (C) may reasonably be expected to
impact the ongoing operations of the Company Business; and (iii) if, in the opinion of counsel to the Indemnitor, either (x) the Indemnitee has separate defenses from the Indemnitor, (y) there is a conflict of interest between the
Indemnitor and Indemnitee or (z) there is any danger of criminal liability of the Indemnitee, then the Indemnitee shall be permitted to retain special counsel of its own choosing at the reasonable expense of the Indemnitor. So long as the
Indemnitor is vigorously contesting any such Indemnifiable Claim in good faith, the Indemnitee shall not pay or settle such claim without the Indemnitor’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
 (c) If the Indemnitor does not notify the Indemnitee within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Claim Notice (or before the date that is ten
(10) days before the required response date, if the claim or action requires a response before the expiration of such thirty-day period), that it acknowledges responsibility and elects to undertake the defense of the Indemnifiable Claim
described therein, the Indemnitee shall have the right to contest, settle or compromise the Indemnifiable Claim in the exercise of its reasonable discretion; provided, that the Indemnitee shall notify the Indemnitor of any compromise or settlement
of any such Indemnifiable Claim. 
 10.5 Limits on Liability. 
 (a) Except with respect to claims for equitable remedies and claims based on fraud, following the Closing Date, no Indemnitor shall have an
indemnification obligation for any amount for Losses arising out of or resulting from the causes enumerated in clause (a) of Section 10.2 or clause (a) of Section 10.3, as appropriate, in excess of one million five hundred
thousand dollars ($1,500,000), and no Indemnitor shall have any indemnification obligation for any amount of Losses arising out of or resulting from the causes enumerated in clause (a) of Section 10.2 or clause (a) of
Section 10.3, as appropriate, 

  

 30 

Table of Contents

 
until the total amount of resulting Losses exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) (the “Threshold Amount”), after which time the
Indemnitor shall be liable only for the amount of Losses in excess of the Threshold Amount. The amount of any Losses indemnifiable by either party pursuant to this Article X shall be adjusted to reflect the value of any insurance proceeds actually
received (net of any deductibles, retention or self-insurance) by the Indemnitee or its successors or assigns in respect of such Losses; provided, however, that no Indemnitee shall have any obligation to pursue such insurance proceeds
or recovery from third Persons. If any such proceeds or recoveries are received by an Indemnitee with respect to any Losses after a party hereto has made a payment to the Indemnitee with respect to such Losses, the Indemnitee shall pay to such party
the amount of such proceeds or recoveries (up to the amount of such party’s payment with respect to such Losses). Claims for Losses made pursuant to clause (a) of Section 10.2 and of Section 10.3 may be made at any time prior to
the Expiration Date and all other claims for Losses pursuant to this Article X may be made indefinitely. 
 IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY BE LIABLE FOR ANY
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, EXEMPLARY OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. 
 10.6 Exclusive Remedy. Except in the case of fraud or the Company’s or Buyer’s pursuit of specific performance of the covenants and agreements in this Agreement
(including, for avoidance of doubt, Buyer’s obligation to pay the Cash Purchase Price to the Company at the Closing), following the Closing, the sole and exclusive remedy of an Indemnitee for Losses hereunder shall be to seek indemnification
from the Indemnitor in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Article X. 
 10.7 Treatment of
Indemnification Payments. Each of Buyer and the Company agrees to treat any payment made by the Company under this Article X as an adjustment to the Cash Purchase Price. 
 ARTICLE XI 
 CERTAIN
TAX MATTERS 
 11.1 Allocation of Consideration. 
 (b) For purposes of complying with the requirements of Section 1060 of the Code, the consideration for the Purchased Assets shall be allocated among
the Purchased Assets in accordance with their respective fair market values as provided in the allocation schedule (the “Allocation”) to be determined as provided herein and attached as Exhibit F to this Agreement. The
Company shall, within ninety (90) days after the receipt of the Closing Statement, prepare and furnish to Buyer the Allocation. 
 (c)
Buyer shall have thirty (30) days to object in writing to the Allocation, which objection shall be made only if the Allocation as proposed by the Company is unreasonable, after which time (and assuming no such objection is made) the Allocation
shall be final (the “Final Allocation”). If Buyer provides written notice to the Company prior to the end of such period that it objects to the Allocation in any respect, and Buyer and the Company cannot agree on such Allocation
within twenty (20) days of the provision of such notice, such disagreement shall be resolved by an Independent Accountant; provided, that such Independent Accountant shall apply the principles and methods set forth in this
Section 11.1 (including the principle that the Company’s proposed Allocation shall be approved unless it is unreasonable), after which time the allocations determined by the Independent Accountant shall become the Final Allocation. The
Final Allocation, once determined, shall be annexed to this Agreement as Exhibit F. The Final Allocation shall be binding on the Company and Buyer for all Tax reporting purposes and no party hereto shall take any position inconsistent with
the Final Allocation. 
  

 31 

Table of Contents

 (d) Each of the Company and Buyer agrees to prepare its federal, state and foreign income Tax Returns for
all current and future Tax reporting periods and file Form 8594 (and corresponding state forms) with respect to the Acquisition in a manner consistent with the Allocation as finally determined hereunder. If any state, federal or foreign taxing
authority challenges the Allocation, the party receiving notice of such challenge shall give the other prompt written notice of such challenge, and the parties shall cooperate in good faith in responding to it in order to preserve the effectiveness
of the Allocation. 
 11.2 Sales and Transfer Taxes. Buyer shall pay and indemnify the Company against
all applicable sales, use, value-added, gross receipts, excise, registration, stamp duty, transfer or other similar Taxes or governmental fees (including any interest or penalties related thereto) that may be payable in connection with the sale or
purchase of the Purchased Assets (“Transfer Taxes”). The party required by law to file a Tax Return with respect to such Transfer Taxes shall do so within the time period prescribed by law, and Buyer shall promptly remit to the
Company the amount of any Transfer Taxes so payable by the Company upon receipt of notice that such Transfer Taxes are payable. Buyer and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts, to the extent permitted by law, to minimize any
applicable Transfer Taxes. 
 11.3 Straddle Period Taxes. In the case of any real or personal property
Taxes, ad valorem Taxes, or other similar Taxes attributable to the Purchased Assets for which Taxes are reported on a Tax Return covering a period commencing before and ending after the Closing (a “Straddle Period Tax”), any such
Straddle Period Taxes shall be prorated between Buyer and the Company on a per diem basis. The party required by Applicable Law to pay any such Straddle Period Tax shall file the Tax Return related to such Straddle Period Tax within the time period
prescribed by Applicable Law and shall timely pay such Straddle Period Tax, but the other party shall reimburse the paying party for such other party’s share of such Straddle Period Taxes as provided herein. Straddle Period Taxes shall be
timely paid, and all applicable filings, reports and returns shall be filed, as provided by Applicable Law. Upon payment of any such Straddle Period Taxes, the paying party shall present a statement to the non-paying party setting forth the amount
of reimbursement to which the paying party is entitled under this Section 11.3, together with such supporting evidence as is reasonably necessary to calculate the amount to be reimbursed. The non-paying party shall make such reimbursement
promptly but in no event later than ten (10) days after the presentation of such statement. Any payment not made within such time shall bear interest at the London Inter Bank Offer Rate for six (6) month deposits in U.S. dollars as quoted
on Telerate page 3750 on the Closing Date for each day until paid. 
 11.4 Tax Proceedings. The
Company and Buyer shall jointly control the defense and settlement of any Tax audit or administrative or court proceeding (a “Tax Proceeding”) relating to any Straddle Period Taxes covered by Section 11.3 and each party shall
cooperate with the other party at its own expense. There shall be no settlement or closing or other agreement with respect to any Tax Proceeding relating to any Straddle Period Taxes without the consent of the other party, which consent will not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed. Each party shall promptly notify the other party if it decides not to participate in the defense or settlement of any such Tax Proceeding, in which case the other party shall be permitted to defend and settle such
Tax Proceeding. 
 11.5 Buyer’s Post-Closing Tax Responsibilities. Buyer will be responsible for
Taxes (and other taxes not included in the definition of Taxes) accrued after the Closing Date in connection with the ownership of the Business, the Purchased Assets, and the Assumed Liabilities, including Taxes due to jurisdictions not part of the
United States, and the operation of the Business after the Closing Date, and the Transfer Taxes in accordance with Section 11.2. The Company will be responsible for Taxes (and other taxes not included in the definition of Taxes) accrued before
the Closing Date in connection with the ownership of the Business, the Purchased Assets, and the Assumed Liabilities, including Taxes due to 

  

 32 

Table of Contents

 
jurisdictions not part of the United States, and the operation of the Business before the Closing Date. For purposes of this Section 11.5,
(a) Straddle Period Taxes will be considered to have accrued before or after the Closing Date in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.3, and (b) the Company shall not be responsible for any Taxes accrued before the Closing
Date to the extent that such Taxes are reflected as current liabilities in the determination of Net Working Capital in the Closing Statement. 
 11.6 Cooperation on Tax Matters. To the extent relevant to the Business or the Purchased Assets, each party shall (a) provide the other with such assistance as may reasonably be required in
connection with the preparation of any Tax Return and the conduct of any audit or other examination by any taxing authority or in connection with judicial or administrative proceedings relating to any liability for Taxes and (ii) retain and
provide the other with all records or other information that may be relevant to the preparation of any Tax Returns, or the conduct of any audit or examination, or other proceeding relating to Taxes. 
 ARTICLE XII 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 12.1 Governing Law. The internal laws
of State of Delaware, irrespective of its conflicts of law principles, shall govern the validity of this Agreement, the construction of its terms, and the interpretation and enforcement of the rights and duties of the parties hereto. 
 12.2 Assignment; Binding Upon Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigned. This Agreement shall not be assignable (whether in whole or in part) by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, except that Buyer
may assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder to any subsequent acquiror of the Business. Any assignment in violation of this provision shall be void. 
 12.3 Severability. If any term or provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any circumstance
shall, in any jurisdiction, be invalid or unenforceable, such term or provision shall be ineffective as to such jurisdiction to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without invalidating or rendering unenforceable such term or provision
in any other jurisdiction, the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or the application of such terms and provisions to circumstances other than those to which it is held invalid or unenforceable. The parties further agree to replace such
void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that shall achieve, to the extent practicable, the economic, business and other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision. 
 12.4 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which shall be an original as regards any party whose signature appears thereon and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken
together, shall bear the signatures of all parties reflected hereon as signatories. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by one party hereto to the other parties hereto by facsimile or e-mail transmission of a photocopy of the original
signature page hereto, and upon receipt of such facsimile or e-mail transmission will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other parties. The parties shall endeavor to exchange the original
signature copies, but the failure to deliver the original signature copy and/or the nonreceipt of the original signature copy shall have no effect upon the binding and enforceable nature of this Agreement. 
 12.5 Other Remedies. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any and all remedies herein expressly
conferred upon a party hereunder shall be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of 

  

 33 

Table of Contents

 
any other remedy conferred hereby or by law on such party, and the exercise of any one remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any other. The parties
hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be
entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of the United States or any state having jurisdiction. 
 12.6 Amendments and Waivers. Any term or provision of this Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any
term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only by a writing signed by Buyer and the Company. The waiver by a party of any breach hereof or default in the
performance hereof shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of any other default or any succeeding breach or default. At any time prior to the Closing, each of Buyer and the Company may, to the extent legally allowed, (a) extend the time for
the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made to it contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, and (c) waive compliance with
any of the agreements or conditions for its benefit contained herein. No such waiver or extension shall be effective unless signed in writing by the party against whom such waiver or extension is asserted. The failure of any party to enforce any of
the provisions hereof shall not be construed to be a waiver of the right of such party thereafter to enforce such provisions. 
 
12.7 Expenses. Except as expressly provided otherwise herein, whether or not the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated hereby are successfully consummated, each party shall bear its respective legal, accountants, and
financial advisory fees and other expenses incurred with respect to this Agreement, the Acquisition and the transactions contemplated hereby. 
 12.8 Attorneys’ Fees. Should suit be brought to enforce or interpret any part of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover, as an element of the costs of suit and not as
damages, reasonable attorneys’ fees to be fixed by the court (including costs, expenses and fees on any appeal). The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs of suit, regardless of whether such suit proceeds to final judgment.

 12.9 Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall
be in writing and shall be either hand delivered in Person, sent by facsimile and followed by certified first-class postage pre-paid mail, sent by certified or registered first-class mail, postage pre-paid, or sent by nationally recognized express
courier service. Such notices and other communications shall be effective upon receipt if hand delivered or sent by facsimile, three (3) business days after mailing if sent by mail, and one business day after dispatch if sent by express
courier, to the following addresses, or such other addresses as any party may notify the other parties in accordance with this Section 12.9: 
  

	
	 If to Parent or the Company:

	
	 c/o Macrovision Solutions Corporation

	 2830 De La Cruz Blvd.

	 Santa Clara, CA 95050

	 Attention: General Counsel

	 Fax No.: (408) 567-1807

	
	 with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

	
	 Cooley Godward Kronish LLP

	 Attention: Jon E. Gavenman

	 5 Palo Alto Square

	 3000 El Camino Real
 Palo Alto, CA 94306-2155

	 Fax No.: 650-849-7400

  

 34 

Table of Contents

	
	 If to Buyer:

	
	 Sample Media, LLC
 c/o OpenGate Capital, LLC

	 Attn: Andrew Nikou

	 8383 Wilshire Blvd. Suite 950

	 Beverly Hills, CA 90211

	 Fax No.: 310-691-2119

	
	 with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

	
	 Heather McCormick

	 McCormick Legal Advisors, Inc.

	 707 Wilshire Blvd, Suite 2025

	 Los Angeles, CA 90017

	 Fax No.: 213-223-1810

 12.10 Interpretation; Rules of Construction. When a
provision of Article III states that a document or thing has been delivered to Buyer, the parties intend for the availability of that document or thing via the electronic data room established for Buyer’s review to constitute delivery. When a
reference is made in this Agreement to Exhibits, Sections or Articles, such reference shall be to an Exhibit to, Section of or Article of this Agreement, respectively, unless otherwise indicated. The words “include”, “includes”
and “including” when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation”. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning
or interpretation of this Agreement. The parties hereto agree that they have been represented by legal counsel during the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and, therefore, waive the application of any law, regulation, holding or rule of
construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document shall be construed against the party drafting such agreement or document. 
 12.11 Third Party Beneficiary Rights. No provisions of this Agreement are intended, nor shall be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in
any Encumbrance, customer, employee, affiliate, stockholder, partner or any party hereto or any other Person and all provisions hereof shall be personal solely between the parties to this Agreement, except for the provisions of Article X (which,
from and after the Closing, shall be for the benefit of each Indemnitee). 
 12.12 Entire Agreement.
This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the Company Ancillary Agreements and the Buyer Ancillary Agreements constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede
all prior and contemporaneous agreements or understandings, inducements or conditions, express or implied, written or oral, between the parties with respect hereto other than the Confidentiality Agreement. The express terms hereof control and
supersede any course of performance or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof. 
 12.13
Waiver Of Jury Trial. EACH OF BUYER AND THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR 

  

 35 

Table of Contents

 
COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF BUYER OR THE COMPANY IN THE
NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF. 
 [SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

  

 36 

Table of Contents

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

  

			
	 COMPANY:

	
	 TV GUIDE MAGAZINE GROUP, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Alfred J. Amoroso

	 Name:
	 	Alfred J. Amoroso
	 Title:
	 	CEO
	
	 BUYER:

	
	 SAMPLE MEDIA, LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Andrew Nikon

	 Name:
	 	Andrew Nikon
	 Title:
	 	Manager

 SOLELY WITH RESPECT TO SECTIONS 2.7, 6.2 and 6.3 
 MACROVISION
SOLUTIONS CORPORATION 
  

			
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Alfred J. Amoroso

	 Name:
	 	Alfred J. Amoroso
	 Title:
	 	CEO

 SIGNATURE PAGE TO ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENTIDT Corporation 401(k) Plan

 Exhibit 4.2 
 PROTOTYPE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN 
 Sponsored By 
 DIVERSIFIED INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC. 
 BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT #01 
 THIS DOCUMENT IS COPYRIGHTED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES. ITS USE, DUPLICATION OR REPRODUCTION,
INCLUDING THE USE OF ELECTRONIC MEANS, IS PROHIBITED BY LAW WITHOUT THE EXPRESS CONSENT OF THE AUTHOR. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 PARAGRAPH
	 	 	  	 PAGE

	 ARTICLE I
 DEFINITIONS

			
	1.1    	 	Actual Contribution Percentage (ACP)	  	1
	1.2    	 	Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP)	  	1
	1.3    	 	Adoption Agreement	  	2
	1.4    	 	Aggregate Limit	  	2
	1.5    	 	Allocation Date(s)	  	2
	1.6    	 	Annual Additions	  	2
	1.7    	 	Annuity Starting Date	  	3
	1.8    	 	Applicable Calendar Year	  	3
	1.9    	 	Applicable Life Expectancy	  	3
	1.10  	 	Average Annual Compensation	  	3
	1.11  	 	Average Contribution Percentage (ACP)	  	3
	1.12  	 	Average Deferral Percentage (ADP)	  	4
	1.13  	 	Beneficiary	  	4
	1.14  	 	Break In Service	  	4
	1.15  	 	Code	  	4
	1.16  	 	Compensation	  	5
	1.17  	 	Covered Compensation	  	8
	1.18  	 	Custodian	  	8
	1.19  	 	Davis-Bacon Act	  	8
	1.20  	 	Defined Benefit Plan	  	8
	1.21  	 	Defined Benefit (Plan) Fraction	  	8
	1.22  	 	Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation	  	8
	1.23  	 	Defined Contribution Plan	  	9
	1.24  	 	Defined Contribution (Plan) Fraction	  	9
	1.25  	 	Direct Rollover	  	9
	1.26  	 	Disability	  	9
	1.27  	 	Distribution Calendar Year	  	9
	1.28  	 	Early Retirement Age	  	9
	1.29  	 	Early Retirement Date	  	9
	1.30  	 	Earned Income	  	10
	1.31  	 	Effective Date	  	10
	1.32  	 	Elapsed Time	  	10
	1.33  	 	Election Period	  	10
	1.34  	 	Elective Deferrals	  	10
	1.35  	 	Eligible Employee	  	10
	1.36  	 	Eligible Employer	  	10
	1.37  	 	Eligible Participant	  	11
	1.38  	 	Eligible Retirement Plan	  	11
	1.39  	 	Eligible Rollover Distribution	  	11
	1.40  	 	Employee	  	11
	1.41  	 	Employer	  	12
	1.42  	 	Entry Date	  	12
	1.43  	 	ERISA	  	12
	1.44  	 	Excess Aggregate Contributions	  	12
	1.45  	 	Excess Annual Additions	  	12
	1.46  	 	Excess Contribution	  	13

					
	1.47  	 	Excess Elective Deferrals	  	13
	1.48  	 	Expected Year Of Service	  	13
	1.49  	 	First Distribution Calendar Year	  	13
	1.50  	 	Hardship	  	13
	1.51  	 	Highest Average Compensation	  	13
	1.52  	 	Highly Compensated Employee	  	13
	1.53  	 	Hour Of Service	  	14
	1.54  	 	Integration Level	  	14
	1.55  	 	Key Employee	  	15
	1.56  	 	Leased Employee	  	15
	1.57  	 	Limitation Year	  	15
	1.58  	 	Master Or Prototype Plan	  	15
	1.59  	 	Matching Contribution	  	15
	1.60  	 	Maximum Permissible Amount	  	15
	1.61  	 	Net Profit	  	16
	1.62  	 	Normal Retirement Age	  	16
	1.63  	 	Normal Retirement Date	  	16
	1.64  	 	Owner-Employee	  	16
	1.65  	 	Paired Plans	  	16
	1.66  	 	Participant	  	16
	1.67  	 	Participant’s Benefit	  	16
	1.68  	 	Period Of Severance	  	16
	1.69  	 	Permissive Aggregation Group	  	16
	1.70  	 	Plan	  	16
	1.71  	 	Plan Administrator	  	16
	1.72  	 	Plan Sponsor	  	17
	1.73  	 	Plan Year	  	17
	1.74  	 	Present Value	  	17
	1.75  	 	Prior Plan Year	  	17
	1.76  	 	Prior Safe Harbor Plan	  	17
	1.77  	 	Projected Annual Benefit	  	17
	1.78  	 	Projected Participation	  	17
	1.79  	 	Qualified Domestic Relations Order (QDRO Or Order)	  	18
	1.80  	 	Qualified Early Retirement Age	  	18
	1.81  	 	Qualified Joint And Survivor Annuity (QJSA)	  	18
	1.82  	 	Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs)	  	18
	1.83  	 	Qualified Non-Elective Contributions (QNECs)	  	18
	1.84  	 	Qualified Plan	  	18
	1.85  	 	Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity	  	18
	1.86  	 	Qualified Voluntary Contribution	  	18
	1.87  	 	Required Aggregation Group	  	19
	1.88  	 	Required Beginning Date	  	19
	1.89  	 	Required After-tax Contributions	  	19
	1.90  	 	Rollover Contribution	  	19
	1.91  	 	Salary Deferral Agreement	  	19
	1.92  	 	Savings Incentive Match Plan For Employees (SIMPLE)	  	19
	1.93  	 	Self-Employed Individual	  	19
	1.94  	 	Service	  	19
	1.95  	 	Service Provider	  	20
	1.96  	 	Severance Date	  	20
	1.97  	 	Severance Period	  	20
	1.98  	 	Shareholder Employee	  	20
	1.99  	 	Simplified Employee Pension Plan	  	20
	1.100	 	Sponsor	  	20

					
	1.101	 	Spouse	  	20
	1.102	 	Stated Benefit Formula	  	20
	1.103	 	Super Top-Heavy Plan	  	20
	1.104	 	Taxable Wage Base	  	20
	1.105	 	Top-Heavy Determination Date	  	20
	1.106	 	Top-Heavy Plan	  	20
	1.107	 	Top-Heavy Ratio	  	21
	1.108	 	Top-Paid Group	  	22
	1.109	 	Transfer Contribution	  	22
	1.110	 	Trust	  	22
	1.111	 	Trustee	  	22
	1.112	 	Uniformed Services Employment And Reemployment Rights Act Of 1994 (USERRA)	  	22
	1.113	 	Valuation Date	  	22
	1.114	 	Vested Account Balance	  	22
	1.115	 	Voluntary After-tax Contribution	  	22
	1.116	 	Welfare Benefit Fund	  	23
	1.117	 	Year Of Service	  	23
	
	 ARTICLE II
 ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

			
	2.1    	 	Eligibility	  	26
	2.2    	 	Determination Of Eligibility	  	26
	2.3    	 	Change In Classification Of Employment	  	26
	2.4    	 	Participation	  	27
	2.5    	 	Employment Rights	  	27
	2.6    	 	Service With Controlled Groups	  	27
	2.7    	 	Leased Employees	  	27
	2.8    	 	Thrift Plan	  	28
	2.9    	 	Target Benefit Plan	  	28
	2.10  	 	Davis-Bacon Plan	  	28
	2.11  	 	Waiver Of Participation	  	28
	2.12  	 	Omission Of Eligible Employee	  	28
	2.13  	 	Inclusion Of Ineligible Employee	  	29
	
	 ARTICLE III
 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

			
	3.1    	 	Contribution Amount	  	30
	3.2    	 	Contribution Amount For A SIMPLE 401(k) Plan	  	30
	3.3    	 	Responsibility For Contributions	  	31
	3.4    	 	Return Of Contributions	  	31
	3.5    	 	Merger Of Assets From Another Plan	  	31
	3.6    	 	Coverage Requirements	  	32
	3.7    	 	Eligibility For Contribution	  	32
	3.8    	 	Target Benefit Plan Contribution	  	33
	3.9    	 	Davis-Bacon Plan Contribution	  	34
	3.10  	 	Uniform Dollar Contribution	  	34
	3.11  	 	Uniform Points Contribution	  	34
	3.12  	 	403(b) Matching Contribution	  	34

					
	
	 ARTICLE IV
 EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

			
	4.1    	 	Voluntary After-tax Contributions	  	35
	4.2    	 	Required After-tax Contributions	  	35
	4.3    	 	Qualified Voluntary Contributions	  	35
	4.4    	 	Rollover Contributions	  	35
	4.5    	 	Plan To Plan Transfer Contributions	  	36
	4.6    	 	Voluntary Direct Transfers Between Plans	  	36
	4.7    	 	Elective Deferrals In A 401(k) Plan	  	37
	4.8    	 	Elective Deferrals In A SIMPLE 401(k) Plan	  	38
	4.9    	 	Automatic Enrollment	  	39
	4.10  	 	Make-Up Contributions Under USERRA	  	40
	
	 ARTICLE V
 PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS

			
	5.1    	 	Separate Accounts	  	41
	5.2    	 	Valuation Date	  	41
	5.3    	 	Allocations To Participant Accounts	  	42
	5.4    	 	Allocating Employer Contributions	  	42
	5.5    	 	Allocating Investment Earnings And Losses	  	43
	5.6    	 	Allocation Adjustments	  	43
	5.7    	 	Participant Statements	  	44
	5.8    	 	Changes In Method And Timing Of Valuing Participants’ Accounts	  	44
	
	 ARTICLE VI
 RETIREMENT BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

			
	6.1    	 	Normal Retirement Benefits	  	45
	6.2    	 	Early Retirement Benefits	  	45
	6.3    	 	Benefits On Termination Of Employment	  	45
	6.4    	 	Restrictions On Immediate Distributions	  	46
	6.5    	 	Normal And Optional Forms Of Payment	  	47
	6.6    	 	Commencement Of Benefits	  	48
	6.7    	 	Transitional Rules For Cash-Out Limits	  	49
	6.8    	 	In-Service Withdrawals	  	50
	6.9    	 	Hardship Withdrawals	  	52
	6.10  	 	Direct Rollover Of Benefits	  	53
	6.11  	 	Participant’s Notice	  	53
	6.12  	 	Assets Transferred From Money Purchase Pension Plans	  	54
	6.13  	 	Assets Transferred From A Code Section 401(k) Plan	  	54

					
	 ARTICLE VII
 DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

			
	7.1    	 	Joint And Survivor Annuity Requirements	  	55
	7.2    	 	Minimum Distribution Requirements	  	55
	7.3    	 	Limits On Distribution Periods	  	55
	7.4    	 	Required Distributions On Or After The Required Beginning Date	  	55
	7.5    	 	Required Beginning Date	  	56
	7.6    	 	Transitional Rules	  	58
	7.7    	 	Designation Of Beneficiary	  	58
	7.8    	 	Beneficiary	  	59
	7.9    	 	Distribution Beginning Before Death	  	59
	7.10  	 	Distribution Beginning After Death	  	59
	7.11  	 	Distribution Of Excess Elective Deferrals	  	60
	7.12  	 	Distribution Of Excess Contributions	  	61
	7.13  	 	Distribution Of Excess Aggregate Contributions	  	61
	7.14  	 	Distributions To Minors And Individuals Who Are Legally Incompetent	  	62
	7.15  	 	Unclaimed Benefits	  	62
	
	 ARTICLE VIII
 JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS

			
	8.1    	 	Applicability Of Provisions	  	64
	8.2    	 	Payment Of Qualified Joint And Survivor Annuity	  	64
	8.3    	 	Payment Of Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity	  	64
	8.4    	 	Qualified Election	  	64
	8.5    	 	Notice Requirements For Qualified Joint And Survivor Annuity	  	65
	8.6    	 	Notice Requirements For Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity	  	65
	8.7    	 	Special Safe Harbor Exception For Certain Profit-Sharing Or 401(k) Plans	  	66
	8.8    	 	Transitional Joint And Survivor Annuity Rules	  	67
	8.9    	 	Automatic Joint And Survivor Annuity And Early Survivor Annuity	  	67
	8.10  	 	Annuity Contracts	  	68
	
	 ARTICLE IX
 VESTING

			
	9.1    	 	Employee Contributions	  	69
	9.2    	 	Employer Contributions	  	69
	9.3    	 	Vesting Of Employer Contributions In A SIMPLE 401(k) Plan	  	69
	9.4    	 	Computation Period	  	69
	9.5    	 	Requalification Prior To Five Consecutive One-Year Breaks In Service	  	69
	9.6    	 	Requalification After Five Consecutive One-Year Breaks In Service	  	69
	9.7    	 	Calculating Vested Interest	  	69
	9.8    	 	Forfeitures	  	70
	9.9    	 	Amendment Of Vesting Schedule	  	70
	9.10  	 	Service With Controlled Groups	  	71
	9.11  	 	Compliance With Uniformed Services Employment And Reemployment Rights Act Of 1994	  	71

					
	
	 ARTICLE X
 LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS

			
	10.1  	 	Participation In This Plan Only	  	72
	10.2  	 	Disposition Of Excess Annual Additions	  	72
	10.3  	 	Participation In Multiple Defined Contribution Plans	  	73
	10.4  	 	Disposition Of Excess Annual Additions Under Two Plans	  	73
	10.5  	 	Participation In This Plan And A Defined Benefit Plan	  	73
	
	 ARTICLE XI
 ANTIDISCRIMINATION TESTING

			
	11.1  	 	General Testing Requirements	  	74
	11.2  	 	ADP Testing Limitations	  	74
	11.3  	 	Special Rules Relating To The Application Of The ADP Test	  	75
	11.4  	 	Calculation And Distribution Of Excess Contributions And Excess Aggregate Contributions	  	75
	11.5  	 	Qualified Non-Elective And/Or Matching Contributions	  	76
	11.6  	 	ACP Testing Limitations	  	76
	11.7  	 	Special Rules Relating To The Application Of The ACP Test	  	77
	11.8  	 	Recharacterization	  	78
	11.9  	 	Nondiscrimination Tests In A SIMPLE 401(k) Plan	  	78
	11.10	 	Safe Harbor Rules Of Application	  	78
	11.11	 	Safe Harbor Definitions	  	80
	11.12	 	Required Restrictions On Safe Harbor Contributions	  	80
	11.13	 	ADP Test Safe Harbor	  	81
	11.14	 	ACP Test Safe Harbor	  	81
	11.15	 	Safe Harbor Status	  	81
	11.16	 	Safe Harbor Notice Requirement	  	82
	11.17	 	Satisfying Safe Harbor Contribution Requirements Under Another Defined Contribution Plan	  	83
	
	 ARTICLE XII
 ADMINISTRATION

			
	12.1  	 	Plan Administrator	  	85
	12.2  	 	Persons Serving As Plan Administrator	  	86
	12.3  	 	Action By Employer	  	86
	12.4  	 	Responsibilities Of The Parties	  	86
	12.5  	 	Allocation Of Investment Responsibility	  	86
	12.6  	 	Appointment Of Investment Manager	  	86
	12.7  	 	Participant Investment Direction	  	87
	12.8  	 	Application Of ERISA Section 404 (c)	  	88
	12.9  	 	Participant Loans	  	88
	12.10	 	Insurance Policies	  	90
	12.11	 	Determination Of Qualified Domestic Relations Order (QDRO Or Order)	  	92
	12.12	 	Receipt And Release For Payments	  	93
	12.13	 	Resignation And Removal	  	93
	12.14	 	Claims and Claims Review Procedure	  	93
	12.15	 	Bonding	  	94

					
	 ARTICLE XIII
 TRUST PROVISIONS

			
	13.1  	 	Establishment Of The Trust	  	95
	13.2  	 	Control Of Plan Assets	  	95
	13.3  	 	Discretionary Trustee	  	95
	13.4  	 	Nondiscretionary Trustee	  	96
	13.5  	 	Provisions Relating To Individual Trustees	  	96
	13.6  	 	Investment Instructions	  	96
	13.7  	 	Fiduciary Standards	  	97
	13.8  	 	Powers Of The Trustee	  	97
	13.9  	 	Appointment Of Additional Trustee And Allocation Of Responsibilities	  	99
	13.10	 	Compensation, Administrative Fees And Expenses	  	100
	13.11	 	Records	  	100
	13.12	 	Limitation On Liability And Indemnification	  	101
	13.13	 	Custodian	  	103
	13.14	 	Investment Alternatives Of The Custodian	  	103
	13.15	 	Prohibited Transactions	  	104
	13.16	 	Exclusive Benefit Rules	  	104
	13.17	 	Assignment And Alienation Of Benefits	  	104
	13.18	 	Liquidation Of Assets	  	104
	13.19	 	Resignation and Removal	  	105
	
	 ARTICLE XIV
 TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

			
	14.1  	 	Applicability Of Rules	  	106
	14.2  	 	Minimum Contribution	  	106
	14.3  	 	Minimum Vesting	  	106
	14.4  	 	Limitations On Allocations	  	107
	14.5  	 	Use Of Safe Harbor Contributions To Satisfy Top-Heavy Contribution Rules	  	107
	14.6  	 	Top-Heavy Rules For SIMPLE 401(k) Plans	  	107
	
	 ARTICLE XV
 AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

			
	15.1  	 	Amendment By Sponsor	  	108
	15.2  	 	Amendment By Employer	  	108
	15.3  	 	Protected Benefits	  	108
	15.4  	 	Plan Termination	  	108
	15.5  	 	Distribution Restrictions Under A Code Section 401(k) Plan	  	109
	15.6  	 	Qualification Of Employer’s Plan	  	109
	15.7  	 	Mergers And Consolidations	  	109
	15.8  	 	Qualification Of Prototype	  	109

					
	
	 ARTICLE XVI
 GOVERNING LAW

			
	16.1  	 	Governing Law	  	110
	16.2  	 	State Community Property Laws	  	110
	
	 IRS MODEL AMENDMENT          
  
 EGTRRA MODEL AMENDMENT
  
 401(a)(9) MODEL AMENDMENT  

 PROTOTYPE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN 
 Sponsored By 
 DIVERSIFIED INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC. 
 The Sponsor hereby establishes this Plan for use by its clients who wish to adopt a qualified retirement plan. This Plan shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with
the intention of the adopting Employer that this Plan satisfy Internal Revenue Code Sections 401 and 501. Any Plan and Trust established hereunder shall be so established for the exclusive benefit of Plan Participants and their Beneficiaries and
shall be administered under the following terms and conditions: 
 ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS 
 1.1 Actual Contribution Percentage (ACP) The ratio (expressed as a
percentage and calculated separately for each Participant) of: 
  

	 	(a)	the Participant’s Contribution Percentage Amounts [as defined at (c)-(f)] for a Plan Year, to 

  

	 	(b)	the Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year. [Unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation will only include amounts for the period during which the
Employee was eligible to participate.] 

 Contribution Percentage Amounts on behalf of any Participant shall include: 
  

	 	(c)	the amount of Voluntary After-tax Contributions, Required After-tax Contributions, Matching Contributions (except to the extent such Matching Contributions may be disregarded in
accordance with IRS Notice 98-1), and Qualified Matching Contributions (to the extent not taken into account for purposes of the ADP test) made under the Plan on behalf of the Participant, 

  

	 	(d)	forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions or Matching Contributions allocated to the Participant’s account which shall be taken into account in the year in which such
forfeiture is allocated, 

  

	 	(e)	at the election of the Employer, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions, and 

  

	 	(f)	the Employer may elect to use Elective Deferrals in the Contribution Percentage Amounts as long as the ADP test is met before the Elective Deferrals are used in the ACP test and
continues to be met following the exclusion of those Elective Deferrals that are used to meet the ACP test. 

 Contribution amounts shall not
include Matching Contributions, whether or not Qualified, that are forfeited either to correct Excess Aggregate Contributions, or because the contributions to which they relate are Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions, or Excess Aggregate
Contributions. 
 1.2 Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP) The ratio (expressed as a percentage and calculated separately for each Participant) of:

  

	 	(a)	the amount of Employer contributions [as defined at (c) – (d)] actually contributed to the Trust on behalf of such Participant for a Plan Year, to

  

	 	(b)	the Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year. [Unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation will only include amounts received for the period during
which the Employee was eligible to participate.] 

  

 1 

 Employer contributions on behalf of any Participant shall include: 
  

	 	(c)	any Elective Deferrals made pursuant to the Participant’s Salary Deferral Agreement, including Excess Elective Deferrals of Highly Compensated Employees, but excluding Excess
Elective Deferrals distributed to Non-Highly Compensated Employees and Elective Deferrals that are either taken into account in the Contribution Percentage test (provided the ADP test is satisfied both with and without exclusion of these Elective
Deferrals) or are returned as excess Annual Additions, 

  

	 	(d)	at the election of the Employer, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions. 

 For purposes of computing Actual Deferral Percentages, an eligible Employee who fails to make Elective Deferrals shall be treated as a Participant on whose behalf no
Elective Deferrals are made. 
 1.3 Adoption Agreement The document attached to this Plan by which an Employer who adopts a Plan elects the
terms and conditions of a Qualified Plan established under this Basic Plan Document #01. 
 1.4 Aggregate Limit The sum of: 
  

	 	(a)	125% of the greater of the Average Deferral Percentage of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Prior Plan Year or the Average Contribution Percentage of Non-Highly
Compensated Employees under the 401(k) Plan subject to Code Section 401(m) for the Plan Year beginning with or within the Prior Plan Year, and 

  

	 	(b)	the lesser of 200% or two percent plus the lesser of such ADP or ACP. 

 Alternatively, the Aggregate Limit can be determined by substituting “the lesser of 200% or two percent plus” for “125% of” in (a) above, and substituting “125% of” for “the lesser of 200% or two
percent plus” in (b) above if it would result in a larger Aggregate Limit. 
 If the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the
Current Year Testing Method, then, in calculating the Aggregate Limit for a particular Plan Year, the Non-Highly Compensated Employees’ ADP and ACP for that Plan Year, instead of the prior Plan Year, is used. 
 1.5 Allocation Date(s) The date or dates on which Participant recordkeeping accounts are adjusted to reflect account activity including but not limited to
contributions, loans distributions, Hardship withdrawals, as well as earnings activity including but not limited to income, capital gains or market fluctuations in accordance with Article V hereof. Unless the Plan Administrator in a uniform and
nondiscriminatory manner designates otherwise, all allocations for a particular Plan Year will be made as of the Valuation Date of that Plan Year. 
 1.6
Annual Additions The sum of the following amounts credited to a Participant’s account for the Limitation Year: 
  

	 	(a)	Employer contributions (under Article III), 

  

	 	(b)	Employee contributions (under Article IV), 

  

	 	(c)	forfeitures, 

  

	 	(d)	Employer allocations under a Simplified Employee Pension Plan, 

  

 2 

	 	(e)	amounts allocated after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical account as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2), which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the
Employer (these amounts are treated as Annual Additions to a Defined Contribution Plan though they arise under a Defined Benefit Plan), and 

  

	 	(f)	amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after 1985, in taxable years ending after 1985, which are either attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the
account of a Key Employee or to a Welfare Benefit Fund maintained by the Employer. For purposes of this paragraph, an Employee is a Key Employee if he or she meets the requirements of paragraph 1.55 at any time during the Plan Year or any preceding
Plan Year. 

 For purposes of applying the limitations of Code Section 415, the transfer of funds from one Qualified Plan to another is
not considered an Annual Addition. The following are not Employee contributions for the purposes of Annual Additions: 
  

	 	(g)	Rollover Contributions [as defined in Code Sections 402(e)(6), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8) and 408(d)(3)]; 

  

	 	(h)	repayments of loans made to a Participant from the Plan; 

  

	 	(i)	repayments of distributions received by an Employee pursuant to Code Section 411(a)(7)(B) (cash-outs); 

  

	 	(j)	repayments of distributions received by an Employee pursuant to Code Section 411(a)(3)(D) (mandatory contributions); and 

  

	 	(k)	Employee contributions to a Simplified Employee Pension Plan excludible from gross income under Code Section 408(k)(6). 

 Employee and Employer make-up contributions under USERRA received during the current Limitation Year shall be treated as Annual Additions with respect to the Limitation
Year to which the make-up contributions are attributable. Excess Amounts applied in a Limitation Year to reduce Employer contributions will be considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year, pursuant to the provisions of Article X. 

1.7 Annuity Starting Date The first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or in any other form. 
 1.8 Applicable Calendar Year The First Distribution Calendar Year, and in the event of the recalculation of life expectancy, such succeeding calendar year.
If payments commence in accordance with paragraph 7.4(d) before the Required Beginning Date, the Applicable Calendar Year is the year such payments commence. If distribution is in the form of an immediate annuity purchased after the
Participant’s death with the Participant’s remaining interest, the Applicable Calendar Year is the year of purchase. 
 1.9 Applicable Life
Expectancy The life expectancy or joint and last survivor expectancy calculated using the attained age of the Participant or Beneficiary as of the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s birthday in the Applicable Calendar Year, reduced by
one for each calendar year which has elapsed since the date life expectancy was first calculated. If life expectancy is being recalculated, the Applicable Life Expectancy shall be the life expectancy as so recalculated. The life expectancy of a
non-Spouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated. 
 1.10 Average Annual Compensation The average of a Participant’s annual Compensation as
defined in paragraph 1.16 of this Basic Plan Document #01, over the three (3) consecutive Plan Year period ending in either the current year or any prior year that produces the highest average. If the Participant has fewer than three
(3) years of participation in this Plan, Compensation is averaged over the Participant’s total period of participation. 
 1.11 Average
Contribution Percentage (ACP) The average of the Actual Contribution Percentages for the eligible Participants in a specified group of Participants for a Plan Year. 
  

 3 

 1.12 Average Deferral Percentage (ADP) The average of the Actual Deferral Percentages for Participants in a
specified group of Participants for a Plan Year. 
 1.13 Beneficiary A “Beneficiary” is any person other than the Participant and an
estate or trust who by operation of law, or under the terms of the Plan is entitled to receive any Vested Account Balance of a Participant under the Plan. A “Designated Beneficiary” is any individual designated or determined in accordance
with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations issued thereunder, except that it shall not include any person who becomes a beneficiary by virtue of the laws of inheritance or intestate succession. 
 1.14 Break In Service 
  

	 	(a)	If the Hours of Service method is used in determining either an Employee’s initial or continuing eligibility to participate in the Plan, or the nonforfeitable interest in the
Employee’s account balance derived from Employer contributions, a Break in Service is a twelve (12) consecutive month period during which the Employee has not completed more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service.

  

	 	(b)	For purposes of determining whether a Break in Service has occurred in a particular computation period, an Employee who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons shall
receive credit for Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited to such Employee but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, with eight (8) Hours of Service per day of such absence. The Hours of
Service to be so credited shall be credited in the computation period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a Break in Service in that period or, in all other cases, in the following computation periods.

  

	 	(c)	With respect to determinations based on the Elapsed Time method, a severance period of not less than twelve (12) consecutive months. In the case of an Employee who is absent
from work for maternity or paternity reasons, the twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first day of such absence shall not constitute a Break in Service. 

  

	 	(d)	Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Employee who is absent from work beyond the first anniversary of the first day of absence from work for maternity or paternity
reasons, such period begins on the second anniversary of the first day of such absence. The period between the first and second anniversaries of said first day of absence from work is neither a Period of Service for which the Employee will receive
credit nor is such period a Break in Service. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the Employee, (2) by reason of the birth of a child of
the Employee, (3) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by such Employee, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth
or placement. 

  

	 	(e)	An Employer adopting the Elapsed Time method is required to credit periods of Service and, under the Service spanning rules, certain periods of severance of twelve (12) months
or less. Under the first Service spanning rule, if an Employee severs from Service as a result of resignation, discharge or retirement and then returns to Service within twelve (12) months, the Period of Severance is required to be taken into
account. A situation may arise in which an Employee is absent from Service for any reason other than resignation, discharge, retirement and during the absence a resignation, discharge or retirement occurs. The second Service spanning rule provides
that, under such circumstances, the Plan is required to take into account the period of time between the severance from Service date (i.e., the date of resignation, discharge or retirement) and the first anniversary of the date on which the Employee
was first absent, if the Employee returns to Service on or before such first anniversary date. 

 1.15 Code The Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, including any amendments thereto. Reference to any section or subsection of the Code, includes reference to any comparable or succeeding provisions of any legislation which amends, supplements or replaces such section or subsection,
and also includes reference to any Regulation issued pursuant to or with respect to such section or subsection. 
  

 4 

 1.16 Compensation The Employer may select one of the following three safe harbor definitions of
Compensation in the Adoption Agreement. The definition of Compensation (for Employers who adopt) under standardized plans, plans that provide permitted disparity (other than the CODA portion of these plans), Target Benefit Plans and for Employers
determining top-heavy minimum contributions must be one of the three safe harbor definitions of Compensation. In a Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement, the Employer may modify the definition of Compensation provided that such definition, as modified,
satisfies the provisions of Code Sections 414(s) and 401(a)(4). Compensation will also include Compensation by the Employer through another employer or entity under the provisions of Code Sections 3121 and 3306. 
  

	 	(a)	Code Section 3401(a) Wages – All remuneration received by an Employee for services performed for the Employer which are subject to Federal income tax
withholding at the source. Unless elected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation shall include any amount deferred under a Salary Deferral Agreement which is not includible in the gross income of a Participant under Code Section 125
in connection with a cafeteria plan, Code Section 402(e)(3) in connection with a cash or deferred plan, Code Section 402(h)(1)(B) in connection with a Simplified Employee Pension Plan, Code Section 401(k) in connection with a SIMPLE
Retirement Account, Code Section 457 in connection with a Plan maintained under said Section, and Code Section 403(b) in connection with a tax-sheltered annuity plan. Wages are determined without regard to any rules that limit the
remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed [such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)]. For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1997,
for purposes of applying the limitations of this paragraph, Compensation paid or made available during such Limitation Year shall include any Elective Deferral [as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)], and any amount which is contributed or
deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee and which is not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1), or 403(b). 

  

	 	(b)	Code Sections 6041, 6051 And 6052 Reportable Wages – All remuneration received by an Employee for services performed for the Employer which are required to
be reported on Form W-2. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation shall include any amount deferred under a Salary Deferral Agreement which is not includible in the gross income of a Participant under Code Section 125 in
connection with a cafeteria plan, Code Section 402(e)(3) in connection with a cash or deferred plan, Code Section 402(h)(1)(B) in connection with a Simplified Employee Pension Plan, and Code Section 403(b) in connection with a
tax-sheltered annuity plan. A Participant’s wages includes remuneration defined at subparagraph (a) above and all other remuneration paid to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for which the
Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052. Such amount must be determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or
location of the employment or the services performed [such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)]. For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1997, for purposes of applying the limitations of this
paragraph, Compensation paid or made available during such Limitation Year shall include any Elective Deferral [as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)], and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the
Employee and which is not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1) or 403(b). 

  

	 	(c)	 Code Section 415 Compensation – A Participant’s Earned Income, wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and other
amounts received, without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash, for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan. Compensation includes, but is not limited to, commissions paid
salesmen, Compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits and reimbursements or other expense 

  

 5 

	 	 
allowances under a nonaccountable plan [as described in Regulation Section 1.62-2(c)]. For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1997, for
purposes of applying the limitations of this paragraph, Compensation paid or made available during such Limitation Year shall include any Elective Deferral [as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)], and any amount which is contributed or deferred
by the Employer at the election of the Employee and which is not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1) or 403(b). Compensation excludes the following:

  

	 	(1)	for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1998, Employer contributions made under the terms of a Salary Deferral Agreement between an Employee and the Employer to a plan of
deferred compensation which are not includible in the Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which contributed. Such contributions shall include any amount deferred under Code Section 125 in connection with a cafeteria plan, Code
Section 402(e)(3) in connection with a cash or deferred plan, Code Section 402(h)(1)(B) in connection with a Simplified Employee Pension Plan, Code Section 402(k) in connection with a SIMPLE Retirement Account, Code Section 457
in connection with a Plan maintained under said Section, and Code Section 403(b) in connection with a tax-sheltered annuity plan, 

  

	 	(2)	distributions received from a plan of deferred compensation, 

  

	 	(3)	amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, 

  

	 	(4)	amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option, and 

  

	 	(5)	amounts deferred by an Employee under the terms of a non-qualified deferred compensation plan. 

 Unless otherwise specified by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation shall be determined as provided in Code Section 3401(a) [paragraph (a) above]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Compensation of a Participant who is a sole proprietor, partner or a member of a limited liability corporation (LLC) shall be determined under Code Section 415. Unless indicated otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, the definition of
Compensation used in nondiscrimination testing (ADP/ACP Testing) will be determined by the Employer. Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, if the Plan is an amendment and restatement of a Qualified Plan, for Plan Years ending prior to
the Plan Year in which the amendment or restatement is adopted, Compensation shall have the meaning set forth in the Qualified Plan prior to its amendment. 
 Exclusions From Compensation A Participant’s Compensation shall be determined in accordance with paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above and shall not exclude any item of income unless provided in the basic definition
or elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. 
 Annual Additions And Top-Heavy Rules Except as elected on the Adoption Agreement, for
purposes of Article X and XIV, Compensation shall be Code Section 415 Compensation as described in paragraph 1.16(c). For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1998, Compensation excludes amounts deferred under a plan of deferred
Compensation as described at paragraph 1.16(c)(1). For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1997, Compensation includes amounts deferred under a plan of deferred compensation as described at paragraph 1.16(c)(1). For purposes of applying the
limitations of Article X, Compensation for a Limitation Year is the Compensation actually paid or made available during such Limitation Year. For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1997, for purposes of applying the limitations of
this paragraph, Compensation paid or made available during such Limitation Year shall include any Elective Deferral [as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)], and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the
Employee and which is not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b). 
  

 6 

 If the Plan is or becomes Top-Heavy in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983, the provisions of Article
XIV will supersede any conflicting provisions in the Basic Plan Document #01 or Adoption Agreement. 
 Contributions Made On Behalf Of Disabled
Participants Compensation with respect to a Participant in a Defined Contribution Plan who is permanently and totally disabled [as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3)] is the Compensation such Participant would have received for the
Limitation Year if the Participant had been paid at the rate of Compensation paid immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled; for Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1997, but not for Limitation Years beginning after
December 31, 1996, such imputed Compensation for the disabled Participant may be taken into account only if the Participant is not a Highly Compensated Employee (defined at paragraph 1.52) and contributions made on behalf of such Participant
are nonforfeitable when made. Compensation will mean Compensation as that term is defined in this paragraph. 
 Highly Compensated And Key Employees
For purposes of paragraphs 1.52 and 1.55, Compensation shall be Code Section 415 Compensation as described in paragraph 1.16(c). Such definition shall include any amount deferred under Code Section 125 in connection with a
cafeteria plan, Code Section 402(e)(3) in connection with a cash or deferred plan, Code Section 402(h)(1)(B) in connection with a Simplified Employee Pension Plan, Code Section 402(k) in connection with a SIMPLE Retirement Account
(SIMPLE), Code Section 457 in connection with a Plan maintained under said Section, and Code Section 403(b) in connection with a tax-sheltered annuity plan. The Employer, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, may limit Compensation
considered for purposes of the Plan for these Participants. 
 Computation Period The Plan Year, while eligible to participate, shall be the
computation period for purposes of determining a Participant’s Compensation, unless the Employer selects a different computation period in the Adoption Agreement. 
 Limitation On Compensation The annual Compensation of each Participant which may be taken into account for determining all benefits provided under the Plan for any year, shall not exceed the limitation
as imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17), as adjusted under Code Section 401(a)(17)(B). If a Plan has a Plan Year that contains fewer than twelve (12) calendar months, the annual Compensation limit for that period is an amount equal to
the limitation as imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17) as adjusted for the calendar year in which the Compensation period begins, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months in the short Plan Year and the
denominator of which is twelve (12). 
 USERRA For purposes of Employee and Employer make-up contributions, Compensation during the period of
military service shall be deemed to be the Compensation the Employee would have received during such period if the Employee were not in qualified military service, based on the rate of pay the Employee would have received from the Employer but for
the absence due to military leave. If the Compensation the Employee would have received during the leave is not reasonably certain, Compensation will be equal to the Employee’s average Compensation from the Employer during the twelve
(12) month period immediately preceding the military leave or, if shorter, the Employee’s actual period of employment with the Employer. 
 Definition of Compensation for Purposes of Safe Harbor CODA Provisions Compensation for the purposes of a Safe Harbor CODA is defined in this paragraph 1.16 of this Basic Plan Document #01. No dollar limit other than the limit
imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17) applies to the Compensation of a Non-Highly Compensated Employee. For purposes of determining the Compensation subject to a Participant’s salary deferral election, the Employer may use an alternative
definition to the one described above provided such alternative definition is a reasonable definition within the meaning of Section 1.414(s)-1(d)(2) of the Regulations and permits each Participant to contribute sufficient Elective Deferrals to
receive the maximum amount of Matching Contributions (determined using the definition of Compensation described above) available to the Participant under the Plan. 
  

 7 

 Definition Of Compensation For Purposes Of 401(k) SIMPLE Provisions For purposes of paragraphs 1.36 and
3.2, of this Basic Plan Document #01, Compensation is the sum of the wages, tips and other compensation from the Employer subject to Federal income tax withholding [as described in Code Section 6051(a)(3)] and the Employee’s salary
reduction contributions made under Code Section 125 in connection with a cafeteria plan, Code Section 402(e)(3) in connection with a cash or deferred plan, Code Section 402(h)(1)(B) in connection with a Simplified Employee Pension
Plan, Code Section 402(k) in connection with a SIMPLE Retirement Account, Code Section 457 in connection with a plan maintained under said Section and Code Section 403(b) in connection with a tax-sheltered annuity plan, required to be
reported by the Employer on Form W-2 [as described in Code Section 6051(a)(8)]. For self-employed individuals, Compensation means net earnings from self-employment determined under Code Section 1402(a) prior to subtracting any
contributions made to this Plan on behalf of any Employee. The provisions of the Plan implementing the limit on Compensation under Code Section 401(a)(17) apply to the Compensation under paragraph 4.8 of Article IV. 
 1.17 Covered Compensation A Participant’s Covered Compensation for a Plan Year is the average (without indexing) of the Taxable Wage Bases in effect
for each calendar year in the thirty-five (35) year period ending with the calendar year in which the Participant attains (or will attain) social security retirement age. In determining a Participant’s Covered Compensation for a Plan Year,
the Taxable Wage Base in effect for the current Plan Year and any subsequent Plan Year will be assumed to be the same as the taxable wage base in effect as of the beginning of the Plan Year for which the determination is being made. Covered
Compensation will be determined for the year designated by the Employer in Section III(C) of the Target Benefit Plan Adoption Agreement. 
 A
Participant’s Covered Compensation for a Plan Year before the end of the thirty-five (35) year period ending with the last day of the calendar year in which the Participant attains social security retirement age is the Taxable Wage Base in
effect as of the beginning of the Plan Year. A Participant’s Covered Compensation for a Plan Year after such thirty-five (35) year period is the Participant’s Covered Compensation for the Plan Year during which the thirty-five
(35) year period ends. 
 1.18 Custodian The institution or institutions (who may be the Sponsor or an affiliate) and any successors or
assigns thereto, appointed by the Employer to hold the assets of the Trust as provided at paragraph 13.2 herein. 
 1.19 Davis-Bacon Act 40
U.S.C. Section 276a et seq. as may be amended from time to time. 
 1.20 Defined Benefit Plan A plan under which a Participant’s
benefit is determined by a formula contained in the plan and no Employee accounts are maintained for Participants. 
 1.21 Defined Benefit (Plan)
Fraction For Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 2000, a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Participant’s Projected Annual Benefits under all the Defined Benefit Plans (whether or not terminated) maintained
by the Employer, and the denominator of which is the lesser of 125% of the dollar limitation determined for the Limitation Year under Code Sections 415(b) and (d) or 140% of the Highest Average Compensation, including any adjustments under Code
Section 415(b). 
 Transitional Rule If an Employee was a Participant as of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after
1986, in one or more Defined Benefit Plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of this fraction will not be less than 125% of the sum of the annual benefits under such Plans which the Participant
had accrued as of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning before 1987, disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan after May 5, 1986. The preceding sentence applies only if the Defined Benefit Plans individually and
in the aggregate satisfied the requirements of Code Section 415 for all Limitation Years beginning before 1987. 
 1.22 Defined Contribution
Dollar Limitation Thirty thousand dollars ($30,000) as adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for increases in the cost-of-living. This limitation shall be adjusted by the Secretary at the same time and in the same manner as under Code
Section 415(d). Such increases will be in multiples of five thousand dollars ($5,000). 
  

 8 

 1.23 Defined Contribution Plan A plan under which Employee accounts are maintained for each Participant to
which all contributions, forfeitures, investment income and gains or losses, and expenses are credited or deducted. A Participant’s benefit under such plan is based solely on the fair market value of his or her account balance. 
 1.24 Defined Contribution (Plan) Fraction For Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 2000, a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the
Annual Additions to the Participant’s account under all the Defined Contribution Plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer for the current and all prior Limitation Years (including the Annual Additions attributable to the
Participant’s nondeductible Employee contributions to all Defined Benefit Plans, whether or not terminated, maintained by the Employer, and the Annual Additions attributable to all Welfare Benefit Funds as defined in paragraph 1.116, individual
medical accounts as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2) and Simplified Employee Pension Plans as defined in paragraph 1.99, maintained by the Employer), and the denominator of which is the sum of the maximum aggregate amounts for the current and
all prior Limitation Years of Service with the Employer (regardless of whether a Defined Contribution Plan was maintained by the Employer). The maximum aggregate amount in the Limitation Year is the lesser of 125% of the dollar limitation determined
under Code Sections 415(b) and (d) in effect under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) or 35% of the Participant’s Compensation for such year. 
 Transitional Rule If an Employee was a Participant as of the end of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after 1986, in one or more Defined Contribution Plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence
on May 6, 1986, the numerator of this fraction will be adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the Defined Benefit Fraction would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the product of the
excess of the sum of the fractions over 1.0 multiplied by the denominator of this fraction, will be permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as of the end
of the last Limitation Year beginning before 1987, and disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan made after May 6, 1986, but using the Code Section 415 limitation applicable to the first Limitation Year beginning on
or after January 1, 1987. The Annual Addition for any Limitation Year beginning before 1987, shall not be re-computed to treat all Employee contributions as Annual Additions. 
 1.25 Direct Rollover A payment made by the Plan to an Eligible Retirement Plan that is specified by the Participant or a payment received by the Plan from an Eligible Retirement Plan on behalf of a
Participant or an Employee, if selected in the Adoption Agreement by the Employer. 
 1.26 Disability Unless the Employer has elected a
different definition in the Adoption Agreement, Disability is defined as an illness or injury of a potentially permanent nature, expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months or can be expected to result in death, certified by
a physician selected by or satisfactory to the Employer, which prevents the Participant from engaging in any occupation for wage or profit for which the Employee is reasonably fitted by training, education or experience. If elected by the Employer
in the Adoption Agreement, nonforfeitable contributions will be made to the Plan on behalf of each disabled Participant who is not a Highly Compensated Employee (as defined at paragraph 1.52). Compensation for purposes of calculating the
contribution will mean Compensation as defined at paragraph 1.16 herein. 
 1.27 Distribution Calendar Year A calendar year for which a minimum
distribution is required. 
 1.28 Early Retirement Age The age set by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, not less than age fifty five
(55), at which a Participant becomes fully vested and is eligible to retire and receive his or her benefits under the Plan. 
 1.29 Early Retirement
Date The date elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement on which a Participant or former Participant has satisfied the Early Retirement Age requirements. If no election is made on the Adoption Agreement, it shall mean the date on
which a Participant attains his or her Early Retirement Age. 
 A former Participant who has separated from Service after satisfying any service requirement
but before satisfying the Early Retirement Age and who thereafter reaches the age requirement elected on the Adoption Agreement shall be entitled to receive benefits under the Plan (other than full vesting and any allocation of Employer
contributions) as though the requirements for Early Retirement Age had been satisfied. 
  

 9 

 1.30 Earned Income Net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with respect to which the
Plan is established, determined without regard to items not included in gross income and the deductions allocable to such items, provided that personal services of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Earned Income shall be reduced
by contributions made by an Employer to a Qualified Plan to the extent deductible under Code Section 404. Net earnings shall be determined taking into account the deduction for one-half of self-employment taxes allowed to the taxpayer under
Code Section 164(f), to the extent deductible for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989. 
 1.31 Effective Date The date on
which the Employer’s Plan or amendment to such Plan becomes effective. For amendments reflecting statutory and regulatory changes contained in The Uruguay Round Agreements Act of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT), The Uniformed
Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (USERRA), The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 (SBJPA), The Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 (TRA’97), The Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 (IRSRRA), and
the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000 (CRA), the Effective Date(s) of the applicable provisions of this legislation will be the earlier of the date upon which such amendment is first administratively applied or the first day of the Plan Year
following the date of adoption of such amendment or adoption of the Basic Plan Document #01 and accompanying Adoption Agreement. 
 1.32 Elapsed
Time A method of determining an Employee’s entitlement under the Plan with respect to eligibility to participate, and/or vesting, which is not based on the Employee’s completion of a specified number of Hours of Service during a
consecutive twelve (12) month period, but rather with reference to the total period of time which elapses during which the Employee is employed by the Employer maintaining the Plan. 
 If the Employer is a member of an affiliated service group [under Code Section 414(m)], a controlled group of corporations [under Code Section 414(b)], a group of trades or businesses under common control
[under Code Section 414(c)] or any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Code Section 414(o), Service will be credited for any employment for any period of time for any other member of such group. Service
will also be credited for any individual required under Code Section 414(n) or Code Section 414(o) to be considered an Employee of any Employer aggregated under Code Section 414(b), (c) or (m). 
 1.33 Election Period The period which begins on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age thirty-five (35) and ends on the
date of the Participant’s death. If a Participant separates from Service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which age thirty-five (35) is attained, the Election Period shall begin on the date of separation, with respect to the
account balance as of the date of separation. 
 1.34 Elective Deferrals Employer contributions in lieu of cash Compensation made to the Plan
on behalf of the Participant pursuant to a Salary Deferral Agreement or other deferral mechanism. With respect to any taxable year, a Participant's Elective Deferral is the sum of all Employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant
pursuant to an election to defer under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement as described in Code Section 401(k), any Simplified Employee Pension Plan with a cash or deferred arrangement as described in Code Section 408(k)(6), any
SIMPLE IRA Plan described in Code Section 408(p), any eligible deferred compensation plan under Code Section 457, any plan as described under Code Section 501(c)(18), and any Employer contributions made on behalf of a Participant for
the purchase of an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) pursuant to a Salary Deferral Agreement. Elective Deferrals shall not include any deferrals properly distributed as excess Annual Additions. 
 1.35 Eligible Employee For purposes of the SIMPLE 401(k) Plan provisions, any Employee who is entitled to make Elective Deferrals under the terms of the
SIMPLE 401(k) Plan. 
 1.36 Eligible Employer An Eligible Employer means with respect to any Plan Year, an Employer who had no more than one
hundred (100) Employees who received at least $5,000 of Compensation from the Employer for the preceding year. In applying the preceding sentence, all Employees of controlled groups of corporations under Code Section 414(b), all Employees
of trades or businesses (whether incorporated or not) under common control under Code Section 414(c), all Employees of affiliated service groups under Code Section 414(m), and Leased Employees required to be treated as the Employer’s
Employees under Code Section 414(n), are taken into account. 
  

 10 

 An Eligible Employer that elects to have the SIMPLE 401(k) Plan provisions apply to the Plan that fails to be an Eligible
Employer for any subsequent year, is treated as an Eligible Employer for the two (2) years following the last year the employer was an Eligible Employer. If the failure is due to any acquisition, disposition, or similar transaction involving an
Eligible Employer, the preceding sentence applies only if the provisions of Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(I) are satisfied. 
 1.37 Eligible
Participant Any Employee who is eligible to make a Voluntary or Required After-tax Contribution or an Elective Deferral (if the Employer takes such contributions into account in the calculation of the Actual Contribution Percentage), or to
receive a Matching Contribution (including forfeitures) or a Qualified Matching Contribution. If a Required After-tax Contribution is required as a condition of participation in the Plan, any Employee who would be a Participant in the Plan if such
Employee made such a contribution shall be treated as an Eligible Participant even though no Employee contributions are made. 
 1.38 Eligible
Retirement Plan An individual retirement account (IRA) as described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity (IRA) as described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan as described in Code Section 403(a), or a
qualified trust as described in Code Section 401(a), which accepts Eligible Rollover Distributions. However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid to a surviving Spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement
account or individual retirement annuity. 
 1.39 Eligible Rollover Distribution An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all
or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Participant except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: 
  

	 	(a)	any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made not less frequently than annually for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant or the
joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten (10) years or more, 

  

	 	(b)	any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9), 

  

	 	(c)	any Hardship withdrawals under Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) received after December 31, 1998, (or if elected by the Employer in accordance with IRS Notice 99-5,
received after December 31, 1999). 

  

	 	(d)	the portion of any distribution that would not be includible in gross income if paid to the Participant (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation
with respect to Employer securities), 

  

	 	(e)	excess amounts which are returned to a Participant in accordance with paragraphs 7.11, 7.12, 7.13, and 10.2, 

  

	 	(f)	any other distribution(s) that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year, 

  

	 	(g)	corrective distributions of Excess Elective Deferrals under Code Section 402(g), and the income allocable thereto, 

  

	 	(h)	Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions under Code Section 401(k) and Code Section 401(m), and the income allocable thereto, 

  

	 	(i)	PS 58 costs, and 

  

	 	(j)	dividends paid on securities under Code Section 404(k). 

 1.40
Employee A person employed by an Employer maintaining the Plan (including Self-Employed Individuals and partners). The term Employee shall include Employees of a member of an affiliated service group [as defined in Code
Section 414(m)], all Employees of a controlled group of corporations [as defined in Code Section 414(b)], all Employees of any incorporated or unincorporated trade or business which is under common control [as defined in Code
Section 414(c)], Leased Employees [as defined in Code Section 414(n)], and any Employee required to be aggregated by Code Section 414(o). All such Employees shall be treated as employed by a single Employer. 
  

 11 

 Leased Employees shall not be Employees for purposes of participation in any Plan established under a Nonstandardized
Adoption Agreement, unless otherwise elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. Leased Employees [as defined in Code Sections 414(n) or 414(o)] shall be considered Employees in a Plan established under a standardized Adoption Agreement
except as otherwise provided in this paragraph. Exclusion under a standardized Adoption Agreement is available only if Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20% of the recipient Employer’s non-highly compensated work force, and the
Employer complies with the requirements as outlined in paragraph 2.7, and so elects in the Adoption Agreement. 
 An individual shall only be treated as an
Employee if he or she is reported on the payroll records of the Employer or an employer who is a member of the same controlled group or affiliated service group as a common law employee. The term does not include any other common law employee or any
Leased Employee. It is expressly intended that individuals not treated as common law employees by the Employer or a member of the same controlled group or affiliated service group on their payroll records, as identified by a specific job code or
work status code, are to be excluded from plan participation even if a court or administrative agency subsequently determines that such individuals are common law employees and not independent contractors. 
 1.41 Employer The Self-Employed Individual, partnership, corporation or other organization which adopts this Plan including any entity that succeeds the
Employer and adopts this Plan. For purposes of Article X, Limitations on Allocations, Employer shall mean the Employer that adopts this Plan, and all members of a controlled group of corporations [as defined in Code Section 414(b) as modified
by Code Section 415(h)], all commonly controlled trades or businesses [as defined in Code Section 414(c) as modified by Code Section 415(h)] or affiliated service groups [as defined in Code Section 414(m)] of which the adopting
Employer is a part, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Regulations under Code Section 414(o). 
 In addition
to such required treatment, the Plan Sponsor may, in its discretion, designate as an Employer any business entity which is not such a “common control,” “affiliated service group” or “predecessor” business entity which
is otherwise affiliated with the Employer, subject to such nondiscriminatory limitations as the Employer may impose. 
 1.42 Entry Date The
date as of which an Employee who has satisfied the Plan’s eligibility requirements enters or reenters the Plan, as defined in the Adoption Agreement. 
 1.43 ERISA The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and any successor statute. 
 1.44 Excess Aggregate
Contributions The excess, with respect to any Plan Year, of: 
  

	 	(a)	the aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in computing the numerator of the Contribution Percentage actually made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees
for such Plan Year, over 

  

	 	(b)	the maximum Contribution Percentage Amounts permitted by the ACP test (determined hypothetically by reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of
their Contribution Percentages beginning with the highest of such percentages). 

  

	 	(c)	Such determination shall be made after first determining Excess Elective Deferrals pursuant to paragraph 1.47 and then determining Excess Contributions pursuant to paragraph 1.46.

 1.45 Excess Annual Additions The excess of the Participant’s Annual Additions for the Limitation Year over the Maximum
Permissible Amount. 
  

 12 

 1.46 Excess Contribution With respect to any Plan Year, the excess of: 
  

	 	(a)	the aggregate amount of Employer contributions actually taken into account in computing the ADP of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over 

  

	 	(b)	the maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the ADP Test (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of
the ADPs, beginning with the highest of such percentages). 

 1.47 Excess Elective Deferrals Those Elective Deferrals that are
includible in a Participant’s gross income under Code Section 402(g) to the extent such Participant’s Elective Deferrals for a taxable year exceed the dollar limitation under Code Section 402(g). Excess Elective Deferrals shall
be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan, unless such amounts are distributed no later than the first April 15 following the close of the Participant’s taxable year. 
 1.48 Expected Year Of Service An eligibility computation period during which an Employee in an eligible class is expected to complete a Year of Service. If an Employee who is not expected to complete a
Year of Service actually completes a Year of Service during an applicable computation period, he shall be deemed to have become an Employee in the eligible class as of the first day of the eligibility computation period in which he first completes a
Year of Service. 
 1.49 First Distribution Calendar Year For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the First
Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the First Distribution Calendar
Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant to paragraph 7.10. 
 1.50 Hardship An immediate and heavy
financial need of the Employee where such Employee lacks other available financial resources to satisfy such financial need. 
 1.51 Highest Average
Compensation For Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 2000, the average Compensation for the three (3) consecutive Years of Service with the Employer that produces the highest average. A Year of Service with the Employer is
the twelve (12) consecutive month period defined in the Adoption Agreement, or, if not indicated in the Adoption Agreement, as defined in paragraph 1.117. 
 1.52 Highly Compensated Employee Effective for years after December 31, 1996, the term Highly Compensated Employee means any Employee who: (1) is a 5% owner at any time during the year or preceding year, or
(2) for the preceding year had Compensation from the Employer in excess of $80,000 and if the Employer so elects in the Adoption Agreement, is in the Top-Paid Group for the preceding year. The $80,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in
the same manner as under Code Section 415(d), except that the base period is the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996. 
 For the
determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, the applicable year of the Plan for which a determination is being made is called a determination year and the preceding twelve (12) month period is called a look-back year. Employees who
do not meet the Highly Compensated Employee definition are considered Non-Highly Compensated Employees. 
 A Highly Compensated former Employee is based on
the rules applicable to determining Highly Compensated Employee status in effect for that determination year, in accordance with Section 1.414(q)-1T, A-4 of the temporary Income Tax Regulations and IRS Notice 97-45. 
 In determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee for years beginning in 1997, the amendments to Code Section 414(q) stated above are treated as
having been in effect for years beginning in 1996. In order to be effective, a Top-Paid Group election or calendar year data election must apply consistently to all plans of the Employer that begin with or within the same calendar year. 

 

 13 

 1.53 Hour Of Service  
  

	 	(a)	Unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement, each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer. These hours
shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties are performed, and 

  

	 	(b)	each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the
employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including Disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. No more than five hundred and one (501) Hours of Service shall be credited under
this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period need occur in a single computation period). Hours under this paragraph shall be calculated and credited pursuant to Section 2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor
Regulations which are incorporated herein by this reference, and 

  

	 	(c)	each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same Hours of Service shall not be credited both under
paragraph (a) or paragraph (b), as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c). These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in
which the award, agreement or payment is made. 

  

	 	(d)	Hours of Service shall be credited for employment with the Employer and with other members of an affiliated service group [as defined in Code Section 414(m)], a controlled
group of corporations [as defined in Code Section 414(b)], or a group of trades or businesses under common control [as defined in Code Section 414(c)] of which the adopting Employer is a member, and any other entity required to be
aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Code Section 414(o) and the Regulations thereunder. Hours of Service shall also be credited for any individual considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan under Code Section 414(n) or Code
Section 414(o) and the Regulations thereunder. 

  

	 	(e)	Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in Service, as defined in paragraph 1.14, for participation and vesting purposes has occurred in a computation period, an
individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons shall receive credit for the Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be
determined, eight (8) Hours of Service per day of such absence. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, by reason of a birth of a
child of the individual, by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or
placement. The Hours of Service credited under this paragraph shall be credited in the computation period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a Break in Service in that period, or in all other cases, in the following
computation period. No more than five hundred and one (501) hours will be credited under this paragraph. 

  

	 	(f)	Hours of Service shall be determined under the hours counting method as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. If no election is made, actual hours under the hours
counting method will be used. 

 1.54 Integration Level The amount of Compensation specified in the Adoption Agreement at or
below which the rate of contributions or benefits (expressed in each case as a percentage of such Compensation) provided under the Plan is less than the rate of contributions or benefits (expressed in each case as a percentage of such Compensation)
provided under the Plan with respect to Compensation above such level. The Adoption Agreement must specify an Integration Level in effect for the Plan Year for each Participant. No Integration Level in effect for a particular year may exceed the
contribution and benefit base (“Taxable Wage Base”) under Section 230 [Code Section 3121(a)(1)] of the Social Security Act in effect on the first day of the Plan Year. 
  

 14 

 1.55 Key Employee Any Employee or former Employee (and the Beneficiaries of such Employee) who at any time
during the determination period was: 
  

	 	(a)	an officer of the Employer if such individual’s annual Compensation exceeds 50% of the dollar limitation under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) (the defined benefit maximum
annual benefit), 

  

	 	 (b)
	 an owner or an individual considered an owner under Code Section 318 of one of the ten (10) largest interests
in the Employer if such individual’s Compensation exceeds 100% of the dollar limitation under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) and such ownership exceeds  1/2%, 

  

	 	(c)	a more than 5% owner of the Employer, or 

  

	 	(d)	a 1% owner of the Employer who has an annual Compensation of more than $150,000. 

 The determination period is the Plan Year containing the Top-Heavy Determination Date and the four (4) preceding Plan Years. The determination of Key Employee status will be made in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and the
Regulations thereunder. 
 1.56 Leased Employee Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, any person (other than an
Employee of the recipient) who, pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person (“leasing organization”), has performed services for the recipient [or for the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with
Code Section 414(n)(6)] on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year and such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the recipient Employer. If a Leased Employee is treated as an Employee by
reason of this paragraph 1.56, “Compensation” includes Compensation from the leasing organization which is attributable to services performed for the Employer. 
 1.57 Limitation Year The calendar year or such other twelve (12) consecutive month period designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement for purposes of determining the maximum Annual
Additions to a Participant’s account. All Qualified Plans maintained by the Employer must use the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different twelve (12) consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must
begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made. If no designation is made on the Adoption Agreement, the Limitation Year will automatically default to the Plan Year. 
 1.58 Master Or Prototype Plan A plan, the form of which is the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service. 
 1.59 Matching Contribution An Employer contribution made to this or any other Defined Contribution Plan on behalf of a Participant on account of a
Voluntary or Required After-tax Contribution made by such Participant, or on account of a Participant’s Elective Deferral made by such Participant under a Plan maintained by the Employer. 
 1.60 Maximum Permissible Amount The maximum Annual Additions that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s account under the Plan for any
Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of: 
  

	 	(a)	the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation, or 

  

	 	(b)	25% of the Participant’s Compensation for the Limitation Year. 

 The
Compensation limitation referred to in (b) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits [within the meaning of Code Section 401(h) or Code Section 419A(f)(2)] which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition under Code
Sections 415(l)(1) or 419(d)(2). If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing the Limitation Year to a different twelve (12) consecutive month period, the Maximum Permissible Amount will not exceed the Defined
Contribution Dollar Limitation multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the short Limitation Year and the denominator of which is twelve (12). 
  

 15 

 1.61 Net Profit The current and accumulated operating earnings of the Employer after Federal and state
income taxes, excluding nonrecurring or unusual items of income, and before contributions to this and any other Qualified Plan of the Employer, unless the Employer has elected a different definition in the Adoption Agreement. 
 1.62 Normal Retirement Age The age set by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, not to exceed age sixty-five (65), at which a Participant becomes fully
vested and is eligible to retire and receive his or her benefits under the Plan. 
 1.63 Normal Retirement Date The date on which the
Participant attains the Normal Retirement Age as elected in the Adoption Agreement. If no election is made on the Adoption Agreement, it shall mean the date on which a Participant attains his or her Normal Retirement Age. 
 1.64 Owner-Employee A sole proprietor or a partner owning more than 10% of either the capital or profits interest of the partnership. 
 1.65 Paired Plans Two (2) or more plans which are either a combination of two (2) or more standardized Defined Contribution Plans or a
combination of one (1) or more standardized Defined Contribution Plan(s) and one (1) Defined Benefit Plan offered by the same sponsor, which have been designed so that any single Plan, or combination of Plans adopted by an Employer, where
each Plan by itself or the Plans together will meet the requirements of the antidiscrimination rules, the contribution and benefit limitations, and the Top-Heavy provisions of Code Sections 401(a)(4), 415 and 416. 
 1.66 Participant Any current Employee who met the applicable eligibility requirements and reached his or her Entry Date and, where the context so requires,
pursuant to the terms of the Plan, any living former Employee on whose behalf an Account is maintained or former Employee who has met the eligibility requirements. 
 1.67 Participant’s Benefit With respect to required distributions pursuant to paragraph 7.4, the account balance as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution Calendar Year
increased by the amount of any contributions or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of the dates in the calendar year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the calendar year after the Valuation Date. A special
exception exists for the second Distribution Calendar Year. For purposes of this paragraph, if any portion of the minimum distribution for the First Distribution Calendar Year is made in the second Distribution Calendar Year on or before the
Required Beginning Date, the amount of the minimum distribution made in the second Distribution Calendar Year shall be treated as if it had been made in the immediately preceding Distribution Calendar Year. 
 1.68 Period Of Severance For Plans using Elapsed Time for purposes of crediting Service: 
  

	 	(a)	a Break in Service shall mean a Period of Severance of at least twelve (12) months; 

  

	 	(b)	a Period of Severance is a continuous period of time during which the Employee is not employed by the Employer; 

  

	 	(c)	a Period of Severance begins on the date the Employee retires, quits, or is discharged, or if earlier, the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date on which the Employee was
otherwise first absent from Service. 

 1.69 Permissive Aggregation Group The Required Aggregation Group of plans plus any other
plan or plans of the Employer which, when considered as a group with the Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410. 
 1.70 Plan The Defined Contribution Plan of the Employer in the form of this Prototype Defined Contribution Plan and the applicable Adoption Agreement executed by the Employer as may be amended from time
to time (which includes any addendum thereto). The Plan shall have the name specified in the Adoption Agreement. 
 1.71 Plan Administrator The
Employer or individual(s) or entity(ies) appointed by the Employer to administer the Plan as provided at paragraph 12.1 herein. 
  

 16 

 1.72 Plan Sponsor The Employer who adopts this Prototype Defined Contribution Plan and accompanying
Adoption Agreement. 
 1.73 Plan Year The twelve (12) consecutive month period designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. If
the Employer maintains Paired Plans under Basic Plan Document #01, each Plan established thereunder must have the same Plan Year. 
 1.74 Present
Value The actuarial equivalent of a Participant’s accrued benefit under a Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer expressed in the form of a lump sum. Actuarial equivalence shall be based on reasonable interest and mortality
assumptions determined in accordance with the Top-Heavy provisions of the respective plan. Present Value is used for the purposes of the Top-Heavy test and the determination with respect thereto. 
 1.75 Prior Plan Year The Plan Year immediately preceding the current Plan Year. 
 1.76 Prior Safe Harbor Plan A Target Benefit Plan that: 
  

	 	(a)	was adopted and in effect on September 19, 1991, 

  

	 	(b)	which on that date contained a Stated Benefit Formula applicable to Target Benefit Plans that took into account Service prior to that date, and 

  

	 	(c)	satisfied the applicable nondiscrimination requirements for Target Benefit Plans for those prior years. For purposes of determining whether a plan satisfies the applicable
nondiscrimination requirements for Target Benefit Plans for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1994, no amendments after September 19, 1991, other than amendments necessary to satisfy Code Section 401(l), will be taken into
account. 

 1.77 Projected Annual Benefit For Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 2000, the annual retirement
benefit (adjusted to an actuarial equivalent straight life annuity if such benefit is expressed in a form other than a straight life annuity or Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) to which the Participant would be entitled under the terms of a
Defined Benefit Plan or Plans, assuming: 
  

	 	(a)	the Participant will continue employment until Normal Retirement Age under the Plan (or current age, if later), and 

  

	 	(b)	the Participant’s Compensation for the current Limitation Year and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits under the Plan will remain constant for all future
Limitation Years. 

 1.78 Projected Participation For purposes of determining a Participant’s stated benefit, a
Participant’s years of Projected Participation under the Plan is the sum of (a) and (b), where 
  

	 	(a)	is the number of years during which the Participant benefited under this Plan beginning with the latest of: 

  

	 	(1)	the first Plan Year in which the Participant benefited under the Plan, 

  

	 	(2)	the first Plan Year taken into account in the Stated Benefit Formula, and 

  

	 	(3)	any Plan Year immediately following a Plan Year in which the Plan did not satisfy the safe harbor for Target Benefit Plans in Regulations Section 1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(3), and
ending with the last day of the current Plan Year, and 

  

	 	(b)	is the number of years if any, subsequent to the current Plan Year through the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age. 

 

 17 

 For purposes of this definition of years of Projected Participation, if this Plan is a Prior Safe Harbor Plan, the Plan
is deemed to satisfy the safe harbor for Target Benefit Plans in Regulations Section 1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(3) and a Participant is treated as benefiting under the Plan in any Plan Year beginning prior to January 1, 1994. 
 1.79 Qualified Domestic Relations Order (QDRO Order) A Qualified Domestic Relations Order (QDRO) is a signed domestic relations order issued by a state
court or agency which creates, recognizes or assigns to an alternate payee(s) the right to receive all or part of a Participant’s Plan benefit and which meets the requirements of Code Section 414(p). An alternate payee is a Spouse, former
Spouse, child, or other dependent who is treated as a Beneficiary under the Plan as a result of the QDRO. Unless elected otherwise by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the earliest date for payment of a QDRO to an alternate payee, is the date
upon which the order is deemed qualified. 
 1.80 Qualified Early Retirement Age For purposes of paragraph 8.9, Qualified Early Retirement Age
is the latest of: 
  

	 	(a)	the earliest date under the Plan on which the Participant may elect to receive retirement benefits, or 

  

	 	(b)	the first day of the 120th month beginning before the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age, or 

  

	 	(c)	the date the Participant begins participation. 

 1.81 Qualified
Joint And Survivor Annuity (QJSA) An immediate annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the Participant’s Spouse which is at least 50% of but not more than 100% of the annuity payable during the
joint lives of the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse. The exact amount of the survivor annuity is to be specified by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. If not designated by the Employer, the survivor annuity will be 50% of the
amount paid to the Participant during his or her lifetime. The Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity will be the amount of benefit which can be provided by the Participant’s Vested Account Balance. 
 1.82 Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs) Matching contributions which when made are subject to the distribution and nonforfeitability
requirements under Code Section 401(k). 
 1.83 Qualified Non-Elective Contributions (QNECs) Contributions (other than
Matching Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions) made by the Employer and allocated to Participants’ accounts that the Participants may not elect to receive in cash until distributed from the Plan, that are nonforfeitable when made,
and that are distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions that are applicable to Elective Deferrals and Qualified Matching Contributions. 
 1.84 Qualified Plan Any pension, profit-sharing, stock bonus, or other plan which meets the requirements of Code Section 401 and includes a trust exempt from tax under Code Section 501(a) or any annuity plan
described in Code Section 403(a). 
 1.85 Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity An annuity for the life of the Surviving Spouse of a
Participant the actuarial equivalent of which is not less than 50% of the vested Participant’s Account Balance as of the date of the Participants’ death, as elected by Employer in the Adoption Agreement. If no election is made on
the Adoption Agreement the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be 50% of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance as of the date of the death of the Participant, unless the Employer in a prior version of the Adoption Agreement or
Plan, had elected that the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity be 100% of the Account Balance. 
 1.86 Qualified Voluntary Contribution A
tax-deductible Voluntary Employee Contribution which was permitted to be made for the tax years 1982 through 1986. This type of contribution is no longer permitted to be made by a Participant. This Plan shall accept such type of contribution if made
in a prior plan and an appropriate recordkeeping account will be established on behalf of the Participant. 
  

 18 

 1.87 Required Aggregation Group A group of plans including: 
  

	 	(a)	each Qualified Plan of the Employer in which at least one (1) Key Employee participates or participated at any time during the determination period (regardless of whether the
plan has terminated), and 

  

	 	(b)	any other Qualified Plan of the Employer which enables a plan described in (a) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410. 

 1.88 Required Beginning Date The date on which a Participant is required to take his or her first minimum distribution under the Plan as elected by the
Employer in the Adoption Agreement. The rules regarding the determination of the Required Beginning Date are set forth at paragraph 7.5 herein. 
 1.89
Required After-tax Contributions Employee after-tax contributions required as a condition of participation in the Plan. 
 1.90 Rollover
Contribution A contribution made by a Participant of an amount distributed to such Participant from another Qualified Plan in accordance with Code Section 402(c). 
 1.91 Salary Deferral Agreement An agreement between the Employer and an Employee where the Employee authorizes the Employer to withhold a specified percentage or dollar amount of his or her Compensation
(otherwise payable in cash) for deposit to the Plan on behalf of such Employee. 
 1.92 Savings Incentive Match Plan For Employees
(SIMPLE) A plan adopted by an Eligible Employer under Code Section 401(k)(11) under which Eligible Employees are permitted to make Elective Deferrals to a Qualified Plan established under the SIMPLE 401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement.
 
 1.93 Self-Employed Individual An individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year from the trade or business for which
the Plan is established including an individual who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no Net Profit for the taxable year. 
 1.94 Service The period of current or prior employment with the Employer including any imputed period of employment which must be counted under USERRA. If the Employer maintains a plan of a predecessor
employer, service for such predecessor shall be treated as Service for the Employer for the purpose(s) specified in the Adoption Agreement. Service is determined under an hours counting method or Elapsed Time method as selected by the Employer in
the Adoption Agreement. 
 If the Employer has elected to use the Elapsed Time method to determine eligibility and/or vesting Service, the aggregate of the
following (applied without duplication and except for periods of Service that may be disregarded under paragraph 9.6): 
  

	 	(a)	Each period from an Employee’s date of hire (or reemployment date) to his next Severance Date; and 

  

	 	(b)	If an Employee performs an Hour of Service within twelve (12) months of a Severance Date, the period from such Severance Date to such Hour of Service. Service shall be credited
for all periods whether the Employee is employed by an Employer or an Affiliate. 

 Service shall be measured in whole years and fractions of a
year in months. For this purpose, (a) periods of less than a full year shall be aggregated on the basis that twelve (12) months or three hundred and sixty five (365) days equals a year, and (b) in aggregating days into months,
thirty (30) days shall be rounded up to the nearest whole month. For purposes of determining Service, “Date of Hire” means the date on which an Employee first completes an Hour of Service and “Reemployment Date” means the
date on which an Employee first completes an Hour of Service after a Severance Date. 
  

 19 

 If the Employer is a member of an affiliated service group [under Code Section 414(m)], a controlled group of
corporations [under Code Section 414(b)], a group of trades or businesses under common control [under Code Section 414(c)] or any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Code Section 414(o), Service will
be credited for any employment for any period of time for any other member of such group. Service will also be credited for any individual required under Code Section 414(n) or Code Section 414(o) to be considered an Employee of any
Employer aggregated under Code Section 414(b), (c), or (m). 
 1.95 Service Provider An individual or business entity who is retained by
the Plan Administrator on behalf of the Plan to provide specified administrative services to the Plan. 
 1.96 Severance Date The date which is
the earlier of: 
  

	 	(a)	the date on which an Employee quits, retires, is discharged or dies; or 

  

	 	(b)	the first anniversary of the first date of a period in which an Employee remains continuously absent from Service with an Employer or affiliate (with or without pay) for any reason
other than quit, retirement, discharge or death. 

 1.97 Severance Period Each period from an Employee’s Severance Date to
his next Reemployment Date. 
 1.98 Shareholder Employee An Employee or officer who owns [or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code
Section 318(a)(1)], on any day during the taxable year of an electing small business corporation (S Corporation), more than 5% of such corporation’s outstanding stock. 
 1.99 Simplified Employee Pension Plan A plan under which the Employer makes contributions for eligible Employees pursuant to a written formula. Contributions are made to an individual retirement account
which meets the requirements of Code Section 408(k). 
 1.100 Sponsor The institution or entity and any of its affiliates or any successor
or assigns thereto identified in the Adoption Agreement who makes this Prototype Defined Contribution Plan available to adopting Employers. 
 1.101
Spouse The individual to whom a Participant is married, or was married in the case of a deceased Participant who was married at the time of his or her death. A former Spouse will be treated in the same manner as a Spouse to the extent
provided under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as described in Code Section 414(p). 
 1.102 Stated Benefit Formula The formula
elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement expressed in the form of a straight life annuity without a term certain, refund feature or survivor benefit. 
 1.103 Super Top-Heavy Plan A Plan described at paragraph 1.106 under which the Top-Heavy Ratio exceeds 90%. 
 1.104 Taxable
Wage Base For plans with an allocation formula which takes into account the Employer’s contribution under the Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA), the contribution and benefit base in effect under the Social Security Act (Section
203) at the beginning of the Plan Year. 
 1.105 Top-Heavy Determination Date For the first Plan Year of the Plan, the last day of the first
Plan Year. For any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. 
 1.106 Top-Heavy Plan For any Plan
Year, the Employer’s Plan is Top-Heavy if any of the following conditions exist: 
  

	 	(a)	The Top-Heavy Ratio for the Employer’s Plan exceeds 60% and this Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group of plans.

  

	 	(b)	The Employer’s Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group of plans but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the group of plans exceeds
60%. 

  

 20 

	 	(c)	The Employer’s Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group and part of a Permissive Aggregation Group of plans and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group
exceeds 60%. 

 1.107 Top-Heavy Ratio 
  

	 	(a)	If the Employer maintains one or more Defined Contribution Plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the Employer has not maintained any Defined Benefit Plan which
during the five (5) year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan alone, or for the Required or Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate, is a fraction,

  

	 	(1)	the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s) [including any part of any account balance distributed in the five
year period ending on the Determination Date(s)], and 

  

	 	(2)	the denominator of which is the sum of all account balances [including any part of any account balance distributed in the five (5) year period ending on the Determination
Date(s)], both computed in accordance with Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder. 

 Both the numerator and
denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the Determination Date but which is required to be taken into account on that date under Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder.

  

	 	(b)	If the Employer maintains one or more Defined Contribution Plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the Employer maintains or has maintained one or more Defined
Benefit Plans which during the five (5) year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for any Required or Permissive Aggregation Group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of
which is the sum of account balances under the aggregated Defined Contribution Plan or Plans for all Key Employees, determined in accordance with (a) above, and the Present Value of accrued benefits under the aggregated Defined Benefit Plan or
Plans for all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated Defined Contribution Plan or Plans for all Participants, determined in accordance with (a) above,
and the Present Value of accrued benefits under the Defined Benefit Plan or Plans for all Participants as of the Determination Date(s), all determined in accordance with Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits
under a Defined Benefit Plan in both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the five (5) year period ending on the Determination Date. 

  

	 	(c)	For purposes of (a) and (b) above, the value of account balances and the Present Value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that
falls within or ends with the twelve (12) month period ending on the Determination Date, except as provided in Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder for the first and second Plan Years of a Defined Benefit Plan. The account
balances and accrued benefits of a Participant who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year, or who has not been credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service with any Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during
the five (5) year period ending on the Determination Date, will be disregarded. The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Code
Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder. Qualified Voluntary Employee Contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the Top-Heavy Ratio. When aggregating plans, the value of account balances and accrued benefits will
be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year. The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee shall be determined under the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes
under all Defined Benefit Plans maintained by the Employer, or if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).

  

 21 

 1.108 Top-Paid Group The group consisting of the top 20% of Employees when ranked on the basis of
Compensation paid during such year. For purposes of determining the number of Employees in the group (but not who is in it), Employees identified in (a) through (d) may be excluded and Employees identified in (e) through
(f) shall be excluded: 
  

	 	(a)	Employees who have not completed six (6) months of Service by the end of the year; 

  

	 	 (b)
	 Employees who normally work less than seventeen and one-half (17 1/
2) hours per week by the end of the year; 

  

	 	(c)	Employees who normally work not more than six (6) months during any year; 

  

	 	(d)	Employees who have not attained age twenty-one (21) by the end of the year; 

  

	 	(e)	Employees included in a collective bargaining unit, covered by an agreement between Employee representatives and the Employer, where retirement benefits were the subject of good
faith bargaining, if they constitute at least 90% of the Employer’s workforce and the Plan covers only non-union Employees; and 

  

	 	(f)	Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no Earned Income which constitutes income from sources within the United States. 

 1.109 Transfer Contribution A non-taxable transfer of a Participant’s benefit directly from a Qualified Plan to this Plan. This type of transfer does
not constitute constructive receipt of plan assets. 
 1.110 Trust The trust established in conjunction with the Plan, together with any and
all amendments thereto which holds assets of the Plan held by or in the name of the Trustee or Custodian. 
 1.111 Trustee An individual,
individuals or corporation and any of its affiliates or any successor or assigns (who may be the Sponsor or an affiliate) who are appointed or assigned in the Adoption Agreement or any duly appointed successor or assigns as provided for in paragraph
13.19. 
 1.112 Uniformed Services Employment And Reemployment Rights Act Of 1994 (USERRA) The Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment
Rights Act of 1994, as amended. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits, Plan loan repayment, suspensions and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with
Code Section 414(u). 
 1.113 Valuation Date The last day of the Plan Year and such other date(s) as specified in the Adoption Agreement
on which the fair market value of Plan assets is determined. The Trustee and/or Custodian must also value the Trust on such other Valuation Dates as directed by the Plan Administrator. 
 1.114 Vested Account Balance The aggregate value of the Participant’s Vested Account Balances derived from Employer and Employee contributions (including Rollovers), whether vested before or upon
death, including the proceeds of insurance contracts, if any, on the Participant’s life. The provisions of Article VIII shall apply to a Participant who is vested in amounts attributable to Employer contributions, Employee contributions (or
both) at the time of death or distribution. 
 1.115 Voluntary After-tax Contribution Any contribution made to the Plan by or on behalf of a
Participant that is included in the Participant’s gross income in the year in which made and that is maintained under a separate account to which earnings and losses are allocated. 
  

 22 

 1.116 Welfare Benefit Fund Any fund that is part of a plan of the Employer, or has the effect of a plan,
through which the Employer provides welfare benefits to Employees or their beneficiaries. For these purposes, Welfare Benefit means any benefit other than those with respect to which Code Section 83(h) (relating to transfers of property in
connection with the performance of services), Code Section 404 (relating to deductions for contributions to an Employees’ trust or annuity and Compensation under a deferred payment plan), Code Section 404A (relating to certain foreign
deferred compensation plans) apply. A “Fund” for purposes of this paragraph, is any social club, voluntary employee benefit association, supplemental unemployment benefit trust or qualified group legal service organization described in
Code Section 501(c)(7), (9), (17) or (20); any trust, corporation, or other organization not exempt from income tax, or to the extent provided in regulations, any account held for an Employer by any person. 
 1.117 Year Of Service 
  

	 	(a)	If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the hours counting method will be used in determining either an Employee’s initial or continuing eligibility to participate in the Plan,
or the nonforfeitable interest in the Participant’s account balance derived from Employer contributions. A Year of Service is a twelve (12) consecutive month period in which an Employee has completed one-thousand (1,000) Hours of
Service (or such lower number as is specified in the Adoption Agreement). 

  

	 	(1)	The eligibility computation period starts with the day the Employee first performs an Hour of Service and is a twelve (12) consecutive month period during which the Employee
has completed the number of Hours of Service [not to exceed one-thousand (1,000)] as elected in the Adoption Agreement. 

  

	 	(2)	The vesting computation period is a twelve (12) consecutive month period as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement during which the Employee completed the number of
Hours of Service [not to exceed one-thousand (1,000)] as elected in the Adoption Agreement. If no election is made, the Plan Year shall be used provided that in the event the Plan Year is changed, the “vesting computation period” shall be
the twelve (12) consecutive month period determined in accordance with Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.203-2(c), the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. 

  

	 	(b)	If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Elapsed Time method will be used in determining either an Employee’s initial or continuing eligibility to participate in the Plan, or
the nonforfeitable interest in the Participant’s account balance derived from Employer contributions. An Employee will receive credit for the aggregate of all time period(s) commencing with the Employee’s first day of employment or
reemployment and ending on the date a Break in Service begins. The first day of employment or reemployment is the first day the Employee performs an Hour of Service for the Employer. An Employee will also receive credit for any Period of Severance
of less than twelve (12) consecutive months. Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in terms of days. Years of Service will be determined in accordance with paragraph 1.94. 

  

	 	(1)	A Break in Service under the Elapsed Time method is a Period of Severance of at least twelve (12) consecutive months. A Period of Severance is a continuous period of time
during which the Employee is not employed by the Employer. The continuous period begins on the date the Employee retires, quits, is discharged or if earlier, the first twelve (12) month anniversary of the date on which the Employee is first
absent from Service. 

  

	 	(2)	In the case of an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, the twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the
first date of such absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons (a) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (b) by reason of the birth of the child of the individual, (c) by reason of the placement of a child with the
individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (d) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. 

  

 23 

	 	(c)	Each Employee will share in Employer contributions for the period beginning on the date the Employee commences participation under the Plan and ending on the date on which such
Employee terminates employment with the Employer or is no longer a member of an eligible class of Employees. 

  

	 	(d)	If two (2) Years of Service are required as a condition of eligibility, a Participant will only have completed two (2) Years of Service for eligibility purposes upon the
actual completion of two (2) consecutive Years of Service. 

  

	 	(e)	The Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement for purposes of determining a Participant’s vested interest to disregard Years of Service prior to: 

 

	 	(1)	the time the Employer or any affiliate maintained the Plan or any predecessor plan; and 

  

	 	(2)	an Employee’s attainment of a certain age, not to exceed age eighteen (18). 

  

	 	(f)	An Employee’s Years of Service under this Plan may be determined using the hours counting method or the Elapsed Time method or both. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption
Agreement, Years of Service shall be determined using the hours counting method on the basis of actual hours worked. 

  

	 	(g)	If the Plan determines Service for a given purpose on one basis and an Employee transfers to Employment covered by this Plan from Employment covered by another Qualified Plan which
determines Service for such purpose on the other basis, and if the Employee’s Service for the period during which he was covered by such other plan is required to be taken into consideration under this Plan for that purpose, then the following
rules shall apply: 

  

	 	(1)	If such Service was determined under the other plan using the hours counting method, then the period so taken into consideration through the close of the computation period in which
such transfer occurs shall be: 

  

	 	(i)	the number of Years of Service credited to the Employee for such purpose under such other plan as of the start of such computation period, and 

  

	 	(ii)	for the computation period in which such transfer occurs, the greater of: 

  

	 	(A)	his Service for such period as of the date of transfer determined under the rules of such other plan, or 

  

	 	(B)	his Service for such period determined under the Elapsed Time rules of this Plan. 

 Service after the close of that computation period shall be determined for such purpose solely under the Elapsed Time rules of this Plan. 
  

	 	(2)	If such Service was determined under the other plan using the Elapsed Time method, then the period taken into consideration shall be (1) the number of one-year periods of
Service credited to the Employee under such other plan as of the date of the transfer, and (2) for the computation period which includes the date of transfer, the Hours of Service equivalent to any fractional part of a Year of Service credited
to him under such other plan. In determining such equivalency, the Employee shall be credited with one-hundred-ninety (190) Hours of Service for each month or fraction thereof. 

  

 24 

 If this Plan is an amendment and continuation of another Qualified Plan or if this Plan is amended and an effect of the
amendment is to change the basis on which Years of Service are determined, the foregoing rules shall be applied as if each Employee had transferred employment on the effective date of such amendment. 
 If no election is made on the Adoption Agreement, the Plan will define a Year of Service as a twelve (12) consecutive month period in which an individual has
completed one-thousand (1,000) Hours of Service under the hours counting method. 
  

 25 

 ARTICLE II 
 ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS 
 2.1 Eligibility Employees who meet the eligibility requirements in the
Adoption Agreement on the Effective Date of the Plan shall become Participants as of the Effective Date of the Plan. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, all Employees employed on the Effective Date of the Plan may participate, even if they have
not satisfied the Plan’s specified eligibility requirements. Employees hired after the Effective Date of the Plan, upon meeting the eligibility requirements, shall become Participants on the applicable Entry Date. For amended and restated
Plans, Employees who were Participants in the Plan prior to the Effective Date will continue to participate in the Plan, regardless of whether the Employee satisfies the eligibility requirements in the restated or amended Plan, unless otherwise
elected in the Adoption Agreement. If no age and Service requirement are elected in the Adoption Agreement, an Employee will become a Participant on the date the individual first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer. The Employee must
satisfy the eligibility requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement and be employed on the Entry Date to become a Participant in the Plan. 
  

	 	(a)	In the event that an Employee has satisfied the eligibility requirements, but is not employed on the applicable Entry Date, such Employee will become a Participant for the
purpose(s) for which an Employee had previously qualified upon his or her rehire. 

  

	 	(b)	Except as otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement, all Years of Service will be counted for purposes of determining whether an Employee has satisfied the Plan’s Service
eligibility requirement, if any. If a Participant has a Break in Service or Period of Severance, Service before that Break in Service or Period of Severance shall be reinstated as of the date the Employee is credited with an Hour of Service after
incurring such Break in Service or Period of Severance. 

  

	 	(c)	In the event an Employee who is not a member of an eligible class of Employees becomes a member of an eligible class, such Employee shall participate immediately if such Employee
has satisfied the minimum age and Service requirements and would have previously become a Participant had he or she been in an eligible class. 

  

	 	(d)	A former Participant shall be eligible to authorize Elective Deferrals and may make other Employee Contributions as permitted under the Plan as of the date on which the individual
is rehired. Such contributions shall resume immediately (or as soon as administratively feasible) on or after his or her date of rehire. A former Employee who had become a Participant for the purpose of Employer contributions shall again become a
Participant with respect to Employer Contributions on the date on which the individual is rehired. 

  

	 	(e)	An Employee who has become a Participant under the Plan will remain a Participant for as long as an account is maintained under the Plan for his or her benefit, or until his or her
death, if earlier. 

  

	 	(f)	Each Employee will share in Employer contributions for the period beginning on the date the Employee commences participation under the Plan and ending on the date on which such
Employee terminates employment with the Employer or is no longer a member of an eligible class of Employees. 

 2.2 Determination Of
Eligibility The Plan Administrator shall determine the eligibility of each Employee for participation in the Plan based upon information provided by the Employer. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all individuals except
as otherwise provided herein or by operation of law. 
 2.3 Change In Classification Of Employment In the event a Participant becomes
ineligible to participate because he or she is no longer a member of an eligible class of Employees (as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement), Elective Deferrals and/or other Employee contributions will cease as soon as administratively
practicable after the Participant becomes ineligible. Such Participant shall participate for the purpose(s) for which the Participant had previously qualified immediately (or as soon as administratively feasible) upon his or her return to an
eligible class of Employees. 
  

 26 

 2.4 Participation A Year of Service for participation in the Plan is an eligibility computation period
during which an Employee completes the Hours of Service requirement [one-thousand (1,000) hours or less] elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. If the Plan utilizes the Elapsed Time method of crediting Service, an eligibility
computation period for which the Employee receives credit for a Year of Service will be determined under the Service crediting rules of paragraph 1.117. 
 The initial eligibility computation period shall be the twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning on the Employee’s employment commencement date (the first day an Employee completes an Hour of Service for the Employer). The
Plan will measure succeeding eligibility computation periods based on the Plan Year, unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement. Where the subsequent computation periods are calculated on the basis of the Plan Year, an Employee who receives
credit for the required number of Hours of Service during the initial computation period and then earns an additional Year of Service credit during the Plan Year commencing during the subsequent twelve (12) month period will be credited with
two (2) Years of Service for purposes of eligibility to participate. 
 An Employer may specify in the Adoption Agreement a Service requirement for
eligibility for participation in the Plan after completion of a specified number of months or Hours of Service. Any Service requirement based on months of Service may not require an Employee to complete more than one (1) Year of Service
[one-thousand (1,000) Hours of Service] in a twelve (12) consecutive month period, or if applicable, two (2) Years of Service. 
 2.5
Employment Rights Participation in the Plan shall not confer upon a Participant any employment rights, nor shall it interfere with the Employer’s right to terminate the employment of any Employee at any time. 
 2.6 Service With Controlled Groups All Years of Service with other members of a controlled group of corporations [as defined in Code Section 414(b)],
trades or businesses under common control [as defined in Code Section 414(c)], or members of an affiliated service group [as defined in Code Section 414(m)] and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Code
Section 414(o) shall be credited for purposes of determining an Employee’s eligibility to participate. 
 2.7 Leased Employees A
Leased Employee shall be treated as an Employee of the recipient Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee of the recipient Employer for purposes of participation in any Plan established under a
Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement, unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement. Contributions or benefits provided by the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the recipient Employer shall be treated as
provided by the recipient Employer. 
 A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee of the recipient if such Employee is covered by a money purchase
pension plan sponsored by the leasing organization providing: 
  

	 	(a)	a non-integrated Employer contribution rate of at least 10% of Compensation [as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3)], but including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary
reduction agreement which are excludable from the Employee’s gross income under Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b), 

  

	 	(b)	immediate participation, and 

  

	 	(c)	full and immediate vesting. 

 This exclusion is only available if Leased
Employees do not constitute more than 20% of the recipient’s Non-Highly Compensated work force. The Plan Administrator must apply this paragraph 2.7 consistent with Code Sections 414(n) and 414(o) and the Regulations issued thereunder. The
Employer must specify in an addendum to the Adoption Agreement the manner in which the Plan will determine the allocation of Employer contributions and Participant forfeitures on behalf of a Participant if the Participant is a Leased Employee
covered by a plan maintained by the leasing organization. 
  

 27 

 2.8 Thrift Plan The Employer may make an election in the Adoption Agreement to require Employee after-tax
contributions (Required After-tax Contributions) as a condition of participation in the Plan. The Employer shall notify each eligible Employee of his or her eligibility for participation prior to the appropriate Entry Date. The Employee shall
indicate his or her intention to join the Plan by authorizing the Employer to withhold a percentage of his or her Compensation as provided in the Plan. Such authorization shall be returned to the Employer within the time prescribed. The Employee may
decline participation by so indicating in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the Employer. If the Employee declines to participate, such Employee shall be given the opportunity to join the Plan on any subsequent Entry Date. 
 2.9 Target Benefit Plan A Target Benefit Plan may be established by executing a Target Benefit Plan Adoption Agreement. The Employer shall notify each
eligible Employee of his or her eligibility for participation prior to the appropriate Entry Date. The Employer will make contributions for each Participant in level annual contributions which will fund the Participant’s target benefit at the
Plan’s Normal Retirement Age. 
 2.10 Davis-Bacon Plan A Davis-Bacon Plan may be established by executing a Davis-Bacon Plan Adoption
Agreement. The Employer shall notify each Employee covered by any Davis Bacon or prevailing wage contract of his or her eligibility for participation prior to the appropriate Entry Date. The Employer will make contributions for each Participant in
accordance with the formula or any public contract subject to the Davis-Bacon Act or to any other Federal, state or municipal prevailing wage law as specified in the Adoption Agreement or the schedule attached thereto. 
 For the purposes of this paragraph, Employees covered by a Davis Bacon or prevailing wage contract will be those who are included in a unit of Employees covered by a
collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and Employee representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining and if two percent or less of the Employees who are covered pursuant to that agreement are
professionals as defined in Section 1.410(b)-9 of the Regulations. For this purpose, the term “Employee representatives” does not include any organization more than half of whose members are Employees who are owners, officers, or
executives of the Employer. 
 2.11 Waiver Of Participation A Plan established under a standardized Adoption Agreement may not permit an
otherwise eligible Employee or Participant to elect not to participate in the Plan. A Plan established under a Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement may treat Employees who waive participation in the Plan as a nondiscriminatory class of Employees who
are ineligible to participate therein by making the proper designation in the Adoption Agreement. Waivers of Plan participation must not constitute cash or deferred arrangements [within the meaning of Code Section 401(k)] or they shall be
ineffective. A waiver shall not be considered a cash or deferred arrangement if it is irrevocable, applies to all Plans maintained by the Employer, and is made prior to the date on which the Employee is first eligible to participate in the Plan of
the Employer. The Plan Administrator shall establish uniform and nondiscriminatory procedures as it deems necessary to carry out this provision including, but not limited to, rules prescribing the timing and filing of elections not to participate.
The Plan Administrator shall determine the propriety of any such waiver. 
 An Employee or Participant continues to earn credit for each Year of Service for
eligibility or vesting purposes he or she completes and his or her account (if any) will share in the gains or losses of the Plan during the periods he or she elects not to participate. 
 2.12 Omission Of Eligible Employee If, in any Plan Year, an Employee who should be included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not made until after a
contribution by his or her Employer for the Plan Year has been made, the Employer shall make a subsequent contribution so that the omitted Employee receives a total amount which the Employee would have received had he or she not been omitted. Such
contribution shall be made regardless of whether or not it is deductible in whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code. 
  

 28 

 2.13 Inclusion Of Ineligible Employee If, in any Plan Year, any person who should not have been included as
a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included and discovery of such incorrect inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the Plan Year has been made, the Employer shall not be entitled to recover the contribution made with respect to
the ineligible individual regardless of the deductibility of the contribution in question. The contribution and any earnings made with respect to the ineligible person shall be forfeited in the Plan Year in which the discovery is made. If any person
made Elective Deferrals erroneously, the Elective Deferrals and the associated earnings shall be distributed to that individual in the Plan Year in which the discovery was made. Alternatively, the Employer may determine if an alternative correction
method may be available and use said method to make the correction. 
  

 29 

 ARTICLE III 
 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS 
 3.1 Contribution Amount 
  

	 	(a)	The Employer will make periodic contributions to the Plan in accordance with the contribution formula or formulas elected in the Adoption Agreement. 

  

	 	(b)	The Employer shall also make Matching, Top-Heavy minimum contributions and any other Employer contribution for the benefit of Participants who are covered by USERRA. Employer
Matching Contributions under USERRA shall be made in the Plan Year for which the Participant exercises his or her right to make-up Elective Deferrals and/or other Employee contributions for prior years. Top-Heavy minimum contributions and other
Employer contributions for USERRA protected Service shall be made during the Plan Year in which the individual returns to employment with the Employer. 

  

	 	(c)	Employer contributions required under USERRA are not increased or decreased with respect to Plan investment earnings for the period to which such contributions relate. The
Employer’s contribution for any Plan Year shall be subject to the limitations on allocations contained in Article X. 

 3.2
Contribution Amount For A SIMPLE 401(k) Plan If the Employer has executed the SIMPLE 401(k) Adoption Agreement the provisions of the following paragraphs shall apply for a Plan Year if the Employer is an Eligible Employer and no
contributions are made or benefits accrued for services during the Plan Year on behalf of any Eligible Employee under any other plan, contract, pension or trust described in Code Section 219(g)(5)(A) or (B) maintained by the Employer.

  

	 	(a)	SIMPLE 401(k) Matching Contribution Formula - For each Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute and allocate to each Eligible Employee’s
account an amount equal to the Employee’s Elective Deferral contribution up to a limit of 3% of the Employee’s Compensation for the full Plan Year. If the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to make the Non-Elective Contribution as
specified in paragraph 3.2(b) below, this Matching Contribution will not be made. 

  

	 	(b)	SIMPLE 401(k) Non-Elective Contribution Formula - For any Plan Year, the Employer may elect to contribute a Non-Elective Contribution of 2% of Compensation for the
full Plan Year for each Eligible Employee who received at least $5,000 of Compensation (or such lesser amount as elected by the Employer in the SIMPLE 401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement) for the Plan Year. The allocation thereof shall be unrelated to
any Participant Elective Deferral contributions made hereunder. If the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to make the Non-Elective Contribution for a Plan Year, the Employer shall not make the Matching Contribution described in paragraph
3.2(a) above with respect to the same Plan Year. The Employer shall notify Eligible Employees within a reasonable period of time (before the sixtieth day) prior to the beginning of each Plan Year of its election to make the 2% Non-Elective
Contribution in lieu of the Matching Contribution. 

  

	 	(c)	The provisions of the Plan implementing the limitations of Code Section 415 apply to contributions made pursuant to paragraphs 3.2(a) and (b). 

  

	 	(d)	In the event that the contribution and allocation formula above results in an Excess Annual Addition, such excess shall be corrected as provided for at paragraph 10.2 of the Basic
Plan Document #01. The Employer’s contribution for any Plan Year shall be subject to the overall limitations on allocations contained in Article X. 

  

 30 

	 	(e)	No other Employer or Employee contributions may be made to the SIMPLE 401(k) Plan for the Plan Year other than Elective Deferrals described in paragraph 4.8, Matching or
Non-Elective Contributions described in paragraphs 3.2(a) and (b), and Rollover Contributions described in Regulations Section 1.402(c)-2, Q&A1 (a). 

  

	 	(f)	In the event the deduction of a contribution made by the Employer is disallowed under Code Section 404, such contribution (to the extent disallowed) must be returned to the
Employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction. 

  

	 	(g)	All benefits attributable to contributions described in paragraphs 3.2(a) and (b) are nonforfeitable at all times, and all previous contributions made under the Plan provisions
are nonforfeitable as of the beginning of the Plan Year the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions apply. 

 3.3 Responsibility For
Contributions The Trustee, the Sponsor or the Custodian shall not be required to determine if the Employer has made a contribution or if the amount contributed from its general assets is in accordance with the Code and the provisions
elected in the Adoption Agreement. The Employer shall have sole responsibility in this regard. The Trustee shall be accountable solely for contributions actually received within the limits of Article X. 
 3.4 Return Of Contributions Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer shall be irrevocable except as provided below: 
  

	 	(a)	Any contribution forwarded to the Trustee or Custodian due to a mistake of fact, provided that the contribution is returned to the Employer within one year of the date of the
contribution. The Trustee will not increase the amount of the Employer contribution returnable under this paragraph 3.3 for any earnings attributable to the contribution but the Trustee will reduce the amount returned to the Employer for any losses
incurred attributable to the excess contribution. 

  

	 	(b)	In the event that the Commissioner of Internal Revenue determines that the Plan is not initially qualified under the Internal Revenue Code, any contribution dependent on the initial
qualification by the Employer must be returned to the Employer within one year after the date the initial qualification is denied, but only if the application for the qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s
return for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe. 

  

	 	(c)	Contributions forwarded to the Trustee or Custodian are presumed to be deductible and are conditioned on their deductibility. Contributions which are determined by the Internal
Revenue Service to not be deductible will be returned to the Employer. 

 3.5 Merger Of Assets From Another Plan 
  

	 	(a)	The Employer may in its sole discretion direct the Trustee or Custodian to accept assets from another Defined Contribution Plan, or to transfer assets to another Defined
Contribution Plan, provided that such transfer satisfies the requirements of Code Section 414(l) and the Regulations thereunder. The Employer, Plan Administrator, Trustee or Custodian shall have the right to refuse to accept or transfer assets
for any reason, provided that nothing in this paragraph 3.5 shall give the Trustee or Custodian the right to refuse to make a direct transfer of an Eligible Rollover Distribution if requested to do so by a Participant in accordance with paragraph
6.10. 

  

	 	(b)	When the transferor plan is a money purchase pension plan and the transferee plan (the Plan established under this document), is not a money purchase pension plan as set forth in
Code Section 401(a)(11)(B)(iii)(III), the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity option may not be eliminated at least with respect to the benefits which are transferred. 

  

 31 

 When the transferor plan is a profit-sharing, stock bonus or cash or deferred arrangement [401(k) plan]
which included the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity provisions but was not required to do so, upon the transfer of those assets, the transferee plan may be amended to entirely eliminate the annuity option. 
 3.6 Coverage Requirements For purposes of coverage testing, a Participant is treated as benefiting under the Plan for any Plan Year during which the
Participant received or is deemed to receive an allocation in accordance with Code Section 1.410(b)-3(a). If the number of Participants who are eligible to share in any contribution for a Plan Year is such that the Plan established under a
Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement would fail to meet the requirements of Code Section 410(b)(1) or 410(b)(2)(A)(i), then the group of Participants eligible to share in the contribution for the Plan Year will be increased to include such
minimum number of Participants who are not employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year and who did not meet the hours requirement, as may be necessary to satisfy the applicable tests under the Code Sections referenced above. The
Participants who will become eligible to share in the contribution will be those Participants when compared to Participants who are similarly situated, are those who completed the greatest number of Hours of Service in the Plan Year before the
termination of their Service. If after such allocation, the coverage requirements of the Code are still not satisfied, allocation shall continue to be made to Participants with decreasing Hours of Service until the coverage requirements of the ratio
percentage test of Code Section 410(b)(1)(A) are satisfied. 
 If after the application of the correction procedure in the preceding paragraph the
coverage requirements are still not satisfied, the Employer may apply the same correction procedure to an otherwise excludable class of Employees until the coverage requirements of the ratio percentage test of Code Section 410(b)(1)(A) are
satisfied. 
 The preceding paragraph will not be construed to permit the reduction of any Participant’s account balance, and any amounts which were
allocated to Participants whose eligibility to share in the contribution did not result from the application of the preceding paragraph will not be reallocated to satisfy such requirements. Instead, the Employer will make an additional contribution
equal to the amount which the affected Participants would have received had they been included initially in the allocation of the Employer’s contribution, even if it would cause the contributions of the Employer for the applicable Plan Year to
exceed the amount which is deductible by the Employer for such Plan Year under Code Section 404. Any adjustments pursuant to this paragraph will be considered a retroactive amendment of the Plan which was adopted by the last day of the Plan
Year. 
 Specifically excluded from the Code Section 410(b) coverage tests are those Employees who are excluded from participation in the Plan for the
entire Plan Year which includes those Employees whose retirement benefits are subject to a collective bargaining agreement, nonresident aliens, those Employees excluded from Plan participation by age and Service requirements imposed by the Plan and
those Employees who incur a Separation from Service during the applicable Plan Year and for the Plan Year fail to complete more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service or three (3) consecutive calendar months under the Elapsed Time
method. 
 3.7 Eligibility For Contribution The Employer will determine on the Adoption Agreement the conditions which Participants must
meet in order to receive an allocation of an Employer contribution and any forfeitures, subject to the following: 
  

	 	(a)	In a Plan established under a standardized Adoption Agreement, a Participant who is employed on the last day of the Plan Year will share in the allocation of the Employer
contribution and that Plan Year without regard to the Participant’s Hours of Service. 

 In a Plan established under a
standardized Adoption Agreement, a Participant who completed more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service or three (3) consecutive calendar months under the Elapsed Time method will share in the allocation of Employer contributions for
the Plan Year, regardless of whether employed on the last day of the Plan Year. 
  

 32 

	 	(b)	In a Plan established under a Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement, the Employer will elect in the Adoption Agreement whether any Employer contribution will be allocated to any
Participant who does not complete the necessary Hours of Service or consecutive calendar months requirement elected in the Adoption Agreement, subject to the Top Heavy minimum contribution requirements, if applicable. 

 In a Plan established under a Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement, the Employer will elect in the Adoption Agreement whether a Participant will receive an
allocation of the Employer’s contribution if not employed on the last day of the Plan Year. 
  

	 	(c)	The Employer may elect in the standardized or Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement any other conditions a Participant must meet to receive an allocation under the Plan.

 3.8 Target Benefit Plan Contribution The Employer’s annual contribution to a Target Benefit Plan shall be determined by a
Stated Benefit Formula and corresponding factor tables contained in the Adoption Agreement and shall be allocated to Participants as provided in paragraph 5.3. This notwithstanding, the Employer’s contribution for any Plan Year shall be subject
to the limitations on allocations contained in Article X and shall not be less than the minimum contribution required at Article XIV for Top-Heavy Plans. The annual Employer contribution necessary to fund the stated benefit with respect to a
Participant will be determined each year as follows: 
  

	 	(a)	Step 1: Present Value of Benefit - If the Participant has not yet reached Normal Retirement Age, calculate the present value of the stated benefit by multiplying the
stated benefit by the factor that is the product of (i) the applicable factor in Table I [if attained age is less than sixty-five (65)] or Table IA [if attained age is greater than or equal to sixty-five (65)], multiplied by (ii) the
applicable factor in Table III. If the Participant is at or beyond Normal Retirement Age, calculate the present value of the stated benefit by multiplying the stated benefit by the factor in Table IV corresponding to that Normal Retirement Age.

  

	 	(b)	Step 2: Theoretical Reserve - The Theoretical Reserve is determined according to (1) and (2) below: 

  

	 	(1)	Initial Theoretical Reserve. A Participant’s Theoretical Reserve as of the last day of the Participant’s first year of Projected Participation (year 1) is zero. However,
if this Plan is a Prior Safe Harbor Plan with a Stated Benefit Formula that takes into account Plan Years prior to the first Plan Year and this Plan satisfies the safe harbor in Regulations Section 1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(3)(C), the Initial
Theoretical Reserve is determined as follows: 

  

	 	(i)	Calculate as of the last day of the Plan Year immediately preceding year 1, the present value of the stated benefit using the actuarial assumptions, the provisions of the Plan, and
the Participant’s Compensation as of such date. For a Participant who is beyond Normal Retirement Age during year 1, the stated benefit will be determined using the actuarial assumptions, the provisions of the Plan, and the Participant’s
Compensation as of such date, except that the straight life annuity factor used in that determination will be the factor applicable for the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age. 

  

	 	(ii)	Calculate as of the last day of the Plan Year immediately preceding year 1 the present value of future Employer contributions, i.e., the contributions due each Plan Year using the
actuarial assumptions, the provisions of the Plan, (disregarding those provisions of the Plan providing for the limitations of Code Section 415 or the minimum contributions under Code Section 416), and the Participant’s Compensation
as of such date, beginning with year 1 through the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age. 

  

	 	(iii)	Subtract the amount determined in (ii) from the amount determined in (i). 

  

 33 

	 	(2)	Accumulate the Initial Theoretical Reserve determined in (1) and the Employer contribution (as limited by Code Section 415, without regard to any required minimum
contributions under Code Section 416) for each Plan Year beginning in year 1 up through the last day of the current Plan Year (excluding contributions, if any, for the current Plan Year) using the Plan’s interest assumption in effect for
each such year. In any Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age, the accumulation is calculated assuming an interest rate of 0%. 

 For purposes of determining the level of annual Employer contribution necessary to fund the stated benefit, the calculations in (1) and
(2) above will be made as of the last day of each Plan Year, on the basis of the Participant’s age on the Participant’s last birthday, using the interest rate in effect on the last day of the prior year. 
  

	 	(c)	Step 3: Unfunded Amount - The excess, if any, of the amount determined in Step 1 over the amount determined in Step 2. 

  

	 	(d)	Step 4: Contribution - Amortize the result in Step 3 by multiplying it by the applicable factor from Table II. For the Plan Year in which the Participant attains
Normal Retirement Age and for any subsequent Plan Year, the applicable factor is 1.0. 

 3.9 Davis-Bacon Plan Contribution The
Employer will irrevocably contribute the amount determined in accordance with the contribution formula or formulas elected on the Davis-Bacon Adoption Agreement. An Employer may take credit for purposes of the Davis-Bacon Act or other prevailing
wage law at the hourly rate specified in an addendum attached to the Davis-Bacon Adoption Agreement. Contributions made by the Employer to a Davis-Bacon plan for the Davis-Bacon work performed by the Employer’s covered Employees during the Plan
Year may be used as an offset for any Employer contributions to be made to another Defined Contribution Plan sponsored by the Employer. The Employer may make Qualified Non-Elective Contributions to the Plan, designated as “Davis-Bacon or
Prevailing Wage Contributions”, in order to satisfy the Employer’s obligations under the Davis-Bacon Act, or any other Federal, state or municipal Davis-Bacon or prevailing wage law. Contributions made on behalf of Participants who do not
perform prevailing wage work cannot be used as a credit towards meeting the Employer’s obligation under the prevailing wage plan. 
 3.10 Uniform
Dollar Contribution The Employer’s contribution to a plan utilizing a uniform dollar allocation formula for a Plan Year shall be the same dollar amount to each Participant regardless of Compensation, Years of Service, age or any other
variable set forth in the Adoption Agreement. 
 3.11 Uniform Points Contribution The Employer’s contribution to a Plan utilizing a
uniform points allocation formula for a Plan Year shall be in the same ratio that each Participant’s points, as elected in the Adoption Agreement, bears to the total points awarded to all Participants for the Plan Year. 
 3.12 403(b) Matching Contribution If a tax-exempt Employer elects in the 401(k) Adoption Agreement to make a Matching Contribution based on the
Employee’s Elective Deferral contributions under the Code Section 403(b) Plan, the Employer shall make a Matching Contribution to the Matching Contribution Account of those Participants who make Elective Deferrals (while an Employee and a
Participant in the Plan) and who are eligible under the Adoption Agreement to receive the Matching Contribution. Any such Matching Contribution made to the Plan will be allocated under the formula elected in the Adoption Agreement. In the event the
rate of Matching Contribution is determined to be discriminatory in favor of one or more Highly Compensated Employees, that part of the Matching Contribution as is necessary to make such rate nondiscriminatory shall be forfeited. Any such amounted
forfeited shall be disregarded under the Plan’s provisions relating to Code Sections 401(k)(3) and 401(m)(2). 
  

 34 

 ARTICLE IV 
 EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS 
 4.1 Voluntary After-tax Contributions If elected by an Employer in the
Adoption Agreement, a Participant may make Voluntary After-tax Contributions to the Plan. These contributions are not excludable from the Participant’s gross income. Such contributions must be made in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
Such contributions are subject to the limitations on Annual Additions and are subject to antidiscrimination testing. Any Voluntary After-tax Contribution will not be a condition precedent to the contribution or allocation of any Employer
contribution to the Participant. Under any Plan which can be established hereunder and if permitted in the Plan’s loan policy document, a Participant may repay a defaulted loan with after-tax dollars. The Employer may permit buy-back of amounts
previously forfeited with after-tax dollars even if Voluntary After-tax Contributions are not permitted in the Plan. Any buy-back of amounts previously forfeited must be subject to uniform and nondiscriminatory rules which do not operate in favor of
Highly Compensated Employees. Repayment of loans made to a Participant and buy-backs of cash-outs as described in Code Section 411(a)(7)(B) will not be considered Annual Additions as described in Regulations Section 1.415-6(b)(6). These
amounts are not subject to the limitation contained in Code Section 401(m) in the year in which made, as they are not considered Annual Additions pursuant to Code Section 415. 
 4.2 Required After-tax Contributions If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, each Eligible Participant shall be required to make Required After-tax Contributions to the Plan as a condition
of participation in the Plan. Such contributions shall be withheld from the Employee’s Compensation and shall be transmitted by the Employer to the Trustee/Custodian. A Participant may discontinue participation or change his or her contribution
percentage in accordance with either an election on the Adoption Agreement or uniform and nondiscriminatory rules established by the Employer. If a Participant discontinues his or her contributions, such Participant may not again authorize such
contributions until a change is permitted in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory rules established by the Employer. The Employer may reduce a Participant’s contribution percentage if required to satisfy the ACP Test described in
Article XI. 
 4.3 Qualified Voluntary Contributions A Participant may no longer make Qualified Voluntary Contributions to the Plan. Amounts
already contributed may remain in the Plan until distributed to the Participant. Such amounts will be maintained in a separate account which will be nonforfeitable at all times. The account will share in the gains and losses of the Trust in the same
manner as described at paragraph 5.5 of the Plan. No part of the Qualified Voluntary Contribution Plan account will be used to purchase life insurance. Subject to Article VIII, Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements (if applicable), the Participant
may withdraw any part of the Qualified Voluntary Contribution account by making written application to the Plan Administrator. 
 4.4 Rollover
Contributions Unless elected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant/Employee may make a Rollover Contribution to a Defined Contribution Plan established hereunder of all or any part of an amount distributed or distributable to
him or her from a Qualified Plan or an individual retirement account (IRA) qualified under Code Section 408 where the IRA was used as a conduit from a Qualified Plan provided: 
  

	 	(a)	the amount distributed to the Participant/Employee is deposited to the Plan no later than the sixtieth day after such distribution was received by the Participant/Employee,

  

	 	(b)	the amount distributed is not one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant/Employee or the joint lives (or
joint life expectancies) of the Participant/Employee and the Participant’s/Employee’s Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten (10) years or more, 

  

	 	(c)	the amount distributed is not a required minimum distribution under Code Section 401(a)(9), 

  

 35 

	 	(d)	if the amount distributed included property, such property is rolled over only upon the Trustee, Custodian and/or Employer’s approval, or if sold, the proceeds of such property
may be rolled over, 

  

	 	(e)	the amount distributed would otherwise be includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to Employer
securities), and 

  

	 	(f)	the amount rolled over does not include any amounts contributed on an after-tax basis by the Participant to the Qualified Plan. 

 The Plan Administrator shall be held solely responsible for determining the tax free status of any Rollover Contribution made to this Plan, and the Trustee/Custodian
shall have no responsibility for any such determination. 
 4.5 Plan To Plan Transfer Contributions 
  

	 	(a)	If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant or an Employee may arrange for the direct transfer of his or her entire benefit from another Qualified Plan to
the Plan established hereunder. Such transfer shall be made for any reason and may be in cash and/or in-kind. The Employer and/or the Trustee/Custodian in their sole discretion shall have the right to refuse to accept a transfer for any reason
including but not limited to if such assets do not comply operationally, would result in a prohibited transaction, are not readily marketable or are not compatible with the Employer’s investment policy objectives. If necessary, for accounting
and recordkeeping purposes, Transfer Contributions shall be treated in the same manner as Rollover Contributions. 

  

	 	(b)	The Employer may arrange for the direct transfer of a Participant’s/Employee’s benefit from a Qualified Plan to this Plan. If necessary, for accounting and recordkeeping
purposes, Transfer Contributions shall be treated in the same manner as Rollover Contributions. 

  

	 	(c)	In the event the Employer accepts a Transfer Contribution from a Plan in which the Participant/Employee was directing the investment of his or her account, the Employer may, if the
Employer determines that it is appropriate and not in violation of the nondiscrimination rules under Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-4, permit the Employee to continue to direct his or her investments in accordance with paragraph 12.7 with
respect only to such Transfer Contribution. 

  

	 	(d)	Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, to the extent that any optional form of benefit under the Plan established hereunder permits a distribution prior to the
Employee’s Normal Retirement Age, death, Disability, or severance from employment, and prior to Plan termination, the optional form of benefit is not available with respect to benefits attributable to assets (including the post-transfer
earnings thereon) and liabilities that are transferred, within the meaning of Code Section 414(1), to this Plan from a money purchase pension plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) (other than any portion of those assets and liabilities
attributable to Voluntary After-tax Contributions). 

 4.6 Voluntary Direct Transfers Between Plans A Participant or Employee
shall be able to transfer his or her entire benefit between qualified Defined Contribution Plans [other than a direct transfer described in Code Section 401(a)(31)] without regard to whether the Participant’s benefit is immediately
distributable or results in the elimination or reduction of Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits. Such a transfer does not violate Code Section 411(d)(6) if the following requirements are met: 
  

	 	(a)	The plan from which the benefits are transferred must provide that the transfer is conditioned upon a voluntary, fully informed election by the Participant to transfer his or her
entire benefit to another qualified Defined Contribution Plan. As an alternative to the transfer, the Participant must be offered the opportunity to retain the Participant’s Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits under the Plan [or if
the Plan is terminating, to receive any optional form of benefit for which the Participant is eligible under the Plan as required by Code Section 411(d)(6)]. 

  

 36 

	 	(b)	The transferring plan must be the same plan type as the Plan sponsored by the Employer. When benefits are being transferred from a qualified cash or deferred arrangement under Code
Section 401(k), the benefits must be transferred to a qualified cash or deferred arrangement under Code Section 401(k). Money purchase pension plans must be transferred to money purchase pension plans. Benefits transferred from a
profit-sharing plan other than a 401(k) plan or employee stock ownership plan may be transferred to any type of Defined Contribution Plan, even if the event is not one that allows a distribution. 

  

	 	(c)	The transfer must be made in connection with certain corporate transactions such as an asset or stock acquisition, merger or other similar transaction involving a change in Employer
of the Employees of a trade or business [i.e., an acquisition or disposition within the meaning of Regulation Section 1.410(b)-2(f)] or in connection with the Participant’s transfer of employment to a different job for which Service does
not result in additional allocations under the transferor plan. 

  

	 	(d)	This type of elective transfer is only available for transfers made on or after September 6, 2000, even if the transaction or change of employment occurred prior to that date.

  

	 	(e)	If the conditions outlined in (a), (b), (c) and (d) above are met, the Employer’s Plan is not required to protect optional forms of benefits available under the prior
plan with respect to any benefit transferred [except as required by the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements under Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417]. Such a transfer is not a protected optional form of benefit, but rather is a
“right or feature” under Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-4(e). 

 4.7 Elective Deferrals In A 401(k) Plan

  

	 	(a)	A Participant may enter into a Salary Deferral Agreement with the Employer authorizing the Employer to withhold a portion of such Participant’s Compensation not to exceed the
dollar limit under Code Section 402(g), as adjusted under Code Section 415(d), for the Applicable Calendar Year, or the percentage or dollar amount of Compensation specified in the Adoption Agreement. 

  

	 	(b)	Any Salary Deferral Agreement may not be effective earlier than the latest date of the following: 

  

	 	(1)	The date of the Participant’s entry (or reentry) into the Plan; 

  

	 	(2)	the execution of the Participant’s Salary Deferral Agreement; 

  

	 	(3)	the date the Employer adopts the 401(k) Plan by executing the Adoption Agreement; 

  

	 	(4)	the Effective Date of the Elective Deferral provisions as specified in the Adoption Agreement. 

  

	 	(c)	 Any such contribution shall be credited to the Employee’s Elective Deferral account. A Participant may terminate deferrals at any time. A Participant
may amend his or her Salary Deferral Agreement to increase or decrease his or her deferral percentage upon notice in accordance with the provisions in the Adoption Agreement or such other uniform and nondiscriminatory procedures. The Employer shall
determine the permitted frequency of such changes which shall be no less frequently than once each calendar year. Any such election will be effective as soon as practicable following the receipt of the notification by the Employer in accordance with
uniform and nondiscriminatory procedures established and communicated to the Participants. The Participant shall notify the Employer of any change in his or her deferral election in writing or in such other form or manner as permitted. The Employer
may, notwithstanding any limit to the contrary in the Adoption Agreement, limit the maximum deferral percentage for Highly Compensated Employees. If a Participant terminates his or her agreement, such Participant shall be permitted to put a new
Salary Deferral Agreement into effect as provided 

  

 37 

	 	 
in the Adoption Agreement or any other uniform and nondiscriminatory procedures established. The Employer may also amend or terminate said agreement on
notice to the affected Participant, if required to maintain the qualified status of the Plan. 

  

	 	(d)	If permitted by the Employer, when a Participant who has not authorized the Employer to withhold the maximum annual deferral amount pursuant to Code Section 402(g) and desires
to increase the total amount withheld for a Plan Year, the Participant may authorize the Employer to withhold a supplemental amount up to 100% of his or her Compensation for one or more pay periods. In no event may the amounts withheld under the
Salary Deferral Agreement plus any additional amount deferred exceed the lesser of 25% of a Participant’s Compensation or any other limitation elected in the Adoption Agreement by the Employer. 

  

	 	(e)	If the Plan permits Voluntary After-tax Contributions and the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement, all or any portion of amounts previously withheld under any Salary
Deferral Agreement may be recharacterized as Voluntary After-tax Contributions within the Plan Year. 

  

	 	(f)	Elective Deferrals shall be deposited in the Plan’s Trust as soon as administratively feasible after being withheld from the Participant’s Compensation at the earliest
date on which the contributions can reasonably be segregated from the Employer’s general assets, but no later than the time prescribed by the Code, ERISA or by applicable Treasury or Department of Labor Regulations. 

 4.8 Elective Deferrals In A SIMPLE 401(k) Plan 
  

	 	(a)	An Eligible Employee may enter into a Salary Deferral Agreement with the Employer authorizing the Employer to withhold a portion of such Eligible Employee’s Compensation, not
to exceed $6,000 per calendar year, as adjusted to reflect any annual cost-of-living increases announced by the Internal Revenue Service. No Eligible Employee shall be permitted to make Elective Deferrals under this Plan, or any other Qualified Plan
maintained by the Employer, during any taxable year in excess of the dollar limitation contained in Code Section 402(g) in effect in at the beginning of such taxable year. The $6,000 limit may be reduced if an Eligible Employee contributes
pre-tax contributions to Qualified Plans of other employers. 

  

	 	(b)	In addition to any other election periods provided, each Participant may make or modify his Salary Deferral Agreement during the sixty (60) day election period immediately
preceding each January 1. 

  

	 	(c)	For the Plan Year in which an Eligible Employee becomes eligible to make Elective Deferrals under the SIMPLE 401(k) Plan provisions, the sixty (60) day election period
requirement of paragraph 4.8(b) above is deemed satisfied if the Eligible Employee may make or modify a Salary Deferral Agreement election during a sixty (60) day period that includes either the date the Employee becomes eligible, or the day
before. 

  

	 	(d)	An Eligible Employee may amend his or her Salary Deferral Agreement to increase or decrease the percentage upon proper and timely notice to the Employer. The Employer shall
determine the permitted frequency of such changes. An Eligible Employee may terminate his or her Salary Deferral Agreement at any time during the Plan Year upon notice to the Employer. If an Eligible Employee terminates his or her Salary Deferral
Agreement, such Eligible Employee will be permitted to execute a new Salary Deferral Agreement in accordance with the provisions elected in the Adoption Agreement or any other uniform and nondiscriminatory procedure. The Employer may also amend or
terminate any Salary Deferral Agreement on notice to the affected Eligible Employee, if required to maintain the qualified status of the Plan. 

  

	 	(e)	If permitted by the Employer, a Participant who has not authorized the Employer to withhold at the maximum annual deferral amount and desires to increase the total amount withheld
for a Plan Year, such Participant may authorize the Employer to withhold an amount up to 100% of his or her Compensation for one or more pay periods. 

  

 38 

	 	(f)	Elective Deferrals shall be deposited in the Plan’s Trust as soon as administratively feasible after being withheld from the Participant’s Compensation at the earliest
date on which the contributions can reasonable be segregated from the Employer’s general assets but no later than the time prescribed by the Code, ERISA or by applicable Treasury or Department of Labor Regulations. 

  

	 	(g)	The Employer will notify each Eligible Employee prior to the sixty (60) day election period described in paragraph 4.8(b) that he or she can make an Elective Deferral or modify
a prior election during that period. 

  

	 	(h)	The notification described in this subparagraph 4.8(h) will indicate whether the Employer will provide a Matching Contribution described in paragraph 3.2(a) or a 2% Non-Elective
Contribution described in paragraph 3.2(b). 

  

	 	(i)	The Plan is not treated as a Top-Heavy Plan under Code Section 416 for any Plan Year for which the SIMPLE 401(k) Plan provisions apply. 

 4.9 Automatic Enrollment  
  

	 	(a)	If the Employer so elects in the Adoption Agreement, each Employee eligible under the Employer’s Code Section 401(k) cash or deferred arrangement shall automatically
become a Participant in the Plan as of the first Entry Date after satisfying the Plan’s eligibility requirements. The Employer may elect on the Adoption Agreement to apply the automatic enrollment provisions to current Employees and
Participants or only to Employees hired on or after the Effective Date of the adoption of or the amendment to the Plan providing for the automatic enrollment provisions. If the Employer elects the provision to apply to current Employees, the
Employer will apply the automatic enrollment provision to Employees and Participants who are deferring at less than the amount elected on the Adoption Agreement on or after the Effective Date of the adoption of or the amendment to the Plan, except
for those Employees and Participants who make an affirmative election to receive the Compensation in cash. 

  

	 	(b)	After satisfying the Plan’s eligibility requirements, each Employee will have his or her Compensation automatically reduced by the percentage elected in the Adoption Agreement.
These amounts will be contributed to the Plan. An election by the Employee not to make Elective Deferrals or to contribute a different percentage may be made at any time. The election is effective for the first pay period and subsequent pay periods
(until superseded by a subsequent election) if filed when the Employee is hired, or within a reasonable period thereafter ending before the Compensation for the first pay period is currently made available. In the event an Employee has Elective
Deferrals withheld pursuant to this provision and no investment directive has been received, any cash received shall be invested as provided for in paragraph 13.8 herein. If an Employee elects to receive cash in lieu of Elective Deferrals and the
election is made when the Employee is hired or within a reasonable period thereafter ending before the Compensation is currently available, then no Elective Deferrals for the first pay period or subsequent pay periods are made on the Employee’s
behalf to the Plan until the Employee makes a subsequent affirmative election to reduce his or her Compensation. Elections filed at a later date are effective for payroll periods beginning in the month next following the date the election is filed.

  

	 	(c)	For those current Participants who are deferring at a percentage or dollar amount less than the amount elected on the Adoption Agreement, the Employer will in the first payroll
period after the effective date of the amendment reduce the Participant’s Compensation by the difference between the Participant’s current deferral election and the election as stated on the Adoption Agreement. 

  

	 	(d)	 At the time an Employee is hired, the Plan Administrator shall provide the Employee a notice that explains the automatic enrollment provision. This notice will also
explain the Employee’s right to elect to have no such Elective Deferrals made to the Plan or to alter the amount of those contributions. This notice will include the procedure for exercising the right and the timing for implementation of any
such election. The Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant in the Plan with an annual notice of his or her Elective Deferral percentage and each Participant’s right 

  

 39 

	 	 
to change the percentage, including the procedure for exercising that right and the timing for implementation of any such election. Prior to an
Employee’s automatic enrollment becoming effective, the Plan Administrator will provide such Employee with appropriate guidance as to the procedures then in effect, for the Employee to make alternative elections referenced above. Each Employee
deferring Compensation pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed to have consented to an Elective Deferral contribution in the amount specified by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, unless he/she has filed an election to the contrary with the
Plan Administrator pursuant to the Plan’s administrative procedures. 

 4.10 Make-Up Contributions Under USERRA A
Participant who has the right to make-up Elective Deferrals, Voluntary After-tax Contributions and/or Required After-tax Contributions under USERRA shall be permitted to increase his or her Elective Deferral with respect to a make-up year without
regard to any provision limiting contributions for such Plan Year. Make-up contributions shall be limited to the maximum amount permitted under the Plan and the statutory limitations applicable with respect to the make-up year. Employee-related
make-up contributions must be made within the time period beginning on the date of reemployment and continuing for the lesser of five (5) years or three (3) times the period of military service. 
  

 40 

 ARTICLE V 
 PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS 
 5.1 Separate Accounts The Plan Administrator or its agent shall establish a
separate recordkeeping account for each Participant showing the fair market value of his or her Plan benefits. Each Participant's account may be separated for recordkeeping purposes into the following sub-accounts: 
  

	 	(a)	Employer contributions: 

  

	 	(1)	Non Safe-Harbor Matching Contribution Formula 1 Contributions 

  

	 	(2)	Non Safe-Harbor Matching Contribution Formula 2 Contributions 

  

	 	(3)	Qualified Matching Contributions 

  

	 	(4)	Qualified Non-Elective Contributions 

  

	 	(5)	Discretionary Contributions 

  

	 	(6)	Safe Harbor Matching Contributions 

  

	 	(7)	Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions 

  

	 	(8)	Davis-Bacon Contributions 

  

	 	(9)	Target Benefit Contributions 

  

	 	(10)	SIMPLE 401(k) Matching Contributions 

  

	 	(11)	SIMPLE 401(k) Non-Elective Contributions 

  

	 	(12)	Money Purchase Pension Plan Contributions 

  

	 	(b)	Employee contributions: 

  

	 	(1)	Voluntary After-tax Contributions 

  

	 	(2)	Qualified Voluntary Contributions 

  

	 	(3)	Elective Deferrals 

  

	 	(4)	Required After-tax Contributions 

  

	 	(5)	Rollover Contributions 

  

	 	(6)	Transfer Contributions 

  

	 	(7)	Elective Deferrals in a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan 

 5.2 Valuation
Date The Trustee shall value the Trust at the fair market value as of each Valuation Date and those Valuation Dates elected in the Adoption Agreement or as directed in writing by the Plan Administrator. 
  

	 	(a)	Plan Administrators utilizing a daily valuation system for Participant recordkeeping purposes shall process any contributions, distributions, investment income or loss, any
appreciation or depreciation, investment transactions (including a purchase or sale of an investment alternative) and any other transactions which affect a Participant on each business day that securities are traded on the New York Stock Exchange or
any other national securities market. Individual Participant recordkeeping accounts are updated in accordance with paragraph 5.3 hereof as of each Valuation Date specified in the Adoption Agreement or such other date as elected by the Plan
Administrator. 

  

 41 

	 	(b)	Plan Administrators utilizing a balance forward valuation system for Participant recordkeeping purposes will process contributions, distributions, investment income or loss,
investment transactions (including a purchase or sale of an investment alternative) and any other transactions at the Plan level on the Valuation Date and those other Valuation Dates as specified in the Adoption Agreement or any other date(s) as the
determined by the Plan Administrator. Individual Participant recordkeeping accounts will be updated within the allocation period on the date or dates determined by the Plan Administrator with respect to contributions and distributions. Investment
earnings will be allocated at the end of the valuation period. Any other transactions which affect Participant accounts will be posted or allocated to individual Participant accounts on the next following Valuation Date unless the Plan Administrator
elects, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, to allocate such transactions as they occur. The Employer may utilize a daily valuation system for a portion of the Plan and a balance forward valuation system for the balance of the Plan.

 All allocations for a particular Plan Year will be made as of the last Valuation Date(s) of that Plan Year or such other dates determined by
the Plan Administrator. 
 5.3 Allocations To Participant Accounts As of each Valuation Date elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement
and/or on any date within the allocation period selected in writing by the Plan Administrator, each Participant’s account shall be adjusted to reflect: 
  

	 	(a)	the Participant’s share of the Employer’s contribution and forfeitures as determined in the Adoption Agreement, 

  

	 	(b)	any Employee contributions, 

  

	 	(c)	any repayment of amounts previously distributed to a Participant upon a separation from Service and repaid by the Participant since the last Allocation Date,

  

	 	(d)	the Participant’s proportionate share of any investment earnings and increase in the fair market value of the Trust since the last Allocation Date, and

  

	 	(e)	loan repayments of principal and interest. 

 The Employer shall deduct
from each account: 
  

	 	(f)	any withdrawals or payments made from the Participant’s account since the last Allocation Date, 

  

	 	(g)	the Participant’s proportionate share of any decrease in the fair market value of the Trust since the last allocation Date, and 

  

	 	(h)	the Participant’s proportionate share of any fees and expenses paid from the Plan. 

 5.4 Allocating Employer Contributions 
  

	 	(a)	The Employer must specify in the Adoption Agreement the manner in which the Employer’s contribution shall be allocated to Participants including any minimum contribution for
Top-Heavy Plans. Employer contributions shall be allocated to all Participants eligible to receive a contribution as provided in the Adoption Agreement. 

  

	 	(b)	Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, Participants will accrue the right to share in allocations of Employer contributions with respect to periods of qualified
military service as provided in Code Section 414(u). 

  

	 	(c)	 At the end of each Plan Year the Plan Administrator shall redetermine any Matching Contribution for each Participant based on his or her eligible annual
Compensation in accordance with the Matching Contribution formula elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. Any Participant for whom any Matching Contribution has not been sufficiently made in accordance 

  

 42 

	 	 
with the Matching Contribution formula elected by the Employer shall receive an additional Matching Contribution so that the total annual deferrals (whether
pre-tax or after-tax) reflected as a percentage of eligible annual Compensation are matched in accordance with the Matching Contribution formula (“true-up” of Matching Contributions) selected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. If
no election is made on the Adoption Agreement, no true-up of Matching Contributions will occur. 

 5.5 Allocating Investment Earnings
And Losses Account balances are adjusted to reflect actual income and investment gains and losses from the period beginning on the day following the last Valuation Date and ending on the current Valuation Date. Each Participant’s
account shall receive a proportionate share of the actual income and investment gains and losses during the period. The value of accounts for allocation purposes shall be based on the value of all Participant accounts (without regard to any portion
of any such account attributable to segregated investments) as of the last Valuation Date less withdrawals, distributions and expenses plus any contributions including deferrals (whether pre-tax or after-tax) if any, paid from the Trust since the
last Valuation Date. Investment gains and losses shall be credited to all Participant accounts having a balance on the Valuation Date regardless of the vested status of such account and regardless of the Participant’s employment status. The
Plan Administrator shall also have the right to adopt an alternative procedure for allocating income and investment gains and losses provided that such alternative procedure is uniform and does not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated
Employees. Any change in procedure shall be effective as of the next following Valuation Date or such other date as agreed to by the Employer and the Plan Administrator. Accounts with segregated investments shall receive the income or loss on such
segregated investments. Investment gains or losses are determined separately for each investment alternative offered under the Plan. 
  

	 	(a)	The value of a Participant’s account invested in a mutual fund (Registered Investment Company) will equal the value of a share in such fund multiplied by the number of shares
credited to the Participant’s account. 

  

	 	(b)	In the case of any pooled investment vehicle, earnings, gains or losses on the pooled investment vehicle will be allocated among the Participant’s accounts in proportion to the
value of each Participant’s account invested in that investment vehicle immediately prior to the Valuation Date. The gain or loss attributed to each investment vehicle will be credited to or charged against the Participants’ account.
Alternatively, the Plan Administrator or his designate may establish unit values for each pooled investment vehicle offered under the Plan in accordance with uniform procedures established by the Plan Administrator for this purpose. The value of the
portion of a Participant’s account invested in a pooled investment vehicle will equal the value of a unit in such investment vehicle multiplied by the number of units credited to the account. 

  

	 	(c)	In the case of any investment that is held specifically for a Participant’s account, any gain or loss on such investment will be charged or credited to that Participant’s
account. 

 5.6 Allocation Adjustments The Plan Administrator or his designate, if applicable, shall have the right to
redetermine the value of Participant accounts if a previous allocation or valuation was performed incorrectly. Such redetermination shall be made without regard to the reason for the incorrect allocation. Such reasons may include, but are not
limited to, incorrect contribution or Employee information provided by the Employer or representative of the Employer, incorrect valuation of Plan assets, incorrect determination of investment income and gains or losses, improper interpretation of
the Plan’s allocation formulas or procedures, erroneous omission of Top-Heavy minimum contributions and failure to transmit, receive or interpret amendments to the allocation formulas, methods or procedures. Subject to express limits that may
be imposed under the Code, the Plan Administrator reserves the right to delay the processing of any contribution, distribution or other transaction for any legitimate business reason (including, but not limited to, failure of systems or computer
programs, failure of means of transmission of data, force majeure, the failure of any Service Provider to timely receive values or prices, or to correct for its errors omissions or the errors or omissions of any Service Provider). After
having made any necessary adjustments, the Plan Administrator or his designate, if applicable, may issue either revised or adjusted statements to Participants with an explanation of the allocation adjustments. 
  

 43 

 5.7 Participant Statements The Plan Administrator shall prepare a statement for each Participant not less
frequently than annually. Statements may be prepared more frequently as agreed between the Plan Administrator and the Service Provider or other entity responsible for the maintenance of Plan records or for valuing Plan assets. Each statement shall
show the additions to and subtractions from the Participant’s account for the period since the last such statement and shall show the fair market value of the Participant’s account as of the current statement date. 
 5.8 Changes In Method And Timing Of Valuing Participants’ Accounts If necessary or appropriate, the Plan Administrator may establish different or
additional uniform and nondiscriminatory procedures for determining the fair market value of Participant’s accounts under the Plan. 
  

 44 

 ARTICLE VI 
 RETIREMENT BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS 
 6.1 Normal Retirement Benefits A Participant shall be entitled
to receive the balance held in his or her account upon attaining his or her Normal Retirement Age or at such earlier dates as the provisions of this Article VI may permit. If a Participant elects to continue working past his or her Normal Retirement
Age, he or she will continue as an active Participant. Unless the Employer elects otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, distribution shall be made to such Participant at his or her request prior to his or her actual retirement. Distribution shall be
made in the normal form, or if elected, in one of the optional forms of payment provided below. 
 6.2 Early Retirement Benefits An Early
Retirement benefit may be available if elected in the Adoption Agreement to individuals who meet the age and Service requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement. A Participant who attains his or her Early Retirement Date will become fully
vested, regardless of any vesting schedule which otherwise might apply. If a Participant separates from Service with a nonforfeitable benefit before satisfying the age requirements, but after having satisfied the Service requirement, the Participant
will be entitled to elect an Early Retirement benefit upon satisfaction of the age requirement. 
 6.3 Benefits On Termination Of Employment 

  

	 	(a)	If a Participant terminates employment prior to Normal Retirement Age, such Participant shall be entitled to receive the vested balance held in his or her account payable at Normal
Retirement Age in the normal form, or if elected, in one of the other forms of payment provided hereunder. If applicable, the Early Retirement benefit provisions may be elected. Notwithstanding the preceding, a former Participant may, if allowed in
the Adoption Agreement, make application to the Employer requesting early payment of any deferred vested and nonforfeitable benefit due. 

  

	 	(b)	If a Participant terminates employment, and the value of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance is not greater than $5,000, the Participant may receive a lump sum
distribution of the value of the entire vested portion of such account balance and the nonvested portion will be treated as a forfeiture. The Plan Administrator shall follow a consistent and nondiscriminatory policy, as may be established, regarding
immediate cash-outs of Vested Account Balances. 

  

	 	(c)	For purposes of this Article, if the value of a Participant’s Vested Account Balance is zero, the Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such Vested
Account Balance immediately following termination. If the Participant is reemployed prior to incurring five (5) consecutive one (1) year Breaks in Service or Periods of Severance, he or she will be deemed to have immediately repaid such
distribution. Notwithstanding the above, if the Employer maintains or has maintained a policy of not distributing any amounts until the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age, the Employer can continue to uniformly apply such policy.

  

	 	(d)	If a Participant terminates employment with a Vested Account Balance greater than $5,000, and elects (with his or her Spouse’s consent, if required) to receive 100% of the
value of his or her Vested Account Balance in a lump sum, the nonvested portion will be treated as a forfeiture. The Participant (and his or her Spouse, if required) must consent to any distribution when the Vested Account Balance described above
exceeds $5,000. 

  

	 	(e)	If a Participant who is not 100% vested receives or is deemed to receive a distribution pursuant to this paragraph and resumes employment covered under this Plan, the Participant
shall have the right to repay to the Plan the full amount of the distribution attributable to both Employer contributions and Elective Deferrals on or before the earlier of the date the Participant incurs five (5) consecutive one (1) year
Breaks in Service following the date of distribution or five (5) years after the first date on which the Participant is subsequently reemployed. In such event, the Participant’s account shall be restored to the value thereof at the time
the distribution was made. The account may be further increased by the Plan’s income and investment gains and/or losses on the undistributed amount from the date of the distribution to the date of repayment. 

  

 45 

	 	(f)	If the Participant’s Vested Account Balance is greater than $5,000, a Participant shall have the option to postpone payment of his or her Plan benefits until his or her
Required Beginning Date. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, any balance in a Participant’s account resulting from his or her Employee contributions listed at paragraph 5.1(b), hereof, not previously withdrawn, may be withdrawn by the
Participant immediately following separation from Service. 

  

	 	(g)	If a Participant ceases to be an active Employee as a result of a Disability, such Participant shall have the right to make an application for a disability retirement benefit
payment. The Participant’s account balance will be deemed “immediately distributable” as set forth in paragraph 6.4, and will be fully vested pursuant to paragraph 9.2. 

  

	 	(h)	If elected in the Adoption Agreement, when a terminating Participant or Employee does not make a timely election with respect to the cash out distribution of amounts greater than
$1,000 but less than or equal to $5,000, pursuant to Code Sections 411(a)(7), 411(a)(11) and 417(e)(7), the Plan Administrator will make a direct rollover into an individual retirement account or annuity (“IRA”). The Plan Administrator
will select the IRA trustee or custodian, establish the IRA and make the initial IRA investment selection. 

 6.4 Restrictions On
Immediate Distributions  
  

	 	(a)	An account balance is immediately distributable if any part of the account balance could be distributed to the Participant (or Surviving Spouse) before the Participant attains (or
would have attained if not deceased) the later of the Normal Retirement Age or age sixty-two (62). 

  

	 	(b)	If payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is required and the value of a Participant’s Vested Account Balance exceeds $5,000, or there are remaining
payments to be made with respect to a particular distribution option that previously commenced, and the account balance is immediately distributable, the Participant and his or her Spouse (or where either the Participant or the Spouse has died, the
survivor) must consent to any distribution of such account balance. 

  

	 	(c)	If payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is not required with respect to a Participant and the value of a Participant’s Vested Account Balance exceeds
$5,000, and the account balance is immediately distributable, only the Participant must consent to any distribution of such account balance. 

  

	 	(d)	The consent of the Participant and/or the Spouse shall be obtained in writing or in such other form accepted by the Plan Administrator within the ninety (90) day period ending
on the Annuity Starting Date, which is the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or in any other form. The Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse of the right to defer any
distribution until the Participant’s account balance is no longer immediately distributable. Such notification shall include a general description of the material features, and an explanation of the relative values of, the optional forms of
benefit available under the Plan in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code Section 417(a)(3), and shall be provided no less than thirty (30) days and no more than ninety (90) days prior to the Annuity Starting
Date. 

  

	 	(e)	If the distribution is one to which Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 do not apply, such distribution may commence less than thirty (30) days after the notice required under
Regulation Section 1.411(a)-11(c) is given provided that: 

  

	 	(1)	the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has the right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after receiving the notice to consider the
decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and 

  

 46 

	 	(2)	the Participant after receiving the notice affirmatively elects a distribution. 

 If a distribution is one to which Code Section 417 does apply, the distribution may commence less than thirty (30) days, but not less than seven (7) days after the notice required under Regulations
Section 1.411(a)-11(c) is given, provided that the conditions of sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) above are satisfied with regard to both the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse. 
  

	 	(f)	Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the Participant need consent to the commencement of a distribution in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity while the account
balance is immediately distributable. Furthermore, if payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is not required with respect to the Participant pursuant to paragraph 8.7 of the Plan, only the Participant need consent to the
distribution of an account balance that is immediately distributable. Neither the consent of the Participant nor the Participant’s Spouse shall be required to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9) or
Code Section 415 or constitutes Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions. In addition, upon termination of this Plan if the Plan does not offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider), the
Participant’s account balance may, without the Participant’s consent, be distributed to the Participant or transferred to another Defined Contribution Plan [other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code
Section 4975(e)(7)] within the same controlled group. 

 6.5 Normal And Optional Forms Of Payment  
  

	 	(a)	The normal form of payment for a profit sharing, 401(k) or SIMPLE 401(k) plan satisfying the requirements of paragraph 8.7 herein shall be a lump sum. 

  

	 	(b)	A Plan other than a money purchase pension plan, a target benefit plan or a profit-sharing plan required to provide a Joint and Survivor benefit may be amended to eliminate or
restrict optional payment forms provided that a single lump sum payment options remains available, that is an otherwise identical distribution form to the eliminated or restricted option, except with respect to the timing of payments after
commencement. The form must have the same (or less restrictive) timing of distribution, medium of distribution and eligibility conditions that were available for the eliminated forms of payment, and any such amendment will not be effective until the
earlier of ninety (90) days after the date that Plan Participants are provided with the written notice of the Plan amendment in the form of a summary of material modification (SMM) or the first day of the second Plan Year after the Plan Year in
which the amendment is adopted. 

 Each optional form of benefit provided under a standardized or non-standardized safe-harbor
plan (other than any that have been prospectively eliminated) must be currently available to all Employees benefiting under the Plan. This is the case regardless of whether a particular form of benefit is the actuarial equivalent of any other
optional form of benefit under the Plan. Code Section 411(d)(6) prevents a Plan from being amended to eliminate or restrict optional forms of benefits and any other Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits with respect to benefits
attributable to Service before the amendments except as expressly provided under the Regulations Section 1.411(d)-4. 
  

	 	(c)	For money purchase and target benefit plans, the normal form of payment hereunder shall be a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity as provided under Article VIII. Effective
January 1, 2002, the Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement to eliminate any periodic payment options that are not required by the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity rules such as but not limited to installment payments.

  

 47 

	 	(d)	The normal form of payment shall be automatic, unless the Participant files a written request with the Employer prior to the date on which the benefit is automatically payable,
electing another option available under the Plan. 

  

	 	(e)	A Participant whose Vested Account Balance exceeds $5,000 shall (with the consent of his or her spouse, if applicable) have the right to receive his or her benefit in a single lump
sum or in installment payments. Installment payments need not be equal or substantially equal until such time as the individual reaches his or her Required Beginning Date. Installment payments which are intended to be equal or substantially equal
can be made monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually based on any period not extending beyond the Joint and Survivor life expectancy of the Participant and his or her Beneficiary. 

  

	 	(f)	Benefits payable under the Plan may be distributed in cash or in-kind as elected in the Adoption Agreement. 

  

	 	(g)	The Employer may elect on the Adoption Agreement to limit a Participant’s right to receive distributions in the form of marketable securities (other than Employer securities)
and to require distributions in the form of cash only. Only the right to receive a distribution in the form of cash, Employer securities and/or other property that is not marketable is protected. Any such amendment to the Plan will not be effective
until the earlier of ninety (90) days after the date that Plan Participants are provided with the written notice of the Plan amendment in the form of a summary of material modification (SMM) or the first day of the second Plan Year after the
Plan Year in which the amendment is adopted. 

  

	 	(h)	A Plan that permits its Participants to receive in-kind distributions may limit the available in-kind distributions to the investments listed in the Adoption Agreement and only to
the extent the investments are held in the Participant’s account at the time of the distribution. A Plan may be amended to limit the investments which will be distributed in-kind. The amendment must include all investments (other than
marketable securities for which cash may be substituted) that are held in a Participant’s account at the time of the amendment and for which the Plan, prior to such amendment, allowed for distribution of those investments in kind. The right to
an in-kind distribution for investments held at the time of the distribution would only have to be protected to the extent such investment was in the Participant’s account at the time the amendment was adopted or effective, if later. Any such
amendment will not be effective until the earlier of ninety (90) days after the date that Plan Participants are provided with the written notice of the Plan amendment in the form of a summary of material modification (SMM) or the first day of
the second Plan Year after the Plan Year in which the amendment is adopted. 

  

	 	(i)	Promissory notes of Participants may be distributed in-kind pursuant to the Employer’s loan policy document. 

  

	 	(j)	Distribution of benefits payable in the form of installments shall be paid in cash. 

  

	 	(k)	The propriety, amount, and form of any distribution made under the terms of this Plan shall be determined by the Plan Administrator. Upon such determination, the Plan Administrator
shall direct the Trustee or Custodian in writing or by any such other means as expressly agreed upon, to make such a distribution. 

 6.6
Commencement Of Benefits  
  

	 	(a)	Unless the Participant elects otherwise, distribution of benefits will begin no later than the sixtieth day after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the following
events occurs: 

  

	 	(1)	the Participant attains age sixty-five (65) (or Normal Retirement Age if earlier), 

  

 48 

	 	(2)	the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan, or 

  

	 	(3)	the Participant terminates Service with the Employer. 

  

	 	(b)	Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant and Spouse (if necessary) to consent to a distribution while a benefit is immediately distributable within the meaning of
paragraph 6.4 hereof, shall be deemed an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this paragraph. 

  

	 	(c)	If elected in the Adoption Agreement, if a terminating Participant or Employee does not make a timely election with respect to the cash-out distribution pursuant to Code Sections
411(a)(7), 411(a)(11) and 417(e)(1), the Plan Administrator will make a direct rollover into an individual retirement account or annuity (IRA). The Plan Administrator will select the IRA trustee or custodian, establish the IRA account and make the
initial IRA investment selection. 

 6.7 Transitional Rules For Cash-Out Limits This paragraph provides
transitional rules with regard to the cash-out limits for distributions made prior to October 17, 2000. 
  

	 	(a)	Distributions Subject To Code Section 417 - If payments in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity are required with regard to a Participant, the rules
in this sub-paragraph 6.7(a) are substituted for the rule in the first sentence of paragraph 6.4(b). If the value of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance exceeds $5,000 (or at the time of any distribution (1) in Plan Years beginning
before August 6, 1997, exceeded $3,500 or (2) in Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997, exceeded $5,000), and the account balance is immediately distributable, the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse (or where either the
Participant or the Spouse has died, the survivor) must consent to any distribution of such account balance. 

  

	 	(b)	Distributions Not Subject To Code Section 417 - If payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is not required with respect to a Participant,
the rules in this subparagraph 6.7(b) are substituted for the rules in paragraph 6.4(c). 

 If the value of a Participant’s
Vested Account Balance derived from Employer and Employee contributions: 
  

	 	(1)	for Plan Years beginning before August 6, 1997, exceeds $3,500 (or exceeded $3,500 at the time of any prior distribution), 

  

	 	(2)	for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997, exceeds $3,500 (or exceeded $3,500 at the time of any prior distribution), 

  

	 	(3)	for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997 and for a distribution made after March 21, 1999, that either exceeds $5,000 or is a remaining payment under a selected
optional form of payment that exceeded $5,000 at the time the selected payment began, and the account balance is immediately distributable, the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse (or where either the Participant or the Spouse had died,
the survivor) must consent to any distribution of such account balance. 

  

 49 

 6.8 In-Service Withdrawals If elected in the Adoption Agreement, an Employer may elect to permit a
Participant in the Plan to make an in-service withdrawal subject to any limitation(s) specified in the Adoption Agreement. 
  

	 	(a)	An Participant may withdraw all or any part of the fair market value of his or her Voluntary or Required After-tax Contributions as described in Article IV, other than Elective
Deferrals, upon request to the Plan Administrator unless indicated otherwise on the Adoption Agreement. No amount will be forfeited solely as a result of a Participant’s withdrawal of an amount pursuant to this paragraph 6.8. Employee Rollover
and Transfer Contributions and the income allocable to each may be withdrawn at any time unless indicated otherwise on the Adoption Agreement. 

  

	 	(b)	Subject to Article VIII, Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements (if applicable) and pursuant to the Employer’s election in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may be
eligible to withdraw any part of his or her Qualified Voluntary Contribution account by making application to the Plan Administrator. A request to withdraw amounts pursuant to this paragraph must be consented to by the Participant’s Spouse
unless the Plan satisfies the safe harbor under paragraph 8.7 hereof. Spousal consent, if required, shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 6.4 relating to immediate distributions. 

  

	 	(c)	A Participant may withdraw all or any part of the fair market value of his or her pre-1987 Voluntary Contributions with or without withdrawing the earnings attributable thereto.
Post-1986 Voluntary Contributions may only be withdrawn along with a portion of the earnings thereon. The amount of the earnings to be withdrawn is determined by using the formula: DA [1- (V ÷ V+E)], where DA is the distribution amount, V is
the amount of Voluntary Contributions and V+E is the amount of Voluntary Contributions plus the earnings attributable thereto. The aggregate value of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance derived from Employer and Employee contributions
(including Rollovers), whether vested before or upon death, includes the proceeds of insurance contracts, if any, on the Participant’s life. The provisions of this Article shall apply to a Participant who is vested in amounts attributable to
Employer contributions, Employee contributions (or both) at the time of death or distribution. 

  

	 	(d)	Under a Profit Sharing Plan to the extent that the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement, one of the following conditions is required to withdraw all or any part of the vested
Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and discretionary contributions. 

  

	 	(1)	An Employee who has been a Participant in the Plan for at least five (5) years may, prior to separating from Service with the Employer, elect to withdraw all or any part of the
vested Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, and discretionary contributions. 

  

	 	(2)	An Employee who has been a Participant in the Plan for at least two (2) years may, prior to separating from Service with the Employer, elect to withdraw all or any part of the
vested Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and discretionary contributions. 

  

	 	 (3)
	 A Participant who had attained age 59 1/2
 may, prior to separation from Service, elect to withdraw all of any part of the vested Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and discretionary contributions. 

  

	 	(e)	Unless otherwise elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, Elective Deferrals, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions, Safe Harbor Matching and Non-Elective Contributions,
and Qualified Matching Contributions, and income allocable to each, are not distributable to a Participant earlier than upon separation from Service, death, or Disability. Such amounts may also be distributed upon: 

  

	 	(1)	termination of the Plan without the establishment of another Defined Contribution Plan other than an employee stock ownership plan [as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)] or a
Simplified Employee Pension Plan [as defined in Code Section 408(k)], or a SIMPLE IRA plan [as defined in Code Section 408(p)], 

  

 50 

	 	(2)	the disposition by a corporation to an unrelated corporation of substantially all of the assets [within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(2)] used in a trade or business of
such corporation if such corporation continues to maintain this Plan after the disposition, but only with respect to Employees who continue employment with the corporation acquiring such assets, 

  

	 	(3)	the disposition by a corporation to an unrelated entity of such corporation’s interest in a subsidiary [within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(3)] if such corporation
continues to maintain this Plan, but only with respect to Employees who continue employment with such subsidiary, 

  

	 	 (4)
	 the attainment of age 59 1/2, or 

  

	 	(5)	the hardship of a Participant as described in paragraph 6.9. 

  

	 	(f)	An in-service withdrawal shall not be eligible for redeposit to the Trust. A withdrawal under this paragraph shall not prohibit such Participant from sharing in any future Employer
contribution he or she would otherwise be eligible to receive. 

  

	 	(g)	Money purchase pension plans and target benefit plans may not allow in-service withdrawals prior to attainment of the Normal Retirement Age as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

  

	 	(h)	Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, to the extent that any optional form of benefit under this Plan permits a distribution prior to the Participant’s
retirement, death, Disability, or separation from Service, and prior to Plan termination, the optional form of benefits is not available with respect to benefits attributable to assets (including the post-transfer earnings thereon) and liabilities
that are transferred within the meaning of Code Section 414(l), to this Plan from a money purchase pension plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) (other than any portion of those assets and liabilities attributable to Voluntary After-tax
Contributions). 

  

	 	 (i)
	 A Participant may withdraw any amount attributable to profit-sharing contributions, Elective Deferrals, Matching
Contributions, Rollover and Transfer Contributions, not in excess of the vested amount of such contributions, if the withdrawal is made after the Participant attains age 59 1/2, as elected in the Adoption Agreement. 

  

	 	(j)	Partially Vested Participants - If a distribution is made at a time when a Participant has a nonforfeitable right to less than 100% of the account balance derived from
Employer contributions and the Participant may increase the nonforfeitable percentage in the account: 

  

	 	(1)	a separate account will be established for the Participant’s interest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and 

  

	 	(2)	at any relevant time the Participant’s nonforfeitable portion of the separate account will be equal to an amount (“X”) determined by the formula:

 X = P [AB + D] - D 
 For purposes of applying the formula: “P” is the nonforfeitable percentage at the relevant time, “AB” is the account balance at the relevant time, “D” is the amount of the distribution. 
  

 51 

 6.9 Hardship Withdrawals If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may request a Hardship
withdrawal as provided in this paragraph. If applicable, Hardship withdrawals are subject to the spousal consent requirements in Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417. A request to withdraw amounts must be consented to by the Participant’s Spouse
unless the Plan satisfies the safe harbor provisions under paragraph 8.7 hereof. Spousal consent, if required, shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 6.4 relating to immediate distributions. 
 If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant shall be permitted to make a Hardship withdrawal of any amount
attributable to the vested portion of Elective Deferral Contributions (and any earnings credited to a Participant’s account as of the later of December 31, 1988, and the end of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989). If
elected in the Adoption Agreement, fully vested profit-sharing contributions, Matching Contributions, Rollover Contributions, Transfer Contributions and the income allocable to each (without regard to attainment of age 59 1/2 or Disability) may be available for Hardship withdrawal if the Participant establishes that an immediate and heavy financial need
exists and the withdrawal is necessary to satisfy such financial need. A Participant may withdraw all or any part of the fair market value of his or her Voluntary or Required After-tax Contributions due to a Hardship upon request to the Plan
Administrator. Such request shall be made in accordance with procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator or his or her designate who shall have sole authority to authorize and direct a Hardship withdrawal pursuant to the following rules: 

  

	 	(a)	Administrative Requirements - A distribution will be considered as necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant only if:

  

	 	(1)	The Participant has obtained all distributions, other than Hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans under all plans maintained by the Employer. 

  

	 	(2)	The Participant’s Elective Deferrals, Voluntary After-tax Contributions and Required After-tax Contributions will be suspended for all plans maintained by the Employer (other
than benefits under Code Section 125 plans) for twelve (12) months after the receipt of the Hardship distribution. 

  

	 	(3)	The distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need described at paragraph (b) including amounts necessary to pay any Federal, state or
local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution. 

  

	 	(4)	All plans maintained by the Employer must provide that a Participant may not make Elective Deferrals for the Participant’s taxable year immediately following the taxable year
of the Hardship distribution in excess of the applicable limit under Code Section 402(g) for such taxable year, less the amount of such Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the taxable year during which the Hardship distribution was
received. 

  

	 	(b)	Exclusive Reasons For Hardship Withdrawal - An immediate and heavy financial need exists when the Hardship withdrawal will be used to pay the following:

  

	 	(1)	expenses incurred or necessary for medical care [described in Code Section 213(d)] of the Participant, his or her Spouse, children and other dependents,

  

	 	(2)	the cost directly related to the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of the principal residence of the Participant, 

  

	 	(3)	payment of tuition and related educational expenses (including but not limited to expenses associated with room and board) for the next twelve (12) months of post-secondary
education for the Participant, his or her Spouse, children or other dependents, or 

  

	 	(4)	the need to prevent eviction of the Participant from, or a foreclosure on the mortgage of, the Participant’s principal residence. 

  

 52 

	 	(c)	If a request for a Hardship withdrawal is approved by the Plan Administrator, funds shall be withdrawn from the contribution sources as elected in the Adoption Agreement unless
provided otherwise by the Plan Administrator in an administrative procedure. Liquidation of a Participant’s assets for the purpose of a Hardship withdrawal will be allocated on a pro-rata basis across all the investment alternatives in a
Participant’s account, unless otherwise provided by administrative procedure or by a directive from the Plan Administrator or by the Plan Participant. 

 6.10 Direct Rollover Of Benefits 
  

	 	(a)	Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Participant’s election under this paragraph, for distributions made on or after
January 1, 1993, a Participant may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan or individual retirement account
specified by the Participant in a Direct Rollover. Any portion of a distribution which is not paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan or individual retirement account shall be distributed to the Participant. For purposes of this paragraph, a
surviving Spouse or a Spouse or former Spouse who is an alternate payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as defined in Code Section 414(p), will be permitted to elect to have any Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an
individual retirement account (IRA) or an individual retirement annuity (IRA) or to another Qualified Plan in which the alternate payee is a participant. 

  

	 	(b)	If the entire Vested Account Balance is not eligible for a Direct Rollover of benefits as described in (a) above, the Participant may either make an elective transfer of the
entire Vested Account Balance pursuant to the procedure described at paragraph 4.5 or a direct rollover of the portion which can be rolled over as described in (a) above and an elective transfer of the rest as described in paragraph 4.5 herein.

  

	 	(c)	After December 31, 2001, the elective transfer of distributable benefits will be available only if the direct rollover provisions of Code Section 401(a)(31) would not be
available to transfer the Participant’s entire Vested Account Balance to the transferee plan. This elective transfer option will only be available in the following circumstances; 

  

	 	(1)	The Plan does not have a single sum distribution option available. The benefits are distributable only in a periodic payment method. 

  

	 	(2)	The distribution includes benefits that are not eligible for rollover treatment, including benefits attributable to After-tax Contributions, required minimum distributions or other
amounts that have previously been included in income. 

  

	 	(d)	Distributions that consist of the Participant’s entire account balance which is entirely eligible for rollover treatment will be transferred as a direct rollover rather than an
elective transfer. 

 6.11 Participant’s Notice In the event that a Participant’s benefit becomes payable under Plan
terms or if a Participant requests distribution of his or her benefit, the Plan Administrator shall provide such Participant with a notice regarding distribution of such benefit. The notice shall describe any Plan related information regarding the
distribution including the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements provided at paragraph 6.4(d), if applicable, the normal and optional forms of payment provided at paragraph 6.5, and the information required in connection with an Eligible Rollover
Distribution. Information in connection with an Eligible Rollover Distribution shall include the right to have the funds transferred directly to another Qualified Plan or individual retirement account, the income tax withholding requirements, the
rollover rules with respect to amounts distributed to the Participant, the default direct rollover provisions of Vested Account Balances greater than $1,000 but less than or equal to $5,000 (any other appropriate information such as the name and
address, and telephone number of the IRA Trustee and information regarding IRA maintenance and withdrawal fees and how the IRA funds will be invested) and the general tax rules which apply to such distributions. Such notice shall be provided to the
Participant within the time period prescribed at paragraph 6.4(d) hereof or, if the safe harbor provisions of paragraph 8.7 are applicable, not less than thirty (30) days prior to the Annuity Starting Date, subject to a waiver period of a
lesser number of days if elected by the 

  

 53 

 
Participant and if applicable, their Spouse. A default direct rollover will occur not less than thirty (30) days and not more than ninety (90) days
after such notice with the explanation of the default direct rollover is provided to the separating Participant. 
 6.12 Assets Transferred From Money
Purchase Pension Plans Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, to the extent that any optional form of benefit under this Plan permits a distribution prior to the Employee’s retirement, death, Disability, or
severance from employment, and prior to Plan termination, the optional form of benefit is not available with respect to benefits attributable to assets (including the associated post-transfer earnings) and liabilities that are transferred, within
the meaning of Code Section 414(l), to this Plan from a money purchase pension plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) (other than any portion of those assets and liabilities attributable to Voluntary After-tax Contributions). 

6.13 Assets Transferred From A Code Section 401(k) Plan If the Plan receives a direct transfer (by merger or otherwise) of Elective Deferrals (or
amounts treated as Elective Deferrals) under a Plan with a Code Section 401(k) arrangement, the distribution restrictions of Code Sections 401(k)(2) and 401(k)(10) continue to apply to those transferred Elective Deferrals. 
  

 54 

 ARTICLE VII 
 DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS 
 7.1 Joint And Survivor Annuity Requirements All distributions made under
the terms of this Plan must comply with the provisions of Article VIII including, if applicable, the safe harbor provisions thereunder. 
 7.2 Minimum
Distribution Requirements All distributions required under this Article shall be determined and made in accordance with the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations issued thereunder, including the
minimum distribution incidental benefit rules found at Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-2. The entire interest of a Participant must be distributed or begin to be distributed no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. Life
expectancy and joint and last survivor life expectancies are computed by using the expected return multiples found in Tables V and VI of Regulations Section 1.72-9. 
 7.3 Limits On Distribution Periods As of the First Distribution Calendar Year, distributions, if not made in a single sum, may only be made over one of the following periods (or a combination thereof):

  

	 	(a)	the life of the Participant, 

  

	 	(b)	the life of the Participant and their Beneficiary, 

  

	 	(c)	a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant, or 

  

	 	(d)	a period certain not extending beyond the joint and last survivor life expectancy of the Participant and their Beneficiary. 

 7.4 Required Distributions On Or After The Required Beginning Date  
  

	 	(a)	If a Participant’s benefit is to be distributed over (i) a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant or the joint life and last survivor
expectancy of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary or (ii) a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, the amount required to be distributed for each calendar year, beginning with distributions for
the First Distribution Calendar Year, must at least equal the sum obtained by dividing the Participant’s benefit by the Applicable Life Expectancy. 

  

	 	(b)	For calendar years beginning before January 1, 1988, if the Participant’s Spouse is not the designated Beneficiary, the method of distribution selected must assure that at
least 50% of the Present Value of the amount available for the distribution is paid within the life expectancy of the Participant. 

  

	 	(c)	For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1989, the amount to be distributed each year beginning with distributions for the First Distribution Calendar Year, shall not be
less than the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Benefit by the lesser of (i) the Applicable Life Expectancy or (ii) if the Participant’s Spouse is not the Beneficiary, the applicable divisor determined from the
table set forth in Q&A-4 of Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-2. Distributions after the death of the Participant shall be distributed using the Applicable Life Expectancy as the relevant divisor without regard to Regulations
Section 1.401(a)(9)-2. 

  

	 	(d)	The minimum distribution required for the Participant’s First Distribution Calendar Year must be made on or before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. The minimum
distribution for other calendar years, including the minimum distribution for the Distribution Calendar Year in which the Participant’s Required Beginning Date occurs, must be made on or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar
Year. 

  

 55 

	 	(e)	If the Participant’s Benefit is distributed in the form of an annuity, distributions thereunder shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)
and the Regulations thereunder. 

  

	 	(f)	Distributions made to a Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be made in accordance with the incidental death benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)
and the Regulations issued thereunder. 

  

	 	(g)	For purposes of determining the amount of the required distribution for each Distribution Calendar Year, the account balance to be used is the account balance determined as of the
last Valuation Date preceding the Distribution Calendar Year. This balance will be increased by the amount of any contributions or forfeitures allocated to the account balance after the Valuation Date in such preceding calendar year. Such balance
will also be decreased by distributions made after the Valuation Date in such preceding Calendar Year. 

  

	 	(h)	For purposes of paragraph 7.4(g), if any portion of the minimum distribution for the First Distribution Calendar Year is made in the second Distribution Calendar Year on or before
the Required Beginning Date, the amount of the minimum distribution made in the second Distribution Calendar Year shall be treated as if it had been made in the immediately preceding Distribution Calendar Year. 

 7.5 Required Beginning Date If this Plan is an amendment or restatement of a Plan which included the provisions of the minimum distribution rules as
in effect prior to the enactment of the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 (SBJPA), the Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement to substitute the minimum distribution rules in effect after the enactment of SBJPA. The Employer, so
electing, must also elect in the Adoption Agreement those transitional rules that shall apply to its Plan. 
  

	 	 (a)
	 The Required Beginning Date for a Participant who is a 5% owner with respect to the Plan Year ending in the calendar
year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2 is the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which
the Participant attains age 70 1/2. Once distributions have begun to a 5% owner under this paragraph, they must continue to be
distributed even if the Participant ceases to be a 5% owner in any subsequent year. 

  

	 	 (b)
	 Unless the Employer has elected to continue to operate the provisions of the minimum required distribution in accordance
with the provisions prior to the enactment of the SBJPA, or if elected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement or by operation of the Plan, the Required Beginning Date for a Participant who is not a 5% owner is no later than the April 1 of the
calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2 or the calendar year in which
the Participant retires. 

  

	 	 (c)
	 If the Employer has elected to continue under the prior provisions of the law, then except as provided below, the
Required Beginning Date is the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which a Participant attains age 70 1/2. 

  

	 	(1)	A Participant who: 

  

	 	(i)	is not a 5% owner, 

  

	 	(ii)	has not had a Separation from Service, 

  

	 	 (iii)
	 had attained age 70 1/2 prior to 1997, and 

  

	 	(iv)	 had previously commenced required minimum distributions under the distribution rules (as then in effect) may elect to discontinue receiving distributions under the
Plan. A Participant who makes such an election to discontinue distributions must establish a new Annuity Starting Date when benefits recommence under the Plan. A married Participant who is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
provisions of 8.9 must obtain spousal consent to discontinue his or her distributions if distributions are in the form of a 

  

 56 

	 	 
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and to recommence benefits in a form other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Any such election will be made
pursuant to the uniform and nondiscriminatory procedures established by the Plan Administrator. 

  

	 	(2)	A Participant who: 

  

	 	(i)	is not a more than 5% owner, and 

  

	 	 (ii)
	 had attained age 70 1/2 in 1997 or in a later year (or attained age 70 1/2 in 1996, but had not commenced required
minimum distributions in 1996) may elect to postpone distribution of the required minimum distributions until the Participant’s Required Beginning Date as established in this paragraph. If a Participant attained age 70 1/2 in 1996, he or she must have elected under this paragraph to postpone distribution by December 31, 1997. If the Participant
attains age 70 1/2 in 1997 or later, he or she must elect to postpone distributions under this paragraph not later than
April 1 of the year following the year in which the Participant attained age 70 1/2. 

  

	 	 (iii)
	 Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who is not a more than 5% owner, has not had a separation from service, and
is currently in benefit payment status because of attainment of age 70 1/2 in 1997 or in a later year (or attained age 70 1/2 in 1996) may elect to discontinue receiving distributions under the Plan and recommence payments by April 1 of the calendar
year in which the Participant retires. A Participant who makes such an election to discontinue distributions must establish a new Annuity Starting Date when benefits recommence under the Plan. A married Participant who is subject to the Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity provisions of paragraph 8.9 must obtain spousal consent to discontinue his or her distributions if distributions are in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and to recommence benefits in the form other than a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Any such election will be made pursuant to the uniform and nondiscriminatory procedures established by the Plan Administrator. 

  

	 	(3)	The Required Beginning Date for a Participant who: 

  

	 	 (i)
	 had attained age 70 1/2 prior to January 1, 1998, and 

  

	 	 (ii)
	 was not a 5% owner at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which the Participant
attained age 66 1/2 or any subsequent Plan Year, is April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
Participant retires. 

  

	 	 (4)
	 Except as provided above, the Required Beginning Date for a Participant who was a 5% owner at any time during the five
(5) Plan Year period ending in the calendar year in which the Participant attained age 70 1/2 is April 1 of the
calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attained age 70 1/2. For a Participant who became a 5% owner
during any Plan Year after the calendar year in which the Participant attained age 70 1/2, the Required Beginning Date is
April 1 of the calendar year in which such subsequent Plan Year ends. 

 For purposes of this Article, the term 5% owner shall have the same meaning as the term is defined under Code Section 416. A Participant is treated as a 5% owner under this paragraph if such Participant is a 5%
owner at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year the Participant attains age 70 1/2. Once
distributions have begun to a 5% owner under this paragraph, they must continue to be distributed even if the Participant ceases to be a 5% owner in a subsequent year. 
  

 57 

 7.6 Transitional Rules  
  

	 	(a)	Notwithstanding the other requirements of this Article and subject to the requirements of Article VIII, Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements, distribution on behalf of any
Employee, including a 5% owner may be made in accordance with all of the following requirements, regardless of when such distribution commences: 

  

	 	(1)	the distribution by the Trust is one which would not have disqualified such Trust under Code Section 401(a)(9) as in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act of
1984, 

  

	 	(2)	the distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution designated by the Participant whose interest in the Trust is being distributed or, if the Participant is deceased, by
a Beneficiary of such Participant, 

  

	 	(3)	such designation was in writing, was signed by the Participant or the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984, 

  

	 	(4)	the Participant had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of December 31, 1983, and 

  

	 	(5)	the method of distribution designated by the Participant or the Beneficiary specifies the time at which distribution will commence, the period over which distributions will be made,
and in the case of any distribution upon the Participant’s death, the Beneficiaries of the Participant listed in order of priority. 

  

	 	(b)	A distribution upon death will not be covered by this transitional rule unless the information in the designation contains the required information described above with respect to
the distributions to be made upon the death of the Participant. 

  

	 	(c)	For any distribution which commences before January 1, 1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the Participant or the Beneficiary to whom such distribution is being
made, will be presumed to have designated the method of distribution under which the distribution is being made, if the method of distribution was specified in writing and the distribution satisfies the requirements in subparagraphs (a)(1) through
(5) above. 

  

	 	(d)	If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution must satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder. If a designation is revoked
subsequent to the date distributions are required to begin, the Plan must distribute by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the revocation occurs the total amount not yet distributed which would have been required to
have been distributed to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder, but for the Code Section 242(b)(2) election of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982. For calendar years beginning after 1988, such
distributions must meet the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements in Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the Income Tax Regulations. Any changes in the designation will be considered to be a revocation of the designation. However, the mere
substitution or addition of another Beneficiary (one not named in the designation) under the designation will not be considered to be a revocation of the designation, so long as such substitution or addition does not alter the period over which
distributions are to be made under the designation, directly or indirectly (for example, by altering the relevant measuring life). In the case in which an amount is transferred or rolled over from one plan to another plan, the rules in Q&A J-2
and Q&A J-3 of the Regulations shall apply. 

 7.7 Designation Of Beneficiary Each Participant shall file a written
designation of Beneficiary with the Plan Administrator upon qualifying for participation in this Plan. Such designation shall remain in force until revoked by the Participant by filing a new Beneficiary designation form with the Employer. A
profit-sharing or 401(k) Plan satisfying the requirements of paragraph 8.7 requires the Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s Spouse, if any, unless such Spouse properly consents otherwise. 
  

 58 

 7.8 Beneficiary  
  

	 	(a)	For purposes of the Plan, a Beneficiary is the person or persons designated as such in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder by the Participant
or by the Participant’s surviving Spouse if the Participant’s surviving Spouse is entitled to receive distributions under the Plan. Such a designation by the Participant’s surviving Spouse, however, shall relate solely to the
distributions to be made under the Plan after the death of both the Participant and the surviving Spouse. A Beneficiary designation shall be communicated to the Plan Administrator on a form or other type of communication acceptable to the Plan
Administrator for use in connection with the Plan, signed by the designating person, and subject to the last sentence of this subparagraph (a), filed with the Plan Administrator in accordance with this paragraph 7.8 not later than thirty
(30) days after the designating person’s death. The form may name individuals, trusts or estates to take upon the contingency of survival and may specify or limit the manner of distribution thereto. In the event a Participant or the
Participant’s surviving Spouse, as the case may be, fails to properly designate a Beneficiary (including, as improper, a designation to which the Participant’s surviving Spouse did not properly consent) or in the event that no properly
designated Beneficiary survives the Participant or the Participant’s surviving Spouse, as applicable, then the Beneficiary of such person shall be his surviving Spouse or, if none, his issue per stirpes or, if no issue, the
Participant’s surviving parents in equal shares, or if no surviving parents, then to the Participant’s estate. 

 The
Beneficiary designation last accepted by the Plan Administrator during the designating person’s lifetime before such distribution is to commence shall be controlling and, whether or not fully dispositive of the vested portion of the account of
the Participant involved, thereupon shall revoke all such forms previously filed by that person. 
  

	 	(b)	Notwithstanding subparagraph (a) of this paragraph 7.8, the designation by a married Participant of any Beneficiary other than the Participant’s Spouse, or the change of
any such Beneficiary to a new Beneficiary other than the Participant’s Spouse, shall not be valid unless made in writing and consented to by the Participant’s Spouse. The Spouse’s consent to such designation must be made in the manner
described in this paragraph 7.8. 

  

	 	(c)	Any Beneficiary designation made and in effect under a Qualified Plan immediately prior to that Plan’s amendment and continuation in the form of this Plan shall be deemed to be
a valid Beneficiary designation filed under this Plan to the extent consistent with this Plan. If such Beneficiary designation was made with respect to a Qualified Plan that permitted the Participant to designate without spousal consent a
Beneficiary to receive 50% of the Participant’s account balance in the event of the Participant’s death, with respect to such Beneficiary designation under this Plan, paragraph 7.8 shall be applied by application of 50% of the vested
portion of the Participant’s account toward the purchase of a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity and the balance of the Participant’s account shall be paid to the designated Beneficiary pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII. In
such event, the amount of Voluntary After-tax Contributions applied to the purchase of the annuity shall be in the same proportion as the Voluntary After-tax Contributions bear to the entire Participant’s account. 

 7.9 Distribution Beginning Before Death This paragraph is applicable only after the Participant’s Required Beginning Date as elected by the Employer
in the Adoption Agreement. If the Participant dies after distribution of his or her interest has begun, the remaining portion of such interest will continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used prior
to the Participant’s death. 
 7.10 Distribution Beginning After Death This paragraph is applicable before the Participant’s Required
Beginning Date as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, even if distributions have commenced from the Plan. If the Participant dies before distribution of his or her interest begins, distribution of the Participant’s entire
interest shall be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death, except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in accordance with (a) or
(b) below: 
  

	 	(a)	if any portion of the Participant’s interest is payable to a Beneficiary, distributions may be made over the life or over a period certain not greater than the life expectancy
of the Beneficiary commencing on or before December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died; 

  

 59 

	 	 (b)
	 if the Beneficiary is the Participant’s surviving Spouse, the date distributions are required to begin in
accordance with (a) above shall not be earlier than the later of (i) December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died or (ii) December 31 of the calendar year in which
the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2. 

 If the Participant has not made an election pursuant to this paragraph 7.10 by the time of his or her death, the Participant’s Beneficiary must elect the method of
distribution no later than the earlier of (i) December 31 of the calendar year in which distributions would be required to begin under this section, or (ii) December 31 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of
the date of death of the Participant. If the Participant has no Beneficiary, or if the Beneficiary does not elect a method of distribution, then distribution of the Participant’s entire interest must be completed by December 31 of the
calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. If the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before payments to such Spouse begin, the provisions of this paragraph with the exception of subparagraph
(b) herein, shall be applied as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant. For the purposes of this paragraph and paragraph 7.9, distribution of a Participant’s interest is considered to begin on the Participant’s Required
Beginning Date (or, if the preceding sentence is applicable, the date distribution is required to begin to the Surviving Spouse). If distribution in the form of an annuity described in paragraph 7.4(d) irrevocably commences to the Participant before
the Required Beginning Date, the date distribution is considered to begin is the date distribution actually commences. 
 7.11 Distribution Of Excess
Elective Deferrals  
  

	 	(a)	No Participant shall be permitted to defer under this Plan with respect to a calendar year more than the maximum dollar amount permitted under Code Section 402(g), as indexed,
for such calendar year. If a Participant defers more than the maximum allowed due to mistake of fact, such Excess Elective Deferrals shall be distributed to the Participant no later than April 15 following the calendar year to which the excess
is attributable. If a Participant who participates in this Plan and in another plan which permits Elective Deferrals defers more than the Code Section 402(g) maximum, such Participant shall have the right to notify one or both plans by
March 1 of the calendar year following the year to which the excess is attributable requesting a distribution of the Excess Elective Deferral. A Participant is deemed to notify the Plan Administrator of any Excess Elective Deferrals that arise
by taking into account only those Elective Deferrals made to the Plan of the Employer. If distribution is requested, the applicable plan(s) shall make distribution of the Excess Elective Deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss allocable
thereto, no later than April 15 following the calendar year to which the excess is attributable. Excess Elective Deferrals which are distributed on a timely basis shall not be considered Annual Additions for the Limitation Year during which
such amounts are deferred. 

  

	 	 (b)
	 Excess Elective Deferrals shall be adjusted for any income or loss up to the date of distribution. The income or loss
allocable to Excess Elective Deferrals is the sum of (1) income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Elective Deferral account for the taxable year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant’s Excess
Elective Deferrals for the year and the denominator is the Participant’s account balance attributable to Elective Deferrals without regard to any income or loss occurring during such taxable year; and (2) ten percent (10%) of the
amount determined under (1) multiplied by the number of whole calendar months between the end of the Participant’s taxable year and the date of the distribution, counting the month of the distribution if the distribution occurs after the
fifteenth (15th) of such month. 

  

	 	(c)	The amount a Participant receives as a distribution of his or her Excess Elective Deferrals is includible in income with respect to the taxable year to which the excess is
attributable. 

  

 60 

	 	(d)	Any income attributable to the Excess Elective Deferrals determined in (b) above shall be includible in income with respect to the taxable year in which the excess is
distributed. 

 7.12 Distribution Of Excess Contributions  
  

	 	 (a)
	 Excess Contributions plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed to affected Participants
no later than the last day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year to which the Excess Contributions are attributable. Excess Contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest amounts of Employer contributions taken
into account in calculating the ADP Test for the year in which the excess arose beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such Employer contributions and continuing in descending order until all the Excess
Contributions have been allocated. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the “largest amount” is determined after distribution of any Excess Contributions. If such Excess Contributions are distributed more than two and one-half (2 1/2) months after the last day of the Plan Year to which the Excess Contributions are attributable, a 10% excise tax will be
imposed on the Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to the principal amount of the excess. 

  

	 	(b)	Excess Contributions, including any amount recharacterized as a Voluntary After-tax Contribution, shall be treated as Annual Additions with respect to the Plan Year to which the
excess is attributable. 

  

	 	 (c)
	 Excess Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss up to the date of distribution. The income or loss
allocable to Excess Contributions allocated to each Participant is the sum of (1) income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Elective Deferral account (and, if applicable, the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account or the Qualified
Matching Contribution Account or both) for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant’s Excess Contributions for the year and the denominator is the Participant’s account balance attributable to
Elective Deferrals (and Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if any of such contributions are included in the ADP test) without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year; and
(2) ten percent (10%) of the amount determined under (1) multiplied by the number of whole calendar months between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution, counting the month of distribution if the distribution occurs
after the fifteenth (15th) of such month. 

  

	 	(d)	Excess Contributions shall be distributed from the Participant’s Elective Deferral account and Qualified Matching Contribution account (if applicable) in proportion to the
Participant’s Elective Deferrals and Qualified Matching Contributions (to the extent used in the ADP Test) for the test year. Excess Contributions shall be distributed from the Participant’s Qualified Non-Elective Contribution account only
to the extent that such Excess Contributions exceed the Participant’s Elective Deferrals and Qualified Matching Contributions account for the applicable test year. 

  

	 	(e)	The return of an Excess Contribution under a Plan established under a Davis-Bacon Adoption Agreement will be reported as additional wages paid to the affected Participant.

 7.13 Distribution Of Excess Aggregate Contributions  
  

	 	(a)	Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited, if forfeitable or if not
forfeitable, distributed no later than the last day of each Plan Year to Participants to whose accounts such Excess Aggregate Contributions were allocated for the preceding Plan Year. Excess Aggregate Contributions are allocated to the Highly
Compensated Employees with the largest Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in calculating the ACP test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such Contribution
Percentage and continuing in descending order until all the Excess Aggregate Contributions have been allocated. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the “largest amount” is determined after distribution of any Excess Aggregate
Contributions. 

  

 61 

	 	 (b)
	 If such Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed more than two and one-half (2 1
/2) months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amount arose, a 10% excise tax will be imposed on the Employer maintaining the Plan
with respect to those amounts. Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions for purposes of Article X, Limitations On Allocations. 

  

	 	 (c)
	 Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss up to the date of the distribution. The income
or loss allocable to the Excess Aggregate Contributions allocated to each Participant is the sum of (1) income or loss allocable to each Participant’s Employee Contribution account, Matching Contribution account, Qualified Matching
Contribution account (if any, and if all amounts therein are not used in the ADP test) and, if applicable, Qualified Nonelective Contribution account and the Elective Deferral account of the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which
is such Participant’s Excess Aggregate Contributions for the year end the denominator is the Participant’s account balance(s) attributable to Contribution Percentage amounts without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan
Year; and (2) ten percent (10%) of the amount determined under (1) multiplied by the number of whole calendar months between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution, counting the month of distribution if distribution
occurs after the fifteenth (15th) of such month. 

  

	 	(d)	Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be forfeited if forfeitable, or distributed on a pro-rata basis, from the Participant’s Voluntary After-tax Contribution account, Required
After-tax Contribution account, Matching Contribution account and Qualified Matching Contribution account (and if applicable the Participant’s Qualified Matching Contribution account, and/or Elective Deferral account, or both).

  

	 	(e)	Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions may be reallocated to the accounts of other Participants or applied to reduce Employer contributions, or as otherwise elected by the
Employer in the Adoption Agreement. 

 7.14 Distributions To Minors And Individuals Who Are Legally Incompetent Benefits payable
to either a minor or an individual who has been declared legally incompetent shall be paid, at the direction of the conservator appointed either under a court order or applicable state law which permits such an individual to be a guardian for the
benefit of said minor or incompetent. 
 7.15 Unclaimed Benefits 
  

	 	(a)	If elected on the Adoption Agreement, the default form of payment will be a direct rollover into an individual retirement account or annuity for any cash out distribution of amounts
greater than $1,000 but less than or equal to $5,000 made pursuant to Code Sections 411(a)(7), 411(a)(11) and 417(e)(1). If an individual retirement account or annuity is established, no amounts contributed to these accounts may be forfeited under
the Plan. 

  

	 	(b)	The Plan Administrator shall notify Participants or Beneficiaries by certified or registered mail sent to his or her last known address of record with the Employer when their
benefits become distributable as provided at paragraph 6.11 hereof. If a Participant or Beneficiary does not respond to the notice within ninety (90) days of the date of the notice, the Plan Administrator may take reasonable steps to locate the
Participant or Beneficiary including, but not limited to, requesting assistance from the Employer, Employees, Social Security Administration and/or the Internal Revenue Service. 

  

	 	(c)	If the Participant cannot be located after a period of twelve (12) months, or such other period determined in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner by the Plan Administrator,
the Plan Administrator shall treat the benefit as a forfeiture pursuant to paragraph 9.8. The forfeiture provisions of this subparagraph 7.15(c) apply only to the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s account balance which is less than $5,000. If
the Employer does not make a contribution for the Plan Year during which the forfeiture takes place, such amount shall first be applied to pay Plan expenses and, if there are no such expenses, it shall then be allocated to eligible Participant
accounts as if the amount were the Employer’s contribution for such Plan Year. 

  

 62 

	 	(d)	If a Participant or Beneficiary later makes a claim for such benefit, the Plan Administrator shall validate such claim and provide the Participant or Beneficiary with all notices
and other information necessary for the Participant or Beneficiary to perfect the claim. If the Plan Administrator validates the claim for benefits, the Participant’s account balance shall be restored to the benefit amount treated as a
forfeiture. Such benefit shall not be adjusted for investment earnings or losses during the period beginning on the date of forfeiture and ending on the date of restoration. The funds necessary to restore the Participant’s account will first be
taken from amounts eligible for reallocation or other disposition as forfeitures with respect to the Plan Year. If such funds do not exist or if such funds are insufficient, the Employer will make a contribution prior to the date on which the
benefit is payable to restore such Participant’s account. Such benefit shall be paid or commence to be paid in the same manner as if the benefit was eligible for distribution on the date the claim for benefit is validated.

  

	 	(e)	The Plan Administrator shall follow the same procedure in locating and subsequently treating as a forfeiture the benefit of a Participant or Beneficiary whose benefit has been
properly paid under Plan terms but where the Participant or Beneficiary has not negotiated the benefit check(s). 

  

	 	(f)	Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator in his discretion may establish alternative procedures for locating and administering the benefits of missing Plan
Participants. 

  

 63 

 ARTICLE VIII 
 JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS 
 8.1 Applicability Of Provisions The provisions of this
Article shall apply to any Participant who is credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service with the Employer and such other Participants as provided in paragraph 8.8. 
 8.2 Payment Of Qualified Joint And Survivor Annuity Unless an optional form of benefit is selected pursuant to a Qualified Election within the ninety (90) day period ending on the Annuity Starting
Date, a Participant’s Vested Account Balance will be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. For this purpose, a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity with respect to an unmarried Participant’s Vested Account Balance
will be paid in the form of a straight life annuity. A straight life annuity means an annuity payable in equal installments for the life of the Participant that terminates upon the Participant’s death. The Participant may elect to have such
annuity distributed upon attainment of the Early Retirement Age under the Plan, if any. 
 8.3 Payment Of Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor
Annuity Unless an optional form of benefit has been elected within the Election Period pursuant to a Qualified Election, if a Participant dies before benefits have commenced then the Participant’s Vested Account Balance shall be paid in
the form of a life annuity for the life of the surviving Spouse. The surviving Spouse may elect to have such annuity distributed within a reasonable period after the Participant’s death. If no election has been made within the Election Period
prior to the Participant’s death, the surviving Spouse shall have the right to select an optional form of benefit after the Participant’s death. Such election will only be permitted if the surviving Spouse is provided with a notice similar
to that required under paragraph 8.5 except that the notice will be modified to explain a life annuity rather than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. 
 A Participant who does not meet the age thirty-five (35) requirement set forth in the Election Period as of the end of any current Plan Year may make a special qualified election to waive the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity
for the period beginning on the date of such election and ending on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant will attain age thirty-five (35). Such election shall not be valid unless the Participant receives a written explanation of
the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity in such terms as are comparable to the explanation required under paragraph 8.5. Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity coverage will be automatically reinstated as of the first day of the Plan Year
in which the Participant attains age thirty-five (35). Any new waiver on or after such date shall be subject to the full requirements of this Article. 
 8.4
Qualified Election A Qualified Election is an election to either waive a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. Any such election shall not be effective unless: 
  

	 	(a)	the Participant’s Spouse consents in writing to the election, 

  

	 	(b)	the election designates a specific Beneficiary, including any class of Beneficiaries or any contingent Beneficiaries, which may not be changed without spousal consent unless the
Spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any further spousal consent, 

  

	 	(c)	the Spouse’s consent acknowledges the effect of the election, and 

  

	 	(d)	the Spouse’s consent is witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public. 

 A Participant’s waiver of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall not be effective unless the election designates a form of benefit payment which may not be changed without spousal consent unless the Spouse expressly permits
designations by the Participant without any further spousal consent. If it is established to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that the Participant is unmarried or that the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a Qualified
Election. Any consent by a Spouse obtained under this provision (or establishment that the consent of a Spouse cannot be obtained) shall be effective only with respect to such Spouse. A consent that permits designations by the Participant without
any requirement of further consent by such Spouse must acknowledge that the Spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary, and a specific form of benefit 

  

 64 

 
where applicable, and that the Spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of such rights. A revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a
Participant without the consent of the Spouse at any time before the commencement of benefits. The number of revocations shall not be limited. No consent obtained under this provision shall be valid unless the Participant has received notice as
provided in paragraphs 8.5 and 8.6 below. 
 8.5 Notice Requirements For Qualified Joint And Survivor Annuity In the case of a Qualified Joint
and Survivor Annuity, the Plan Administrator shall, no less than thirty (30) days and no more than ninety (90) days prior to the Annuity Starting Date, provide each Participant a written explanation of: 
  

	 	(a)	the terms and conditions of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, 

  

	 	(b)	the Participant’s right to make and the effect of an election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit, 

  

	 	(c)	the rights of a Participant’s Spouse, and 

  

	 	(d)	the right to make and the effect of a revocation of a previous election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. 

 The Annuity Starting Date may be less than thirty (30) days after and may be before receipt of the written explanation described in the preceding paragraph provided
that: 
  

	 	(e)	the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse that they have a right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after receiving the
notice to consider the decision of whether to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect (with spousal consent) a form of distribution other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; and 

  

	 	(f)	the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until the Annuity Starting Date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration to the seven
(7) day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant. 

 8.6 Notice Requirements For Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity In the case of a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity as described in paragraph 8.3, the Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant within the
applicable period for such Participant a written explanation of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity in such terms and in such manner as would be comparable to the explanation provided for meeting the requirements of paragraph 8.5
applicable to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. The applicable period for a Participant is whichever of the following periods ends at the latest date: 
  

	 	(a)	the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age thirty-two (32) and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year
in which the Participant attains age thirty-five (35), 

  

	 	(b)	a reasonable period ending after the individual becomes a Participant, or 

  

	 	(c)	a reasonable period ending after this article first applies to the Participant. 

  

	 	(d)	Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice must be provided within a reasonable period ending after separation from Service in the case of a Participant who separates from Service before
attaining age thirty-five (35). If such a Participant subsequently returns to employment with the Employer, the applicable period for such Participant shall be redetermined. 

  

 65 

 For purposes of applying the preceding paragraph, a reasonable period ending after the events described in (b) and
(c) is the end of the two (2) year period beginning one (1) year prior to the date the applicable event occurs, and ending one (1) year after that date. In the case of a Participant who separates form Service before the Plan Year
in which age thirty-five (35) is attained, notice shall be provided within the two (2) year period beginning one (1) year prior to separation and ending one (1) year after separation. 
 8.7 Special Safe Harbor Exception For Certain Profit-Sharing Or 401(k) Plans This paragraph shall apply to a Participant in a profit-sharing or 401(k)
plan, and to any distribution, made on or after the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after 1988, from or under a separate account attributable solely to Qualified Voluntary Contributions, as maintained on behalf of a Participant in a money
purchase pension plan or target benefit plan, if the following conditions are satisfied: 
  

	 	(a)	the Participant does not elect payments in the form of a life annuity, and 

  

	 	(b)	on the death of a Participant, the Participant’s Vested Account Balance will be paid to the Participant’s Surviving Spouse, but if there is no surviving Spouse, or if the
Surviving Spouse has consented to, in a manner conforming to a Qualified Election, then to the Participant’s Beneficiary. 

  

	 	(c)	The surviving Spouse may elect to have distribution of the Vested Account Balance commence within the ninety (90) day period following the date of the Participant’s death.
The account balance shall be adjusted for gains or losses occurring after the Participant’s death in accordance with the provisions of the Plan governing the adjustment of account balances for other types of distributions.

  

	 	(d)	If a Plan is otherwise exempt from the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements, the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements are not triggered unless the
Participant in the Plan actually elects a life annuity as a distribution option. 

  

	 	(e)	These safe harbor rules shall not be applicable to a Participant in a profit-sharing or 401(k) plan if the Plan is the recipient of a merger of assets from a plan which was subject
to the survivor annuity requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417, and would therefore have a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity as its normal form of benefit, unless separate accounts or separate accounting was monitored for the assets of
the merged plan. 

  

	 	(f)	Money purchase and target benefit plans are required to include the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity option. These Plans may eliminate any periodic payment options that are not
required by the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity rules such as installment payments. 

  

	 	(g)	The Participant may waive the spousal death benefit described in this paragraph at any time provided that no such waiver shall be effective unless it satisfies the conditions
(described in paragraph 8.4) that would apply to the Participant’s waiver of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. 

  

	 	(h)	Profit Sharing Plans satisfying all of the requirements of this paragraph for a Participant such that the Plan is not required to provide a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity for
the Participant, but that do provide such annuity (even if the annuity is the normal form), may replace the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity with payment in a single-sum distribution form that is otherwise identical to such annuity in accordance
with the requirements under the Regulations Section 1.411(d)-4. 

  

	 	(i)	If this paragraph 8.7 is operative, then all other provisions of this Article VIII other than paragraph 8.8 are inoperative. 

  

 66 

 8.8 Transitional Joint And Survivor Annuity Rules Special transitional rules apply to Participants who were
not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984. 
  

	 	(a)	Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who would otherwise not receive the benefits prescribed by the previous paragraphs of this Article, must be
given the opportunity to elect to have the prior paragraphs of this Article apply if such Participant is credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor Plan in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1,
1976, and such Participant had at least ten (10) Years of Service for vesting purposes when he or she separated from Service. 

  

	 	(b)	Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who was credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan on or after
September 2, 1974, and who is not otherwise credited with any Service in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, must be given the opportunity to have his or her benefits paid in accordance with paragraph 8.9.

  

	 	(c)	The respective opportunities to elect [as described in (a) and (b) above] must be afforded to the appropriate Participants during the period commencing on August 23,
1984, and ending on the date benefits would otherwise commence to said Participants. 

 8.9 Automatic Joint And Survivor Annuity And
Early Survivor Annuity Any Participant who has elected pursuant to paragraph 8.8(b) and any Participant who does not elect under paragraph 8.8(a) or who meets the requirements of paragraph 8.8(a), except that such Participant does not have
at least ten (10) years of vesting Service when he or she separates from Service, shall have his or her benefits distributed in accordance with all of the following requirements if benefits would have been payable in the form of a life annuity
in accordance with all of the following requirements: 
  

	 	(a)	If benefits in the form of a life annuity become payable to a married Participant who: 

  

	 	(1)	begins to receive payments under the Plan on or after Normal Retirement Age, or 

  

	 	(2)	dies on or after Normal Retirement Age while still working for the Employer, or 

  

	 	(3)	begins to receive payments on or after the Qualified Early Retirement Age, or 

  

	 	(4)	separates from Service on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age (or the Qualified Early Retirement Age) and after satisfying the eligibility requirements for the payment of
benefits under the Plan and thereafter dies before beginning to receive such benefits, such benefits will be received under this Plan in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, unless the Participant has elected otherwise during the
Election Period. The Election Period must begin at least six (6) months before the Participant attains Qualified Early Retirement Age and end not more than ninety (90) days before the commencement of benefits. Any election will be in
writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time. 

  

	 	(b)	A Participant who is employed after attaining the Qualified Early Retirement Age will be given the opportunity to elect, during the Election Period, to have a survivor annuity
payable on death. If the Participant elects the survivor annuity, payments under such annuity must not be less than the payments which would have been made to the Spouse under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity if the Participant had retired
on the day before his or her death. Any election under this provision will be in writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time. The Election Period begins on the later of: 

  

	 	(1)	the ninetieth day before the Participant attains the Qualified Early Retirement Age, or 

  

 67 

	 	(2)	the date on which participation begins, and ends on the date the Participant terminates employment. 

 For purposes of this paragraph 8.9, Qualified Early Retirement Age is defined at paragraph 1.80 herein. 
 8.10 Annuity
Contracts Any annuity contract distributed under this Plan must be nontransferable. The terms of any annuity contract purchased and distributed by the Plan to a Participant or Spouse shall comply with the requirements of this Plan.

  

 68 

 ARTICLE IX 
 VESTING 
 9.1 Employee Contributions A Participant shall always have a 100% vested and nonforfeitable
interest in his or her Elective Deferrals, Voluntary After-tax Contributions, Qualified Voluntary Contributions, Required After-tax Contributions, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions, Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contributions, SIMPLE 401(k), Qualified Matching Contributions, Rollover and Transfer Contributions plus the earnings thereon. No forfeiture of Employer contributions (including any minimum contributions made under paragraph 15.2) will occur solely
as a result of a Participant’s withdrawal of any Employee contributions. 
 9.2 Employer Contributions A Participant shall acquire a
vested and nonforfeitable interest in his or her account attributable to Employer contributions in accordance with the schedule selected in the Adoption Agreement, provided that if a Participant is not already fully vested, he or she shall become so
upon attaining Normal Retirement Age, Early Retirement Age, on death prior to normal retirement (provided the Participant has not terminated employment prior to death), on retirement due to Disability, or on termination of the Plan. Any
contributions made on behalf of a Participant with a Disability within the meaning of Code Section 22(e)(3) at the election of the Employer must be fully vested when made. 
 9.3 Vesting Of Employer Contributions In A SIMPLE 401(k) Plan A Participant shall have a 100% vested and nonforfeitable interest in his or her account attributable to any Employer
contributions made under a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan.  
 9.4 Computation Period A period used for determining Years of Service and Breaks in
Service used in calculating the vesting of a Participant. A Year of Service means any twelve (12) consecutive month vesting computation period as elected in the Adoption Agreement during which an Employee completes the number of Hours of
Service [not to exceed one-thousand (1,000)] as specified in the Adoption Agreement. If the Plan utilizes the Elapsed Time method of crediting Service, a vesting computation period for which the Employee receives credit for a Year of Service will be
determined under the Service crediting rules of paragraph 1.117. 
 9.5 Requalification Prior To Five Consecutive One-Year Breaks In Service
Subject to Article VI, the account balance of a Participant who is re-employed prior to incurring five (5) consecutive one (1) year Breaks in Service or Periods of Severance shall consist of any undistributed amount in his or her account
as of the date of re-employment plus any future contributions added to such account plus the investment earnings on the account. The Vested Account Balance of such Participant shall be determined by multiplying the Participant’s account balance
(adjusted to include any distribution or redeposit made under paragraph 6.3) by such Participant’s vested percentage. All Service of the Participant, both prior to and following the break, shall be counted when computing the Participant’s
vested percentage. 
 9.6 Requalification After Five Consecutive One-Year Breaks In Service Subject to Article VI, if a Participant was not
fully vested prior to termination of employment and is re-employed after incurring five (5) consecutive one (1) year Breaks in Service or Periods of Severance, a new account shall be established for such Participant to separate his or her
deferred vested and nonforfeitable account, if any, from the account to which new allocations will be made. The Participant’s deferred account to the extent remaining shall be fully vested and shall continue to share in earnings and losses of
the Trust. When computing the Participant’s vested portion of the new account, all pre-break and post-break Service shall be counted. However, notwithstanding this provision, no such former Participant who has had five (5) consecutive one
(1) year Breaks in Service or Periods of Severance shall acquire a larger vested and nonforfeitable interest in his or her prior account balance as a result of requalification hereunder. 
 9.7 Calculating Vested Interest A Participant’s vested and nonforfeitable interest, as determined by the Plan Administrator shall be calculated by
multiplying the fair market value of his or her account attributable to Employer contributions on the Valuation Date concurrent with or preceding distribution by the decimal equivalent of the vested percentage as of his or her termination date. The
amount attributable to Employer contributions for purposes of the calculation includes amounts previously paid out pursuant to paragraph 6.3 and not repaid. The Participant’s vested and nonforfeitable interest, once calculated above, shall be
reduced to reflect those amounts previously paid out to the Participant and not repaid by the Participant. The Participant’s vested and nonforfeitable interest so determined shall continue to share in the investment earnings and any increase or
decrease in the fair market value of the Trust up to the Valuation Date preceding or coinciding with payment. 
  

 69 

 9.8 Forfeitures Any balance in the account of a Participant who has separated from Service to which he or
she is not entitled under the foregoing provisions, shall be forfeited and applied as provided in the Adoption Agreement, or in accordance with a uniform and nondiscriminatory policy established by the Plan Administrator. The reallocation or other
disposition of a nonvested benefit may only occur if the Participant has received payment of his or her entire vested benefit from the Plan or if the Participant has incurred five (5) consecutive one (1) year Breaks in Service. To the
extent that forfeitures are reallocated, in the year in which the Participant terminates Service, a Participant shall not share in the allocation of a forfeiture of any portion of his account balance or of the forfeitures of any other Participant
who has terminated Service in the same or prior Plan Year(s). While awaiting reallocation or other disposition, the Plan Administrator or his designate, if applicable, shall have the right to leave the nonvested benefit in the Participant’s
account or may transfer the nonvested benefit to a forfeiture suspense account. Amounts held in a forfeiture suspense account may share in any increase or decrease in fair market value of the assets of the Trust in accordance with Article V of the
Plan. Such determination shall be made by the Plan Administrator or his designate, if applicable. If a Participant’s account balance is forfeited prior to five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, the amount necessary to restore the account
balance to a Participant will be obtained from one of the following sources; current Plan Year’s forfeitures, an additional Employer contribution, or earnings on investments for the applicable Plan Year, as determined by the Plan Administrator.
For purposes of this paragraph, if the value of a Participant’s Vested Account Balance is zero, the Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such Vested Account Balance. A Highly Compensated Employee’s Matching
Contributions may be forfeited, even if vested, if the contributions to which they relate are Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions. Benefits with respect to Participants who cannot be located as provided at
paragraph 7.15 hereof will be treated in the same manner as a forfeiture. 
 9.9 Amendment Of Vesting Schedule No amendment to the Plan shall
have the effect of decreasing a Participant’s Vested Account Balance determined without regard to such amendment as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective. Further, if the vesting schedule of the
Plan is amended, or the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of any Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage or if the Plan is deemed amended by an automatic change to or from a Top-Heavy vesting
schedule, each Participant with at least three (3) Years of Service with the Employer may elect, during the election period defined herein, to have his or her nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.
For Participants who do not have at least one (1) Hour of Service in any Plan Year beginning after 1988, the preceding sentence shall be applied by substituting “five (5) Years of Service” for “three (3) Years of
Service” where such language appears. The period during which the election may be made shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted and shall end on the later of: 
  

	 	(a)	sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted, 

  

	 	(b)	sixty (60) days after the amendment becomes effective, or 

  

	 	(c)	sixty (60) days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or the Trustee. 

 If the Trustee notifies the Participants involved, the Plan may be charged for the costs thereof. 
 No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the extent that it has the effect of decreasing a Participant’s accrued benefit. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Participant’s account balance may be
reduced to the extent permitted under Code Section 412(c)(8) relating to financial hardships. For purposes of this paragraph, a Plan amendment which has the effect of decreasing a Participant’s account balance with respect to benefits
attributable to Service before the amendment, shall be treated as reducing an accrued benefit. 
 Furthermore, if the vesting schedule of a Plan is amended,
in the case of an Employee who is a Participant as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective, the nonforfeitable percentage (determined as of such date) of such Employee’s Employer-derived accrued
benefit will not be less than the percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment. 
  

 70 

 No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to eliminate or restrict an optional form of benefit. The preceding sentence
shall not apply to a Plan amendment that eliminates or restricts the ability of a Participant to receive payment of his or her account balance under a particular form of benefit if the amendment satisfies the conditions in (d) or
(e) below: 
  

	 	(d)	The amendment provides a single sum distribution form that is otherwise identical to the optional form of benefit restricted. For purposes of this condition, a single-sum
distribution form is otherwise identical only if it is identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted optional form of benefit (or would be identical except that it provides greater rights to the Participant) except with respect to the
timing of payments after commencement. 

  

	 	 (e)
	 The amendment is not effective unless it provides that the amendment shall not apply to any distribution with an Annuity
Starting Date earlier than the earlier of (i) the ninetieth (90th) day after the date the Participant receiving the distribution has been
furnished a summary that reflects the amendment and that satisfies the ERISA requirements at 29 CFR 2520.104b-3 relating to a summary of material modifications or (ii) the first day of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the
amendment is adopted. 

 9.10 Service With Controlled Groups All Years of Service with all members of a controlled group of
corporations [as defined in Code Section 414(b) as modified by Code Section 415(h)], all commonly controlled trades or businesses [as defined in Code Section 414(c) as modified by Code Section 415(h)], or members of an affiliated
service group [as defined in Code Section 414(m)] of which the Employer is a part, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Regulations under Code Section 414(o), shall be considered for purposes of
determining a Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage. 
 9.11 Compliance With Uniformed Services Employment And Reemployment Rights
Act Of 1994 Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, Years of Service for vesting will be credited to Participants with respect to periods of qualified military service as provided in Code Section 414(u). 

  

 71 

 ARTICLE X 
 LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS 
 10.1 Participation In This Plan Only If the Participant does not
participate in and has never participated in another Qualified Plan, a Welfare Benefit Fund, individual medical account as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2), or a Simplified Employee Pension Plan maintained by the adopting Employer, which
provides an Annual Addition, the amount of Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant’s account for any Limitation Year will not exceed the lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount or any other limitation contained in this Plan.
If the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s account would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, the amount contributed or allocated
will be reduced so that the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount. Prior to determining the Participant’s actual Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum
Permissible Amount for a Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimate of the Participant’s Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated. As soon as is administratively feasible after
the end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual Compensation for the Limitation Year. 
 10.2 Disposition Of Excess Annual Additions If there is an Excess Annual Addition due to an error in estimating a Participant’s Compensation for a
Limitation Year under paragraph 10.1, an error in estimating the amount of Elective Deferrals of the Participant, or as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, the excess will be distributed to the affected Participant in the order which follows:

  

	 	(a)	Any Voluntary or Required After-tax Contributions plus the investment earnings thereon, to the extent they would reduce the excess, shall be returned to the Participant.

  

	 	(b)	Simultaneously, with the return of any Voluntary or Required After-tax Contributions (plus attributable earnings), any associated Employer Matching Contribution(s) plus the
investment earnings thereon that relate to the returned Voluntary or Required After-tax Contributions, to the extent they would reduce the excess, will be held either unallocated in a suspense account or forfeited in accordance with the
“spillover method” as elected in the Adoption Agreement. 

  

	 	(c)	Elective Deferrals plus the investment earnings thereon shall be returned to the Participant to the extent they would reduce the excess. 

  

	 	(d)	Simultaneously with the return of the Elective Deferrals (plus attributable earnings), any associated Employer Matching Contribution(s) plus the investment earnings thereon that
relate to the returned Elective Deferrals, to the extent they would reduce the excess, will be either held unallocated in a suspense account or forfeited in accordance with the “spillover method” as elected in the Adoption Agreement.

  

	 	(e)	If, after the application of subparagraphs (a) through (d), an excess still exists, the excess will be held either unallocated in a suspense account or forfeited in accordance
with the “spillover method” as elected in the Adoption Agreement. 

  

	 	(f)	When the suspense account method is used, and the Participant is not covered by the Plan at the end of the Limitation Year, the Plan Administrator will apply the suspense account to
reduce future Employer contributions for all remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year until the Excess Annual Addition is eliminated. If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a
Limitation Year, all amounts in the suspense account must be allocated to Participant accounts before any Employer contributions or any Employee contributions may be made to the Plan for that Limitation Year. If a suspense account is in existence at
any time during a Limitation Year pursuant to this paragraph, it will not participate in the allocation of investment gains or losses. 

  

 72 

 10.3 Participation In Multiple Defined Contribution Plans The Annual Additions which may be credited to a
Participant’s account under this Plan for any Limitation Year will not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount. With respect to this Plan, the Maximum Permissible Amount is reduced by the Annual Additions credited to a Participant’s account
under any other qualified Master or Prototype Defined Contribution plans, Welfare Benefit funds, individual medical accounts as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2), and Simplified Employee Pension Plans maintained by the Employer, which provide
an Annual Addition for the same Limitation Year. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under other Defined Contribution Plans, Welfare Benefit funds, individual medical accounts and Simplified Employee Pension Plans maintained by
the Employer are less than the Maximum Permissible Amount and the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s account under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to
exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or allocated under this Plan will be reduced so that the Annual Additions under all such plans and funds for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount. If the Annual Additions with
respect to the Participant under such other Defined Contribution Plans and Welfare Benefit funds in the aggregate are equal to or greater than the Maximum Permissible Amount, no amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s
account under this Plan for the Limitation Year. Prior to determining the Participant’s actual Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant in the manner described in
paragraph 10.1. As soon as administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual Compensation for the Limitation Year.
If the Participant is covered under another qualified Defined Contribution Plan maintained by the Employer which is not a Master or Prototype Plan, Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant’s account under this Plan for any
Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with this paragraph as though the other plan were a Master or Prototype Plan unless the Employer specifies other limitations in the Adoption Agreement. 
 10.4 Disposition Of Excess Annual Additions Under Two Plans If a Participant’s Annual Additions under this Plan and such other plans as described in
the preceding paragraph would result in an Excess Annual Additions for a Limitation Year due to an error in estimating a Participant’s Compensation for a Limitation Year under paragraph 10.3 or as a result of forfeitures, the Excess Annual
Additions will be deemed to consist of the Annual Additions last allocated except that Annual Additions attributable to a Simplified Employee Pension Plan will be deemed to have been allocated first and then Annual Additions to a Welfare Benefit
Fund or individual medical account as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2) will be deemed to have been allocated next regardless of the actual Allocation Date. If an Excess Annual Addition was allocated to a Participant on a Valuation or
Allocation Date of this Plan which coincides with a valuation or allocation date of another plan, the Excess Annual Additions attributed to this Plan will be the product of: 
  

	 	(a)	the total Excess Annual Additions allocated as of such date, times 

  

	 	(b)	the ratio of: 

  

	 	(1)	the Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan, to 

  

	 	(2)	the total Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this and all the other qualified Master or Prototype Defined Contribution
Plans. 

 Any Excess Annual Additions attributed to this Plan will be disposed of in the manner described in paragraph 10.2. 
 10.5 Participation In This Plan And A Defined Benefit Plan If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a qualified Defined Benefit Plan (other
than Paired Plan #02001 or #02002) covering any Participant in this Plan, the sum of the Participant’s Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined Contribution Plan Fraction will not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year. For any Plan Year during
which the Plan is Top-Heavy, the Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution Plan Fractions shall be calculated in accordance with Code Section 416(h). The Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant’s account under this Plan
for any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with the Adoption Agreement. This paragraph does not apply for Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000. 
  

 73 

 ARTICLE XI 
 ANTIDISCRIMINATION TESTING 
 11.1 General Testing Requirements With respect to each Plan Year, an
Employer’s Plan which offers a Code Section 401(k) cash or deferred arrangement and any contributions made thereunder must satisfy the Average Deferral Percentage Test (“ADP Test”) and, if applicable, the Average Contribution
Percentage Test (“ACP Test”). Under each of these tests, the Average Deferral Percentage (ADP) and the Average Contribution Percentage (ACP) for Highly Compensated Employees may not exceed the ADP and ACP for Non-Highly Compensated
Employees by more than the amount permitted by application of the basic limit or the alternative limit. These limits are described at paragraphs 11.2 and 11.6 herein. If the ADP or ACP for Highly Compensated Employees exceeds the basic limit or the
alternative limit, the applicable average for Highly Compensated Employees either must be reduced to the maximum permitted under the most liberal limit or the average of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees is increased. 
 The reduction in the average is determined in accordance with paragraph 11.4 herein. In lieu of reducing the applicable average for the Highly Compensated Employees, the
Employer may elect to make an additional Qualified Non-Elective Contribution (QNEC) and/or a Qualified Matching Contribution (QMAC) for Non-Highly Compensated Employees to increase their Average Deferral Percentage and/or Average Contribution
Percentage to the point where the Plan satisfies the ADP and/or the ACP Test. These qualified contributions are described at paragraph 11.5 herein. 
 If the
Plan can only satisfy the ADP Test and the ACP Test by application of the alternative limit, the Plan must apply the multiple use test as described at paragraph 11.7(b) hereof. If the Plan fails to satisfy the multiple use test, the Employer must
either make correcting distributions to affected Highly Compensated Employees or make QNEC and/or QMAC contributions for Non-Highly Compensated Employees to the point where the Plan satisfies the multiple use test. 
 11.2 ADP Testing Limitations  
  

	 	(a)	Prior Year Testing – If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each
Plan Year and the Prior Plan Year’s ADP for Participants who were Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Prior Plan Year must satisfy the basic limit set forth in (1) or the alternative limit set forth at (2): 

 

	 	(1)	The ADP for the Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Prior Plan Year’s ADP for Participants who were
Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or 

  

	 	(2)	The ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Prior Year’s ADP for Participants who were Non-Highly
Compensated Employees for the Prior Plan Year multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the ADP for Participants who were Non-Highly Compensated Employees in the Prior Plan Year by
more than two (2) percentage points. 

  

	 	(b)	For the first Plan Year of a Plan, where the Plan permits a Participant to make Elective Deferrals and the Plan is not a successor Plan, for purposes of the foregoing limits, the
Prior Plan Year’s Non-Highly Compensated Employees’ ADP shall be 3%, unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the current Plan Year’s ADP for these Participants. 

  

 74 

	 	(c)	Current Year Testing – If no election is made by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the ADP limits in (1) and (2), above, will be applied by comparing
the current Plan Year’s ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees with the current Plan Year’s ADP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees. This election can only be changed if the Plan meets the
requirements for changing to Prior Plan Year testing set forth in IRS Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance). 

 11.3 Special Rules
Relating To Application Of The ADP Test  
  

	 	(a)	A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she meets the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly,
a Participant is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she does not meet the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. 

  

	 	(b)	The Actual Deferral Percentage for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Elective Deferrals (and Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if treated as Elective Deferrals for purposes of the ADP Test) allocated to his or her accounts under two (2) or more arrangements described in Code Section 401(k), that are
maintained by the Employer, shall be determined as if such Elective Deferrals (and, if applicable, such Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) were made under a single arrangement. If a Highly Compensated
Employee participates in two (2) or more cash or deferred arrangements that have different Plan Years, all cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under Regulations issued under Code Section 401(k). 

  

	 	(c)	In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Sections 401(k), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one (1) or more other plans, or if one (1) or
more other plans satisfy the requirements of such Code Sections only if aggregated with this Plan, then this section shall be applied by determining the Actual Deferral Percentage of Participants as if all such plans were a single plan. Any
adjustments to the Non-Highly Compensated Employee ADP for the Prior Plan Year will be made in accordance with IRS Notice 98-1 and any superseding guidance, unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the current year testing
method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(k) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ADP testing method. 

  

	 	(d)	The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the ADP Test and the amount of Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching
Contributions, or both, used in such test. 

  

	 	(e)	For purposes of the ADP Test, Elective Deferrals, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions must be made before the end of the twelve (12) month
period immediately following the Plan Year to which the contributions relate. 

 11.4 Calculation And Distribution Of Excess
Contributions And Excess Aggregate Contributions  
  

	 	(a)	Reducing The Average For Highly Compensated Employees – If necessary, the ADP and/or ACP for Highly Compensated Employees must be reduced to the maximum allowed
by the applicable limit at paragraph 11.2 and 11.6. The average is reduced on a step-by-step leveling basis beginning by reducing the Actual Deferral Percentage or the Actual Contribution Percentage for the Highly Compensated Employee with the
highest percentage until the average is reduced to the maximum allowed or until the Actual Deferral Percentage or Actual Contribution Percentage for such Highly Compensated Employee is lowered to that of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next
highest percentage. This process continues until the ADP and/or the ACP is lowered to the maximum allowed for the Plan Year. The excess dollar amount attributable to each affected Highly Compensated Employee is then totaled for purposes of
correcting distributions determined at paragraph (b) below. 

  

 75 

	 	(b)	Correcting Distributions To Highly Compensated Employees – The total amount to be distributed as determined under paragraph (a) is allocated to Highly
Compensated Employees on the basis of the dollar amount included for such Employee in the numerator of the Actual Deferral Percentage or the Actual Contribution Percentage, as applicable. The distribution for each affected Highly Compensated
Employee is determined on a leveling basis similar to that described at paragraph (a) except that the process is based on dollars rather than percentages. Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions are allocated to the Highly
Compensated Employees with the largest amount of Employer contributions taken into account in calculating the ADP or ACP Test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such
Employer contributions and continuing in descending order until all the Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions have been allocated. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the “largest amount” is determined after
distribution of any Excess Contribution and Excess Aggregate Contributions. After correcting distributions are allocated, it is not necessary to recompute the Highly Compensated Employee averages to determine if they satisfy the ADP Test and/or the
ACP Test. Distributions of Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions are to be made in accordance with paragraphs 7.12 and 7.13 hereof. 

 11.5 Qualified Non-Elective And/Or Matching Contributions The Employer may make a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution (QNEC) or Qualified Matching Contribution (QMAC) for Non-Highly Compensated Employees (whether or not so
designated in the Adoption Agreement) to increase the Average Deferral Percentage and/or Average Contribution Percentage to the point where the Plan passes the ADP Test and/or the ACP Test. The following rules apply with respect to such
contributions: 
  

	 	(a)	A QNEC or QMAC used in the ADP Test may not also be included in the ACP Test. 

  

	 	(b)	If testing is done on the basis of current Plan Year data, QNECs and/or QMACs must be made and credited to Participant accounts not later than the last day of the twelve
(12) consecutive month period following the end of the Plan Year being tested. 

  

	 	(c)	If testing is done on the basis of Prior Plan Year data for Non-Highly Compensated Employees, QNECs and/or QMACs for such Employees must be contributed not later than the last day
of the Plan Year being tested. 

  

	 	(d)	If the Employer makes Non-Elective Contributions which are not designated as Qualified Non-Elective Contributions at the time of the contribution to the Plan, the Plan Administrator
may redesignate such contributions as Qualified Non-Elective Contributions if the contributions otherwise satisfy the requirements of a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution. 

  

	 	(e)	The Employer’s contribution will be allocated to a group of Non-Highly Compensated Participants designated by the Plan Administrator. The allocation will be the lesser of the
amount required to pass the ADP/ACP Test, or the maximum permitted under Code Section 415. 

 11.6 ACP Testing Limitations
Employee contributions and Matching Contributions must meet the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) and the Average Contribution Percentage (hereinafter ACP) Test of Code Section 401(m). If Employee
contributions (including any Elective Deferrals recharacterized as Voluntary After-tax Contributions) or Matching Contributions are made in connection with a cash or deferred arrangement, the ACP Test is in addition to the ADP Test under Code
Section 401(k). Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions used to satisfy the ADP test may not be used to satisfy the ACP test. 
  

 76 

	 	(a)	Prior Year Testing – If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the ACP for a Plan Year for eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
for each Plan Year and the prior Plan Year’s ACP for eligible Participants who were Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Prior Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests: 

  

	 	(1)	The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior Plan Year’s ACP for eligible Participants who were
Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or 

  

	 	(2)	The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year’s ACP for eligible Participants who were
Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Prior Plan Year multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ACP for eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the ACP for eligible Participants who were Non-Highly Compensated
Employees in the Prior Plan Year by more than two (2) percentage points. 

  

	 	(b)	For the first Plan Year of a Plan, where this Plan permits any eligible Participant to make Employee contributions, provides for Matching Contributions, or both, and the Plan is not
a successor Plan, for purposes of the foregoing limits, the Prior Plan Year’s Non-Highly Compensated Employees’ ACP shall be 3% unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the current Plan Year’s ACP for these
Participants. 

  

	 	(c)	Current Year Testing – If no election is made by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the ACP limits in (1) and (2), above, will be applied by comparing
the current Plan Year’s ACP for eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year with the current Plan Year’s ACP for eligible Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees. This election can only be
changed if the Plan meets the requirements for changing to Prior Plan Year testing set forth in IRS Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance). 

 11.7 Special Rules Relating To The Application Of The ACP Test  
  

	 	(a)	A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she meets the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly,
a Participant is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she does not meet the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. 

  

	 	(b)	If one or more Highly Compensated Employees participate in both a cash or deferred arrangement and a plan subject to the ACP Test maintained by the Employer and the sum of the ADP
and ACP of those Highly Compensated Employees subject to either or both tests exceeds the Aggregate Limit, then the ADP or ACP of those Highly Compensated Employees who also participate in a cash or deferred arrangement will be reduced in accordance
with paragraph 11.4 so that the limit is not exceeded. The amount by which each Highly Compensated Employee’s Contribution Percentage Amounts is reduced shall be treated as an Excess Aggregate Contribution. The ADP and ACP of the Highly
Compensated Employees are determined after any corrections required to meet the ADP and ACP tests and are deemed to be the maximum permitted under such tests for the Plan Year. Multiple use of the aggregate limit does not occur if either the ADP and
ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed 1.25 multiplied by the ADP and ACP of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees. 

  

	 	(c)	 For purposes of this paragraph, the Actual Contribution Percentage for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee and who is eligible to have Contribution
Percentage Amounts allocated to his or her account under two (2) or more plans described in Code Section 401(a) or arrangements described in Code Section 401(k) that are maintained by the Employer, shall be determined as if the total
of such Contribution Percentage Amounts were made under a single plan. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two (2) or more cash or deferred arrangements that have different Plan Years, all cash or deferred arrangements ending with
or 

  

 77 

	 	 
within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if
mandatory disaggregation under the Regulations issued under Code Section 410(b) apply. 

  

	 	(d)	In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4), 401(m), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one (1) or more other plans, or if one (1) or
more other plans satisfy the requirements of such Code Sections only if aggregated with this Plan, then this section shall be applied by determining the Actual Contribution Percentage of Eligible Participants as if all such plans were a single plan.
Any adjustments to the Non-Highly Compensated Employee ACP for the Prior Plan Year will be made in accordance with IRS Notice 98-1 and any superseding guidance, unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the Current Year
testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(m) only if the aggregated plans have the same Plan Year and use the same ACP testing method. 

  

	 	(e)	For purposes of the ACP Test, Employee contributions are considered to have been made for the Plan Year in which contributed to the Plan. Matching Contributions and Qualified
Matching and Non-Elective Contributions will be considered made for a Plan Year if made no later than the end of the twelve (12) month period beginning on the day after the close of the Plan Year. 

  

	 	(f)	The determination and treatment of the Actual Contribution Percentage of any Participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

 11.8 Recharacterization If the Employer allows for Voluntary After-tax Contributions in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant
may treat his or her Excess Contributions allocated to him or her as an amount distributed to the Participant and then contributed by the Participant to the Plan. Recharacterized amounts will remain nonforfeitable and subject to the same
distribution requirements as Elective Deferrals. Amounts may not be recharacterized by a Highly Compensated Employee to the extent that such amount in combination with other Employee contributions made by that Employee would exceed any stated limit
under the Plan on Voluntary After-tax Contributions. 
 Recharacterization must occur no later than
two and one-half (2 1/2) months after the last day of the Plan Year for which such Excess Contributions arose and is deemed
to occur no earlier than the date the last Highly Compensated Employee is informed in writing of the amount recharacterized and the consequences thereof. Recharacterized amounts will be taxable to the Participant for the Participant’s tax year
in which the Participant would have received them in cash. 
 11.9 Nondiscrimination Tests In A SIMPLE 401(k) Plan The ADP/ACP Tests
described this Article XI are treated as satisfied for any Plan Year for which the Employer has adopted and complied with the provisions of the SIMPLE 401(k) Adoption Agreement. 
 11.10 Safe Harbor Rules Of Application  
  

	 	(a)	The Employer may elect in a cash or deferred adoption agreement to apply the safe harbor plan provisions found in paragraphs 11.10 through 11.17. Except as otherwise permitted, an
Employer must elect the Safe Harbor Plan provisions and must satisfy the notice requirements of paragraph 11.16 prior to the beginning of the Plan Year to which the Safe Harbor provisions will be applied. The Employer must apply the Safe Harbor
provisions for the entire Plan Year, including any short Plan Year. An Employer who elects in the Adoption Agreement and operationally satisfies the Safe Harbor provisions of paragraphs 11.10 through 11.17 is not subject to the nondiscrimination
requirements of 11.2. An Employer who elects to provide additional Matching Contributions as set forth in paragraph 11.14 will be subject to the nondiscrimination provisions of paragraph 11.6, unless the additional Matching Contributions satisfy the
ACP test safe harbor provisions in paragraph 11.14. 

  

 78 

	 	(b)	The Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement either to make a Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution on behalf of each eligible Employee who is eligible to participate in the
Plan, or to make a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution on behalf of each eligible Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan and who is making Elective Deferrals. 

  

	 	(c)	The Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution will be made on behalf of each eligible Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan equal to at least 3% of the Employee’s
Compensation. 

  

	 	(d)	The Safe Harbor Matching Contribution shall be made under the Basic Matching Formula or an Enhanced Matching Formula as described below. 

  

	 	(e)	A Plan intending to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(k)(12) and 401(m)(11) [a “Safe Harbor CODA”] generally must satisfy such requirements, including the
notice requirement, for the entire Plan Year. See Notice 98-52, 1988-46 I.R.B. 16, Notice 2000-3, 2000-4 I.R.B. 413, and Revenue Procedure 2000-29, 2000-6 I.R.B. 553. 

  

	 	(1)	Basic Matching Contribution Formula – The Basic Matching Formula provides a Matching Contribution on behalf of each eligible Employee who is making Elective
Deferrals to the Plan in an amount equal to 100% of the amount of the Employee’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed 3% of the Employee’s Compensation and 50% of the amount of the Employee’s Elective Deferrals that exceed 3% of the
Employee’s Compensation but do not exceed 5% of the Employee’s Compensation. A Plan satisfying the ADP Safe Harbor using the Basic Matching Formula automatically satisfies the ACP Test, if no After-tax or other Matching Contribution is
made under the Plan. 

  

	 	(2)	Enhanced Matching Formula – The Enhanced Matching Formula provides a Matching Contribution on behalf of each Eligible Employee who is making Elective Deferrals to
the Plan under a formula, that, at any rate of Elective Deferrals, provides an aggregate amount of Matching Contributions at least equal to the aggregate amount of Matching Contributions that would have been provided under the Basic Matching
Formula. In no event shall the aggregate amount of Matching Contributions under an Enhanced Matching Formula exceed 6% of an eligible Employee’s Compensation. Under the Enhanced Matching Formula, the rate of Matching Contributions may not
increase as a Participant’s rate of Elective Deferrals increases. A Plan satisfying the ADP Safe Harbor using the Enhanced Matching Formula under which Matching Contributions made with respect to Elective Deferrals are not made in excess of 6%
of the eligible Employee’s Compensation, automatically satisfies the ACP Test if no other Matching Contribution is made under the Plan. 

  

	 	(3)	Additional Discretionary Matching Contribution – An Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement for Plan Years [beginning after January 1, 2000] to provide
an additional discretionary Matching Contribution. Any such contribution cannot exceed 4% of a Participant’s Compensation. This is a limit on the total Matching Contribution formula, and is not a limit on the percentage of Compensation which is
deferred and taken into account under the matching formula. 

  

	 	(4)	Limitation On Matching Contributions To Highly Compensated Employees – The Matching Contribution requirement will not be satisfied if, at any rate of
Elective Deferrals, the rate of Matching Contributions that would apply with respect to any Highly Compensated Employee who is making Elective Deferrals under the Plan is greater than the rate of Matching Contributions that would apply with respect
to any Non-Highly Compensated Employee who is making Elective Deferrals to the Plan and who has the same rate of Elective Deferrals. 

  

 79 

 11.11 Safe Harbor Definitions 
  

	 	(a)	“ACP Test Safe Harbor” is the method described in paragraph 11.14 for satisfying the ACP Test of Code Section 401(m)(2). 

  

	 	(b)	“ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions” are Matching Contributions described in paragraph 11.5. 

  

	 	(c)	“ADP Test Safe Harbor” is the method described in paragraph 11.13 for satisfying the ADP Test of Code Section 401(k)(3). 

  

	 	(d)	“ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions” are Matching Contributions and Non-Elective Contributions described in paragraph 11.10. 

  

	 	(e)	“Compensation” is defined in paragraph 1.16 with no dollar limit other than the limit imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17) as it applies to the
Compensation of a Non-Highly Compensated Employee. Solely for purposes of determining the Compensation subject to a Participant’s Salary Deferral Agreement, the Employer may use an alternative definition to the one described in the preceding
sentence, provided such alternate definition is a reasonable definition with the meaning of Section 1.414(s)-1(d)(2) of the Regulations, and permits each Participant to elect sufficient Elective Deferrals to receive the maximum amount of
Matching Contributions (determined using the definition of Compensation described in the preceding sentence) available to the Participant under this Plan. 

  

	 	(f)	“Eligible Employee” means an Employee eligible to make Elective Deferrals under the Plan for any part of the Plan Year or who would be eligible to make
Elective Deferrals but for a suspension due to a Hardship distribution described in paragraph 6.9 of the Plan or to statutory limitations, such as Code Sections 402(g) and 415. 

  

	 	(g)	“Matching Contributions” are contributions made by the Employer on account of an Eligible Employee’s Elective Deferrals. 

 11.12 Required Restrictions On Safe Harbor Contributions 
  

	 	(a)	Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions are Matching and Non-Elective Contributions respectively, that are: 

  

	 	(1)	nonforfeitable within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(k)-1(c), 

  

	 	(2)	are subject to the distribution restrictions of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(k)-1(d), and 

  

	 	(3)	used to satisfy the Safe Harbor Contribution requirements. 

  

	 	 (b)
	 Pursuant to Code Section 401(k)(2)(B) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(k)-1(d), such contributions (and
earnings thereon) must not be distributable earlier than separation from Service, death, Disability, an event described in Code Section 401(k)(10), or in the case of a profit-sharing or stock bonus plan, the attainment of age 59 1/2. Pursuant to Code Section 401(k)(2)(B) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(ii), these contributions shall
not be eligible for distribution for reasons of Hardship. A Plan electing to use either of the Safe Harbor Matching or the Non-Elective Contribution provisions shall not require that an Employee be employed on the last day of the Plan Year or impose
an hourly requirement in order for the Employee to be eligible to receive a Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution or a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution. 

  

	 	(c)	Such contributions must satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor without regard to permitted disparity under Code Section 401(l). 

  

 80 

	 	(d)	Safe Harbor Matching or Non-Elective Contributions cannot be used to satisfy the Safe Harbor Contribution requirements with respect to more than one (1) Plan.

  

	 	(e)	A Plan will fail to satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor or the ACP Test Safe Harbor for a Plan Year unless the Plan Year is twelve (12) months in duration or in the case of the
first Plan Year of a newly established Plan (other than a successor Plan), the Plan Year is at least three (3) months in duration (or any shorter period in the case of a newly established Employer that establishes the Plan as soon as
administratively feasible after the Employer came into existence). If the Employer amends an existing Defined Contribution Plan to offer the Safe Harbor provisions, the 401(k) arrangement of the Plan must be at least three (3) months in
duration. 

  

	 	(f)	If the Safe Harbor provisions are an amendment and restatement of an existing Plan, any contributions made prior to the adoption of the Safe Harbor provisions which are subject to a
vesting schedule will continue to vest according to the vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment or restatement of the Plan. 

 11.13
ADP Test Safe Harbor 
  

	 	(a)	The Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement to make Basic Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, Enhanced Safe Harbor Matching Contributions or Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contributions. 

  

	 	(b)	Notwithstanding the requirement in (a) above that the Employer make the ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions to the Defined Contribution Plan indicated in the Adoption Agreement,
such contributions will not be made to this Plan unless the requirements of paragraph 11.17 are met. 

 11.14 ACP Test Safe
Harbor The Employer maintaining a 401(k) Plan may elect in the Adoption Agreement to make additional Matching Contributions in addition to the Safe Harbor Matching Contributions made to the Plan. These additional Matching
Contributions may be subject to the ACP Test Safe Harbor requirements instead of testing the contributions under paragraph 11.2. If the Employer elects using the current year testing method to test the additional Matching Contributions for
nondiscrimination as set forth in paragraph 11.2, the ACP Test Safe Harbor will be satisfied if the following conditions are met: 
  

	 	(a)	no Matching Contribution may be made with respect to a Participant’s Elective Deferrals and/or Voluntary After-tax Contributions which exceed 6% of Compensation;

  

	 	(b)	the amount of any discretionary Matching Contribution made after the 1999 Plan Year may not exceed 4% of the Participant’s Compensation; 

  

	 	(c)	the rate of Matching Contributions made to the Plan may not increase as the rate of Elective Deferrals increase; 

  

	 	(d)	no Highly Compensated Employee may receive a greater rate of match than a Non-Highly Compensated Employee; and 

  

	 	(e)	the Employer must elect in the Adoption Agreement the vesting schedule distribution restrictions and eligibility to receive an allocation of these additional Matching Contributions.

 11.15 Safe Harbor Status The Employer may amend a profit-sharing or 401(k) plan during a Plan Year to comply with the Safe
Harbor provisions of this Article for the Plan Year. In order to comply with these provisions, the Employer must: 
  

	 	(a)	use the current year testing method; 

  

	 	(b)	amend the Plan to add the Safe Harbor provisions no later than thirty (30) days prior to the end of the Plan Year and apply the Safe Harbor provisions for the entire Plan Year;

  

 81 

	 	(c)	satisfy the Safe Harbor contribution requirements using the Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution; 

  

	 	(d)	provide the Safe Harbor notice to Participants prior to the beginning of the Plan Year for which the Plan amendment applies which indicates the Employer will provide Basic or
Enhanced Matching Contributions or indicates that the Employer may later amend the Plan to comply with the Safe Harbor provisions by use of the Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution; 

  

	 	(e)	provide an additional notice to Participants at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the Plan Year only in the case of Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution advising
Participants of the amendment; and 

  

	 	(f)	actually provide the notice described in (e) above, should the Employer amend the Plan to comply with the Safe Harbor requirements. 

 A Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan may be amended during a Plan Year to reduce or entirely eliminate on a prospective basis any safe harbor contribution which is either a Basic
or Enhanced Matching Contribution conditioned on the Employer providing a notice to the Participants which explains the effect of the amendment and specifies the following: 
  

	 	(g)	informs the Participants they will have the opportunity to amend their Salary Deferral Agreements; 

  

	 	(h)	the effective date of the amendment is specified; 

  

	 	(i)	Participants are given the opportunity prior to the effective date of the amendment to amend their Salary Deferral Agreement; and 

  

	 	(j)	the amendment to the Plan does not take effect until the later of thirty (30) days after the notice of the amendment is provided to the Participant or the date the Employer
adopts the amendment. 

 An Employer who amends a Safe Harbor Plan to either reduce or eliminate the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution under
this paragraph or terminates the Plan during the Plan Year, must continue to comply with all of the Safe Harbor requirements of this paragraph until the amendment or Plan termination becomes effective. The Plan must continue to use the current year
testing method for the entire Plan Year and satisfy the nondiscrimination test under paragraph 11.2, and if applicable the nondiscrimination tests under paragraph 11.6. 
 11.16 Safe Harbor Notice Requirement The notice requirement is satisfied if each Eligible Employee is given an annual written notice of the Employee’s rights and obligations under the Plan and the
notice provided to the Employee satisfies the content requirement and the timing requirement mandated under IRS Notices 98-52 and 2000-3. 
  

	 	(a)	The notice shall be sufficiently accurate and comprehensive to inform the Employee of the Employee’s rights and obligations under the Plan and written in a manner calculated to
be understood by the average Employee eligible to participate in the Plan. The notice shall accurately describe: 

  

	 	(1)	the Safe Harbor Matching or Non-Elective Contribution Formula (including a description of the levels of Matching Contributions, if any, available under the Plan);

  

	 	(2)	any other contributions under the Plan (including the potential for discretionary Matching Contributions) and the conditions under which such contributions are made;

  

	 	(3)	the Plan to which the Safe Harbor Contributions will be made (if different than the Plan containing the cash or deferred arrangement); 

  

	 	(4)	the type and amount of Compensation that may be deferred under the Plan; 

  

 82 

	 	(5)	how to make cash or deferred elections, including any administrative requirements that apply to such elections; 

  

	 	(6)	the periods available under the Plan for making cash or deferred elections; and 

  

	 	(7)	withdrawal and vesting provisions applicable to contributions under the Plan. 

  

	 	(b)	If the notice is provided to eligible Employees within a reasonable period before the beginning of each Plan Year (or in the Plan Year an Employee becomes eligible within a
reasonable period before the Employee becomes eligible), the Plan shall satisfy the Safe Harbor notice requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing general rule, a notice shall only be deemed to be provided in timely manner if the notice is provided
to each Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan for the Plan Year at least thirty (30) days [and no more than ninety (90) days] before the beginning of the Plan Year. If an Employee does not receive the notice because he or she
only becomes eligible to participate in the Plan after the ninetieth day before the beginning of the Plan Year, the requirement to give the notice will be satisfied if the notice is provided not more than ninety (90) days before the Employee
becomes eligible to participate, but in no event later than the date the Employee becomes eligible. The preceding sentence shall apply in the case of any Employee eligible for the first Plan Year in which an Employee becomes eligible under an
existing Code Section 401(k) cash or deferred arrangement. 

  

	 	(c)	The Plan may provide the Safe Harbor notice in writing or by electronic means. If provided electronically, the notice must be no less understandable than a written paper document
and at the time of delivery of the electronic notice, the Employee is advised that he or she may request to receive the notice in writing at no additional charge. Supplemental notices may also be given electronically under the same conditions.

  

	 	(d)	The Plan may also comply with the notice requirements by use of the Summary Plan Description. The Safe Harbor notice must cross-reference the applicable sections in the Summary Plan
Description. The information which may be contained in the Summary Plan Description, as well as the notice, is the Safe Harbor Contribution Formula, including a description of the levels of Matching Contributions, if any, how to make Salary Deferral
elections, including any administrative requirements that apply to such elections, and the periods available under the Plan for making deferral elections. 

 11.17 Satisfying Safe Harbor Contribution Requirements Under Another Defined Contribution Plan  
  

	 	(a)	General Requirements - A Safe Harbor Matching or Non-Elective Contribution may be made to this Plan or to another Defined Contribution Plan maintained by the
Employer that satisfies Code Sections 401(a) or 403(a). The Employer electing this option shall do so by identifying the plan that makes the Safe Harbor Contribution in the Adoption Agreement. If the Safe Harbor Contributions are made to another
Defined Contribution Plan, the Safe Harbor Contribution requirements must be satisfied in the same manner as if the contributions were being made to this Plan. A Safe Harbor Contribution made to another Defined Contribution Plan shall not satisfy
this Safe Harbor requirement unless each Employee eligible to participate in this Plan is eligible to participate in the other Defined Contribution Plan under the same terms and conditions. 

  

	 	(b)	Same Plan Year Requirement - In order to satisfy the Safe Harbor Contribution requirements, this Plan and the other Defined Contribution Plan to which the Safe Harbor
Contribution is to be made must have the same Plan Year. 

  

	 	(c)	 Aggregation And Disaggregation Rules - The rules that apply for purposes of aggregating and disaggregating cash or deferred arrangement and Plans
under Code Sections 401(k) and 401(m) also apply for purposes of Code Sections 401(k)(12) and 401(m)(11), respectively. All cash or deferred arrangements included in a Plan are treated as a single cash or deferred arrangement that must satisfy the
Safe Harbor Contribution and notice requirements. Moreover, two (2) Plans 

  

 83 

	 	 
within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.410(b)-7(b) that are treated as a single Plan pursuant to the permissive aggregation rules of Treasury
Regulations 1.410(b)-7(d) are treated as a single Plan for purposes of the Safe Harbor requirements. Conversely, a Plan [within the meaning of Code Section 414(l)] that includes a cash or deferred arrangement covering both collectively
bargained employees and noncollectively bargained employees is treated as two (2) separate Plans for purposes of Code Section 401(k), and the ADP Safe Harbor need not be satisfied with respect to both Plans in order for one (1) of the
Plans to take advantage of the ADP Test Safe Harbor. Similarly, if, pursuant to Code Section 410(b)(4)(B), an Employer applies Code Section 410(b) separately to the portion of the Plan [within the meaning of Code Section 414(l)] that
benefits only Employees who satisfy age and Service conditions under the Plan that are lower than the greatest minimum age and Service conditions permitted under Code Section 410(a), the Plan is treated as two (2) separate Plans for
purposes of Code Section 401(k), and the ADP Test Safe Harbor need not be satisfied with respect to both plans in order for one (1) of the Plans to take advantage of the ADP Test Safe Harbor. 

  

 84 

 ARTICLE XII 
 ADMINISTRATION 
 12.1 Plan Administrator Unless otherwise provided in a separate Trust agreement, the
Plan shall be administered by the Plan Administrator who shall have the authority to enforce the Plan on behalf of any persons having or claiming any interest under the Plan and who shall be responsible for the operation of the Plan in accordance
with its terms. The Plan Administrator shall be the “named fiduciary” for purposes of ERISA Section 402(a)(2) with the sole authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, and will be responsible for
complying with the reporting and disclosure requirements of Part 1 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA and agent for service of legal process with respect to the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall determine by rules of uniform application all
questions arising out of the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan which determination(s) shall be conclusive and binding on all parties. The Employer will serve as Plan Administrator unless an individual or other entity
(excluding the Trustee or Custodian, unless they are the Employer sponsoring the Plan) is named to serve in such capacity. The Plan Administrator may appoint or allocate the duties of the Plan Administrator among several individuals or entities. The
Plan Administrator’s duties shall include: 
  

	 	(a)	appointing the Plan’s attorney, accountant, Service Provider, actuary, Trustee, Custodian, investment manager, or any other party needed to administer the Plan;

  

	 	(b)	directing the appropriate party with respect to payments from the Trust; 

  

	 	(c)	communicating with Employees regarding their participation and benefits under the Plan, including the administration of all claims procedures; 

  

	 	(d)	maintaining all necessary records for the administration of the Plan, antidiscrimination testing, and filing any returns and reports with the Internal Revenue Service, Department of
Labor, or any other governmental agency; 

  

	 	(e)	reviewing and approving any financial reports, investment reviews, or other reports prepared by any party appointed by the Employer under paragraph (a); 

  

	 	(f)	establishing a funding policy and investment objectives consistent with the purposes of the Plan and ERISA; 

  

	 	(g)	construing and resolving any question of Plan interpretation and questions of fact. The Plan Administrator’s interpretation of Plan provisions and resolution of questions of
facts including eligibility and amount of benefits under the Plan is final and unless it can be shown to be arbitrary and capricious, will not be subject to “de novo” review; 

  

	 	(h)	monitoring the activities of the Trustee and the performance of, and making changes when necessary to, the portfolio of the Plan; 

  

	 	(i)	obtaining a legal determination of the qualified status of all domestic relations orders and complying with the requirements of the law with regard thereto;

  

	 	(j)	administering the loan program including ensuring that any and all loans made by the Plan are in compliance with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code and the Regulations
issued thereunder, and the Regulations issued by the Department of Labor; 

  

	 	(k)	determining from the records of the Employer, the Compensation, Service, records, status, and the other facts regarding Participants and Employees; 

  

	 	(l)	to the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, directing the Trustee or Custodian with respect to the investments, in the Plan Administrator’s capacity as named fiduciary;
and 

  

 85 

	 	(m)	the right to employ others, including legal counsel who may, but need not, be counsel to the Employer, to render advice regarding any questions which may arise with respect to its
rights, duties and responsibilities under the Plan, and may rely upon the opinions or certificates of any such person. 

 12.2 Persons
Serving As Plan Administrator Unless otherwise provided in a separate Trust agreement, if the Employer is no longer in existence, and the Plan or the Employer does not specify the person to take an action or otherwise serve in the place of
the Employer in connection with the operation of the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall so act or serve, but if there is no person serving as Plan Administrator, then a successor shall be designated in writing by a majority of Participants whose
accounts under the Plan have not yet been fully distributed at such time. A majority of the legally competent Beneficiaries of a deceased Participant then entitled to receive benefits may exercise the deceased Participant’s rights to
participate in that designation and shall be considered for that purpose to be one Participant, in the Participant’s place. 
 12.3 Action By
Employer Action by the Employer under the Plan shall be carried out by the sole proprietor, if the Employer is a sole proprietorship, by a general partner of the Employer, if the Employer is a partnership, or by the board of directors or a
duly authorized officer of the Employer, if the Employer is a corporation. If the Employer is no longer in existence, and the Plan does not specify the person to take an action, or otherwise serve in the place of the Employer, in connection with the
operation of the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall so act or serve, but if there is no person serving as Plan Administrator, such action shall be taken by a person selected following the approach referred to in paragraph 12.2. The Trustee/Custodian
shall have, and assume, no responsibility for inquiring into the authority of any person purporting to act on behalf of an Employer. 
 12.4
Responsibilities Of The Parties Unless otherwise provided in a separate Trust agreement: 
  

	 	(a)	The Employer and the Plan Administrator shall cooperate with each other in all respects, including the provision to each other of records and other information relating to the Plan,
as may be necessary or appropriate for the proper operation of the Plan or as may be required under the Code or ERISA. 

  

	 	(b)	The Plan Administrator may delegate in writing all or any part of the Plan Administrator’s responsibilities under the Plan to agents or others by written agreement communicated
to the delegate and to the Employer or, if the Employer is no longer in existence, to such person or persons selected following the approach in paragraph 12.2 and, in the same manner, may revoke any such delegation of responsibility. Any action of a
delegate in the exercise of such delegated responsibilities shall have the same force and effect for all purposes as if such action had been taken by the Plan Administrator. The delegate shall have the right, in such person’s sole discretion,
by written instrument delivered to the Plan Administrator, to reject and refuse to exercise any such delegated authority. The Trustee/Custodian need not act on instructions of such a delegate despite any knowledge of such delegation, but may require
the Plan Administrator to give the Trustee/Custodian all instructions necessary under the Plan. 

 12.5 Allocation Of Investment
Responsibility Unless otherwise provided in a separate Trust agreement, responsibility with respect to the investment of the Trust shall be as elected in the Adoption Agreement. The amounts allocated to Participants’ accounts shall be
invested by the Trustee or Custodian pursuant to the elections in the Adoption Agreement, Articles XII and XIII as applicable, and in accordance with investment directions from authorized parties as provided hereunder. 
 12.6 Appointment Of Investment Manager Unless otherwise provided in a separate Trust agreement, the appointment of an investment manager shall be made in
accordance with this Article. If an investment manager is appointed, such entity or individual must be registered as an investment manager under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 or under applicable state law, meet the requirements of ERISA
Section 3(38) or be a bank as defined in said Act or an insurance company qualified under the laws of more than one state to perform investment management services. An investment manager shall acknowledge in writing its appointment and
fiduciary status hereunder and shall agree to comply with all applicable provisions of this document. The investment manager shall have the investment powers granted the Trustee in paragraph 13.8 except to the extent the investment manager’s
powers are 

  

 86 

 
limited by the investment management agreement. A copy of the investment management agreement (and any modifications or termination thereof) must be provided
to the Trustee or Custodian. Written notice of each appointment of an investment manager shall be given to the Trustee or Custodian in advance of the effective date of the appointment. Such notice or agreement shall specify what portion of the Trust
Fund will be subject to the investment manager’s discretion. 
 12.7 Participant Investment Direction Unless otherwise provided in a
separate Trust agreement, and if elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, Participants shall be given the option to direct the investment of such part of their account balances as specified therein. The Employer or the Named Investment
Fiduciary from time to time shall select the investments to be made available, including the appointment of any investment manager who meets the requirements of ERISA Section 3(38) to manage the assets of any Participant’s account. The
Employer or the Named Investment Fiduciary, independent of the Trustee, shall be responsible for reviewing the performance of such investments. The following administrative procedures shall apply to the administration of investments selected by the
Employer or the Employer’s designated fiduciary: 
  

	 	(a)	The Plan Administrator shall administer the program. 

  

	 	(b)	At the time an Employee becomes eligible for the Plan, he or she shall provide the Plan Administrator an investment designation stating the percentage of his or her contributions to
be invested in the available investments. 

  

	 	(c)	A Participant may change his or her election with respect to future contributions by notifying the Employer, Trustee/Custodian or other Service Provider, as they shall mutually
agree, in accordance with the procedures established by the Plan Administrator. 

  

	 	(d)	A Participant may transfer or exchange his or her balance from one investment alternative to another by notifying the Employer, Trustee/Custodian or other Service Provider, as they
shall mutually agree, in accordance with the procedures established by the Plan Administrator. 

  

	 	(e)	The investment alternatives offered under the Plan may be limited in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. Investments may be restricted to specific investment alternatives
selected, including but not limited to, certain mutual funds, investment contracts, collective funds or deposit accounts. If investments outside the alternatives selected are permitted, Participants may not direct that investments be made in
collectibles other than U.S. Government or state issued gold and silver coins. 

  

	 	(f)	The Plan Administrator may permit, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, a Beneficiary of a deceased Participant or alternate payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order
[as defined in Code Section 414(p)] to individually direct their account in accordance with this paragraph. 

  

	 	(g)	Investment directions will be processed as soon as administratively practicable after proper investment directions are received from the Participant. The Employer, Plan
Administrator, Service Provider, Trustee and/or Custodian cannot provide any guarantee of the timing of processing of any investment directive. The Employer, Plan Administrator, Service Provider, Trustee and/or Custodian reserve the right not to
value an investment alternative or a Participant’s account on any given Valuation Date for any reason deemed appropriate by the Employer or Plan Administrator. The Employer, Plan Administrator, Service Provider, Trustee and/or Custodian further
reserve the right to delay the processing of any investment transaction for any legitimate business reason including but not limited to failure of systems or computer programs, failure of the means of the transmission of data, force majuere, the
failure of a Service Provider to timely receive values or prices, to correct its errors or omissions or the errors or omissions of any Service Provider. 

  

 87 

	 	(h)	Notwithstanding the foregoing, and regardless of a Participant’s authority to direct the investment of assets allocated to his or her account, the Named Investment Fiduciary is
authorized and empowered to direct the Trustee to invest funds in short term investments pending other investment instructions by the Plan Administrator. 

 12.8 Application Of ERISA Section 404(c) Unless otherwise provided in a separate Trust agreement, if elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, all Participant accounts under the Plan shall
be invested as elected by each Participant in a broad range of investment options made available from time to time by the Employer for this purpose. If the Employer further elects that the Plan is intended to qualify as an “ERISA
Section 404(c) Plan” within the meaning of Regulations issued pursuant to such section, Participants shall have the opportunity, at least once in any three (3) month period, to give investment instructions (with an opportunity to
obtain written confirmation of such instructions) as to the investment of contributions made on his or her behalf among the available investment options. The Plan Administrator shall be obligated to comply with such instructions except as otherwise
provided in the Regulations issued under ERISA Section 404(c). 
 The Plan Administrator will provide or will make arrangement to provide each
Participant with a description of the investment alternatives available under the Plan; and with respect to each designated investment alternative, a general description of the investments objectives, risk and return characteristics of each
alternative, including information relating to the type and diversification of assets comprising the investment portfolio. 
 The Plan Administrator by
separate document may prescribe the form and the manner in which such direction shall be made, as well as the frequency with which such directions may be made or changed and the dates as of which they shall be effective, in a manner consistent with
the foregoing. The Plan Administrator (or a person or entity so designated by the Employer) shall be the fiduciary identified to furnish the information as contemplated by ERISA Section 404(c), but may designate on its behalf another person or
entity to provide such information or to perform any of the obligations of the Plan Administrator under this paragraph. 
 Except as otherwise provided in
this Basic Plan Document #01, the Trustee, Custodian, the Employer, or any fiduciary of the Plan shall not be liable to the Participant or any of his or her Beneficiaries for any loss resulting from action taken at the direction of the Participant.
All fiduciaries of the Plan shall be relieved of their fiduciary liability with respect to the Participant directing his or her investments pursuant to ERISA Section 404(c) if elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement of its intention
to comply with ERISA Section 404(c). 
 Any costs and expenses related to compliance with the Participant’s directions shall be borne by the
Participant’s directed account, unless paid by the Employer. 
 12.9 Participant Loans Unless otherwise provided in a separate Trust
agreement, if permitted by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, a Plan Participant and Beneficiaries who are parties-in-interest as defined in ERISA Section 3(14) may make application to the Plan Administrator requesting a loan from the
Plan. The Plan Administrator shall have the sole right to approve or deny a Participant’s application provided that loans shall be made available to all Participants on a reasonably equivalent basis. Loans shall not be made available to Highly
Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount made available to other Participants. Any loan granted under the Plan shall be made in accordance with the terms of a written loan policy adopted by the Employer which is hereby incorporated
by reference and made a part of this Basic Plan Document #01. The loan policy may be amended in writing from time to time without the necessity of amending this paragraph and shall be subject to the following rules to the extent such rules are not
inconsistent with such loan policy. 
  

	 	(a)	 No loan, when aggregated with any outstanding loan(s) to the Participant, shall exceed the lesser of (i) $50,000 reduced by the excess, if any, of the
Participant’s highest outstanding balance of all loans on any day during the one (1) year period ending on the day before the loan is made, over the outstanding balance of loans from the Plan on the date the Participant’s loan is made
or (ii) one-half of the fair market value of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance consisting of contributions as specified in the loan policy. An election may be made in the loan policy, that if the Participant’s Vested Account
Balance is $20,000 or less, the maximum loan shall not exceed the lesser of $10,000 or 100% of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance. For the purpose of the above limitation, all loans from all plans of the Employer and other members of a
group of 

  

 88 

	 	 
employers described in Code Sections 414(b), 414(c), and 414(m) are aggregated. An assignment or pledge of any portion of the Participant’s interest in
the Plan and a loan, pledge, or assignment with respect to any insurance contract purchased under the Plan, will be treated as a loan under this paragraph. 

  

	 	(b)	All applications must be in accordance with procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator. 

  

	 	(c)	Any loan shall bear interest at a rate reasonable at the time of application, considering the purpose of the loan and the rate being charged by representative commercial banks in
the local area for a similar loan unless the Plan Administrator sets forth a different method for determining loan interest rates in its written loan procedures. The loan agreement shall also provide that the payment of principal and interest be
amortized in level payments not less frequently than quarterly. 

  

	 	(d)	The term of such loan shall not exceed a period of five (5) years except in the case of a loan for the purpose of acquiring any house, apartment, condominium, or mobile home
that is used or is to be used within a reasonable time as the principal residence of the Participant. The Plan Administrator in accordance with the Plan’s loan policy shall determine the term of such loan. 

  

	 	(e)	The principal and interest paid by a Participant on his or her loan shall be credited to the Plan in the same manner as for any other Plan investment. Unless otherwise provided in
the loan policy, loans will be treated as segregated investments of the individual Participant on whose behalf the loan was made. This provision is not available if its election will result in discrimination in the operation of the Plan.

  

	 	(f)	If the Plan Administrator approves a Participant’s loan request, it shall be evidenced by a note, loan agreement, and assignment of up to 50% of his or her interest in the
Trust as collateral for the loan. The Participant, except in the case of a profit-sharing plan satisfying the requirements of paragraph 8.7, must obtain the consent of his or her Spouse, if any, within the ninety (90) day period before the time
his or her account balance is used as security for the loan. A new consent is required if the account balance is used for any renegotiation, extension, renewal or other revision of the loan, including an increase in the loan amount. The consent must
be written, must acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public. Such consent shall subsequently be binding with respect to the consenting Spouse or any subsequent Spouse.

  

	 	(g)	If a valid Spousal consent has been obtained in accordance with (f), then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the portion of the Participant’s Vested Account
Balance used as a security interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to the Participant shall be taken into account for purposes of determining the amount of the account balance payable at the time of death or distribution, but only
if the reduction is used as repayment of the loan. If less than 100% of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is payable to the surviving Spouse, then the account balance shall be
adjusted by first reducing the Vested Account Balance by the amount of the security used as repayment of the loan, and then determining the benefit payable to the surviving Spouse. 

  

	 	(h)	Any loan made hereunder shall be subject to the provisions of a loan agreement, promissory note, security agreement, payroll withholding authorization and, if applicable, financial
disclosure. Such documentation may contain additional loan terms and conditions not specifically itemized in this section provided that such terms and conditions do not conflict with this section. Such additional terms and conditions may include,
but are not limited to, procedures regarding default, a grace period for missed payments, and acceleration of a loan’s maturity date on specific events such as termination of employment. 

  

	 	(i)	No loans will be made to Owner-Employees or Shareholder Employees, unless the Employer obtains a prohibited transaction exemption from the Department of Labor.

  

 89 

	 	(j)	Liquidation of a Participant’s assets for the purpose of the loan will be allocated on a pro-rata basis across all the investment alternatives in a Participant’s account,
unless otherwise specified by the Participant, Plan Administrator, or the Plan’s loan policy. 

  

	 	(k)	If a request for a loan is approved by the Plan Administrator, funds shall be withdrawn from the recordkeeping subaccounts specified by the Participant or in the absence of such a
specification, from the recordkeeping subaccounts in the order specified in the loan policy. 

  

	 	(l)	If a Plan permits loans to Participants, the Trustee/Custodian may appoint the Employer as its agent, and if the Employer accepts such appointment, agree to hold all notes and other
evidence of any loans made to Participants. If provided in the loan policy, the Plan Administrator may also require additional collateral in order to adequately secure the loan. The Employer shall hold such notes and evidence under such conditions
of safekeeping as is prudent and as required by ERISA. The Trustee/Custodian may account for all loans in the aggregate so that all Participant loans will be shown collectively as a single asset of the Plan. 

  

	 	(m)	Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, loan payments will be suspended under this Plan as permitted under Code Section 414(u). 

 12.10 Insurance Policies Unless otherwise provided in a separate Trust agreement, if elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement and agreed to by the
Trustee or Custodian, Participants may purchase life insurance policies under the Plan. Any life insurance premium paid for any Participant out of the Employer contributions will be made on behalf of the Participant unless the amount of such
payment, plus all premiums previously paid on behalf of such Participant is (a) with respect to ordinary life insurance policies, less than fifty percent (50%) of the Employer Contributions and forfeitures allocated to the
Participant’s account determined on the date the premium is paid, (b) with respect to term and universal life policies, less than twenty-five percent (25%) of such allocation amounts, or (c) a combination of ordinary life and
term and/or universal life insurance policies are purchased, the sum of the term and universal life insurance premiums plus one-half of the ordinary life premiums may not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of such amounts allocated. Dividends
received on life insurance policies shall be considered a reduction of premiums paid in such computations. If the Plan established is a profit sharing plan, the incidental insurance benefit requirement is not applicable if the Plan purchases life
insurance benefits from only Employer contributions which have been allocated to the Participant’s account for at least two years. 
  

	 	(a)	The Named Investment Fiduciary or its agent shall select the insurance company and the policy and direct the Trustee (or Custodian) as to the purchase of the insurance contract.
Such direction shall include but not be limited to the term, price and the insurance company from which the policy should be purchased. 

  

	 	(b)	The Trustee, if the Plan is trusteed, or Custodian, if the Plan has a custodial account, shall apply for and will be the owner of any insurance contract and named beneficiary of any
policies purchased under the terms of this Plan. The insurance contract(s) must provide that proceeds will be payable to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable), however the Trustee (or Custodian) shall be required to pay over all the proceeds of
the contract(s) to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary in accordance with the distributions provisions of this Plan. A Participant’s Spouse will be the designated Beneficiary of the proceeds in all circumstances unless a qualified
election has been made in accordance with paragraph 8.4, Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements, if applicable. Under no circumstances shall the Trust (or custodial account) retain any part of the proceeds. In the event of any conflict between the
terms of this Basic Plan Document #01 and the terms of any insurance contract purchased hereunder, these Plan provisions shall control. The Beneficiary of a deceased Participant shall receive, in addition to the proceeds of the Participant’s
policy or policies, the amount credited to such Participant’s account. 

  

	 	(c)	A Participant who is uninsurable or insurable at substandard rates may elect to receive a reduced amount of insurance, if available, or may waive the purchase of any insurance.

  

 90 

	 	(d)	All dividends or other returns received on any policy purchased shall be applied to reduce the next premium due on such policy, or if no further premium is due, such amount shall be
credited to the Trust as part of the account of the Participant for whom the policy is held. 

  

	 	(e)	If Employer contributions are inadequate to pay all premiums on all insurance policies, the Trustee or Custodian may, at the option of the Employer, utilize other amounts remaining
in each Participant’s account to pay the premiums on his or her respective policy or policies, allow the policies to lapse, reduce the policies to a level at which they may be maintained, or borrow against the policies on a prorated basis,
provided that the borrowing does not discriminate in favor of the policies on the lives of Highly Compensated Employees. 

  

	 	(f)	On retirement or termination of employment of a Participant, termination of the Plan, or the contract would but for the sale, be surrendered by the Plan, the Employer shall direct
the Trustee or Custodian to surrender the Participant’s policy and credit the proceeds to his or her account for distribution under the terms of the Plan. However, before so doing, the Trustee or Custodian shall first offer to transfer
ownership of the policy to the Participant. Prior to such transfer, the Participant may elect to make payment to the Trust of the cash value of the policy. Such payment shall be credited to the Participant’s account for distribution under the
terms of the Plan. All distributions resulting from the application of this paragraph shall be subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity Rules of Article VIII, if applicable. 

  

	 	(g)	The Employer shall be solely responsible to ensure the insurance provisions are administered properly and that if there is any conflict between the provisions of this Plan and any
insurance contracts issued, the terms of this document will control. 

  

	 	(h)	Notwithstanding the above, in profit-sharing plans, the limitations imposed herein with respect to the purchase of life insurance shall not apply to any Participant who has
participated in this Plan for five (5) or more years or to the portion of a Participant’s Vested Account Balance, that would be eligible for withdrawal under paragraph 6.8 whether or not in-service withdrawals are actually allowed under
the Plan, that has accumulated for at least two (2) Plan Years. No amount of Qualified Voluntary Contributions made to the Plan may be used to purchase life insurance. In addition, under such Plans, a Participant may, subject to the limitations
set forth in this subparagraph, elect to have keyman life insurance purchased on the life of any Participant who is considered essential to the success of the Employer’s business. In such case, the proceeds of such a life insurance contract in
excess of such contract’s cash value as of the date of death of such insured shall be paid to the Beneficiaries named with respect to such contract. Death benefits, including those in the previous sentence, payable from a life insurance
contract shall be paid in accordance with paragraph 8.7, if this Plan meets the safe harbor provisions in that paragraph, or in accordance with paragraph 8.2 or 8.3, whichever may be applicable. The cash value of the contract shall be added to the
Participant’s Vested Account Balance. 

  

	 	(i)	No insurance contract will be purchased under the Plan unless such contract or a separate definite written agreement between the Employer and the insurer provides that no value
under contracts providing benefits under the Plan or credits determined by the insurer (on account of dividends, earnings, or other experience rating credits, or surrender or cancellation credits) with respect to such contracts may be paid or
returned to the Employer or diverted to or used for other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries. However, any contribution made by the Employer because of a mistake of fact must be returned to the Employer within one
(1) year of the contribution. 

  

	 	(j)	If this Plan is funded by individual contracts that provide a Participant’s benefit under the Plan, such individual contracts shall constitute the Participant’s account
balance. If this Plan is funded by group contracts, under the group annuity or group insurance contract, premiums or other consideration received by the insurance company must be allocated to Participants’ accounts under the Plan.

  

 91 

	 	(k)	For Plans funded with individual or group annuity contracts, no Trustee or Custodian is required to hold the assets of the Plan. Accordingly, any references to the Trust, the Trust
fund or the fund collectively refers to any contracts issued by an insurance company to fund a Plan established under this document. 

 12.11 Determination Of Qualified Domestic Relations Order (QDRO Or Order) Unless otherwise provided in a separate Trust agreement, a domestic relations order shall specifically state all of the following in order to be deemed
a Qualified Domestic Relations Order (“QDRO”): 
  

	 	(a)	The name and last known mailing address (if any) of the Participant and of each alternate payee covered by the QDRO. However, if the QDRO does not specify the current mailing
address of the alternate payee, but the Plan Administrator has independent knowledge of that address, the QDRO will still be valid. 

  

	 	(b)	The dollar amount or percentage of the Participant’s benefit to be paid by the Plan to each alternate payee, or the manner in which the amount or percentage will be determined.

  

	 	(c)	The number of payments or period for which the order applies. 

  

	 	(d)	The specific Plan (by name) to which the domestic relations order applies. 

 The domestic relations order shall not be deemed a QDRO if it requires the Plan to provide: 
  

	 	(e)	any type or form of benefit or any option not already provided for in the Plan; 

  

	 	(f)	increased benefits or benefits in excess of the Participant’s vested rights; 

  

	 	(g)	payment of a benefit earlier than allowed by the Plan’s earliest retirement provisions or, in the case of a profit-sharing or 401(k) plan, prior to the first date on which an
in-service withdrawal is allowed; or 

  

	 	(h)	payment of benefits to an alternate payee which are required to be paid to another alternate payee under another QDRO. 

 Upon receipt of a domestic relations order (“Order”) which may or may not be “qualified”, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant and any
alternate payee(s) named in the Order of such receipt, and forward either a copy of this paragraph or other written QDRO policies and procedures. The Plan Administrator shall establish written procedures to establish the qualified status of a
domestic relations order, which may include forwarding the Order to the Plan’s legal counsel for an opinion as to whether or not the Order is in fact “qualified” as defined in Code Section 414(p). Within a reasonable time after
receipt of the Order, not to exceed sixty (60) days, the Plan Administrator shall make a determination as to its “qualified” status and the Participant and any alternate payee(s) shall be promptly notified in writing of the
determination. 
 If the “qualified” status of the Order is in question, there will be a delay in any payout to any payee including the
Participant, until the status is resolved. In such event, the Plan Administrator shall segregate the amount that would have been payable to the alternate payee(s) if the Order had been deemed a QDRO. If the Order is not qualified or the status is
not resolved (for example, it has been sent back to the court for clarification or modification) within eighteen (18) months beginning with the date the first payment would have to be made under the Order, the Plan Administrator shall pay the
segregated amounts plus interest to the person(s) who would have been entitled to the benefits had there been no Order. If a determination as to the qualified status of the Order is made after the eighteen (18) month period described above,
then the Order shall only be applied on a prospective basis. If the Order is determined to be a QDRO, the Participant and alternate payee(s) shall again be notified promptly after such determination. Once an Order is deemed a QDRO, the Plan
Administrator shall pay to the alternate payee(s) all the amounts due under the QDRO, including segregated amounts plus earnings, if any, which may have accrued during a dispute as to the Order’s qualification. 
  

 92 

 Unless specified otherwise in the Adoption Agreement or in a separate Trust agreement, the QDRO retirement age with
regard to the Participant against whom the order is entered shall be the date the order is determined to be qualified. These provisions will only allow distributions to the alternate payee(s) and not the Participant. 
 12.12 Receipt And Release For Payments Unless otherwise provided in a separate Trust agreement, any payment to any Participant, his legal representative,
Beneficiary, or to any guardian or committee appointed for such Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan shall be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Trustee, Employer or Plan Administrator each
of whom may require such Participant, legal representative, Beneficiary, guardian or committee as a condition prior to such payment, to execute a receipt and release in such form as shall be determined by the Trustee, Employer or Plan Administrator.

 12.13 Resignation And Removal Unless otherwise provided in a separate Trust agreement, an individual serving as Plan Administrator may
resign by giving written notice to the Employer, or if the Employer is no longer in existence, to the Trustee/Custodian, not less than thirty (30) days before the effective date of the individual’s resignation. The Plan Administrator may
be removed upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Plan Administrator, with or without cause, by the Employer, or if the Employer is no longer in existence, by a majority of the Participants and Beneficiaries following the approach
referred to in paragraph 12.2. A notice period provided for in this paragraph 12.13 may be waived or reduced if acceptable to the parties involved. The Employer, if in existence, shall be the successor to the position involved, or the Employer may
appoint a successor to a person who has resigned or been removed as Plan Administrator, but if the Employer is no longer in existence, the appointment shall be made by a majority of the Participants and Beneficiaries following the approach referred
to in paragraph 12.2. When the Plan Administrator’s resignation or removal becomes effective, the Plan Administrator shall perform all acts necessary to transfer all relevant records to its successor. A successor Plan Administrator shall have
all the rights and powers and all of the duties and obligations of the original Plan Administrator but shall have no responsibility for acts or omissions before the successor became Plan Administrator. 
 12.14 Claims And Claims Review Procedure Unless otherwise provided in a separate Trust agreement, if any Employee, Participant, Beneficiary or any other
person claims to be entitled to benefits under the Plan, and the Plan Administrator denies that claim in whole or in part, the Plan Administrator shall, in writing, within ninety (90) days notify the claimant that his claim has been denied in
whole or in part, setting forth the specific reason or reasons for the denial, specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial is based, a description of any additional material or information which may be needed to clarify the
claim, including an explanation of why such information is necessary, and shall refer to the claims review procedure as set forth in this paragraph 12.14. Within sixty (60) days after the mailing or delivery by the Plan Administrator of such
notice, the claimant may request, by written notice to the Plan Administrator, a review by the Employer of the decision denying the claim. The claimant may examine documents pertinent to the review and may submit written issues and comments to the
Plan Administrator. If the claimant fails to request such a hearing within such sixty (60) day period, it shall be conclusively determined for all purposes of this Plan that the denial of such claim is correct. If the claimant requests a review
within the sixty (60) day period, the Plan Administrator shall designate a time, which time shall be no less than ten (10) nor more than forty-five (45) days from the date of receipt by the Plan Administrator of the claimant’s
notice to the Plan Administrator, and a place for such hearing, and shall promptly notify such claimant of such time and place. Within forty-five (45) days after the conclusion of the hearing, including any extensions of the date thereof
mutually agreed to by the claimant and the Plan Administrator, the Plan Administrator shall communicate to the claimant the Plan Administrator’s decision in writing, and if the Plan Administrator confirms the denial, in whole or in part, the
communication shall set forth the specific reason or reasons for the decision and specific reference to those Plan provisions upon which the decision is based. 
  

 93 

 12.15 Bonding Every fiduciary, except for a bank, trust company or an insurance company, unless otherwise
exempted by ERISA and the Regulations issued thereunder shall be bonded in an amount not less than 10% of the amount of the funds such fiduciary handles; provided however, that the minimum bond shall be $1,000 and the maximum bond $500,000. The
amount of funds handled shall be determined at the beginning of each Plan Year by the amount of funds handled by such person, group or class to be covered and their predecessors, if any, during the preceding Plan Year, or if there is no preceding
Plan Year, then by the amount of the funds to be handled during the then current year. The bond shall provide protection to the Plan against any loss by reason of acts of fraud or dishonesty by the fiduciary either acting alone or in concert with
others. The surety shall be a corporate surety company [as the term is used in ERISA Section 412(a)(2)], and the bond shall be in a form approved by the Secretary of Labor. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the costs of such
bonds shall be an expense of and may, at the election of the Plan Administrator, be paid from the Trust or by the Employer. 
  

 94 

 ARTICLE XIII 
 TRUST PROVISIONS 
 13.1 Establishment Of The Trust 
  

	 	(a)	The Employer shall appoint within the Adoption Agreement who may be the Sponsor (or an affiliate) of this Basic Plan Document #01 or an individual(s), institution or other party, to
serve as Trustee or Custodian (if applicable) of the Plan. The Employer shall also have the right, but is not required, to appoint a Custodian in the Adoption Agreement to have custody of the Plan’s assets. The Employer may execute a separate
trust or custodial agreement outlining the Trustee’s or Custodian’s duties and responsibilities which shall be incorporated by reference and made part of this Basic Plan Document #01. No such ancillary agreement may conflict with any
provision(s) of this document. Any provision which would jeopardize the tax-qualified status of this Plan shall be null and void. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Trust and/or Custodial provisions of this Article XIII and
Article XII, as applicable, of the Basic Plan Document #01 together with any such ancillary agreement shall be operative. If the Sponsor is a bank, trust company or other financial organization, a person or institution other than the Sponsor or its
affiliate may not serve as Trustee or Custodian of the Plan without the express written consent of the Sponsor. If a financial organization is the Sponsor, and is not named Trustee, the Sponsor may serve as Custodian under the Plan as provided at
paragraph 13.13 herein. The Trustee shall invest the Trust Fund in any of the investment alternatives as provided in paragraph 13.8. If a Custodian is appointed, the Trust Fund shall be invested in accordance with paragraph 13.14.

  

	 	(b)	The Employer establishes with the Trustee a Trust which shall consist of all money and property received under Articles III and IV of this document, increased by any income on or
increment in such value of assets and decreased by any investment loss, expense, benefit payment, withdrawal or other distribution by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. The Trustee/Custodian shall hold the Trust fund without
distinction between principal and income. The Trust fund will be held, invested, reinvested and administered by the Trustee in accordance with this Article and any ancillary documents as provided for in this Article. 

 13.2 Control Of Plan Assets The assets of the Trust or evidence of ownership shall be held by the Trustee and/or the Custodian under the terms of the Basic
Plan Document #01. If the assets represent amounts transferred from another trustee or custodian under a former plan, the Trustee and/or Custodian named hereunder shall not be responsible for any actions of the prior fiduciary including the
propriety of any investment decision made by the prior trustee/custodian under any prior plan. Instead, the Employer shall be responsible for such actions. 
 13.3 Discretionary Trustee If the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement, or otherwise appoints the Trustee to act in the capacity of discretionary Trustee, the Trustee shall invest the Trust in accordance with the
Plan’s investment policy statement and the investment alternatives permitted at paragraph 13.8 herein. The Trustee will have the discretion and authority to invest, manage and control those Plan assets except those assets which are subject to
the investment direction of a Participant (if Participant direction is permitted), or an investment manager or Named Investment Fiduciary, or other agent properly appointed by the Employer. The exercise of any investment direction hereunder shall be
consistent with the investment policy of the Plan. The Trustee shall also perform custodial functions described at paragraph 13.14 hereof for the Trust with respect to Plan assets over which the Trustee has investment management responsibility. The
Trustee may also perform custodial functions for the Trust with respect to Plan assets the Trustee does not manage, to the extent agreed to between the Trustee and the Employer, if the Trustee is appointed Custodian for some or all of such assets in
accordance with the terms of the Plan. The Trustee may execute any additional documents as required which shall be treated as an addendum to this Basic Plan Document #01. No such agreement may conflict with any provision nor shall any provision in
such an agreement jeopardize the tax-qualified status of the Plan. Any such provision shall be null and void. The Trustee’s administrative duties shall be limited to those agreed to between the parties. The Employer or its designate shall be
responsible for other administrative duties required under the Plan or by applicable law. 
  

 95 

 13.4 Nondiscretionary Trustee If the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement or as otherwise agreed to in
writing, the Trustee may act in the capacity of a nondiscretionary Trustee. In this capacity, the Trustee shall have no discretionary authority to invest, manage or control Plan assets and is authorized solely to make and hold investments only as
directed pursuant to paragraph 12.5. The nondiscretionary Trustee shall have the same rights, powers and duties as the discretionary Trustee but exercises such authority in accordance with the direction of the party which has the authority to manage
and control the investment of Plan assets. If directions are not provided to the Trustee, the Employer will provide such necessary direction. 
 13.5
Provisions Relating To Individual Trustees  
  

	 	(a)	Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary, the provisions of this paragraph shall apply if one (1) or more individuals are named as Trustee(s) in the
Adoption Agreement and shall not apply to any institutional Trustee named in the Adoption Agreement. 

  

	 	(b)	If there shall be more than one individual acting in the capacity of Trustee, they shall act by a majority of their number, unless they unanimously decide that one (1) or more
of them may act on the matter or category of matters involved without the approval of the others and they may authorize in writing that one (1) or more of them shall act on their behalf including but not limited to executing documents and
authorizing distributions on behalf of the Trustees. 

  

	 	(c)	Any person may rely, without having to make further inquiry, upon instructions appearing to be genuine instructions from any individual serving as Trustee as being the will, intent
and action of all individuals so serving if no allocation of duties has been made. 

  

	 	(d)	The Trustee shall be paid such reasonable compensation for services as shall from time to time be agreed upon in writing by the Employer and the Trustee, provided that an individual
serving as Trustee who already receives full-time Compensation from the Employer shall not receive compensation for serving as such from the Plan. 

 13.6 Investment Instructions Any investment directive shall be made in writing or such other form as agreed to by the Employer, Trustee/Custodian and the investment manager. In the absence of such directive, cash shall be
automatically invested in such investment or investments as the Employer or Named Investment Fiduciary shall select from the investments made available for that purpose unless and until the person or persons responsible for giving directions directs
otherwise. Such automatic investment shall be made at regular intervals and pursuant to procedures established by the parties (which procedures may without limitation, provide for more frequent intervals only if uninvested balances exceed a stated
amount). Absent a contrary direction in accordance with the preceding provisions of this paragraph 13.6, such instructions regarding the delegation of investment responsibility shall remain in force until revoked or amended in writing. Neither the
Trustee nor the Custodian shall be responsible for the propriety of any directed investment made nor shall they be required to consult with or advise the Employer regarding the investment quality of any directed investment held hereunder. If the
Employer fails to designate an investment manager, the Trustee shall have full investment management authority as agreed upon in a duly authorized and executed investment management agreement. If the Employer does not issue investment directions
with regard to specific assets held in the Trust, the Trustee shall have authority to invest those assets in the Trust in its sole discretion subject to paragraph 13.8. While the Employer may direct the Trustee with respect to Plan investments, the
Employer may not: 
  

	 	(a)	borrow from the Plan or pledge any of the assets of the Plan as security for a loan, 

  

	 	(b)	buy property or assets from or sell property or assets to the Plan, 

  

	 	(c)	charge any fee for services rendered to the Plan, or 

  

	 	(d)	receive any services from the Plan on a preferential basis. 

  

 96 

 13.7 Fiduciary Standards Subject to paragraphs 13.6 and 13.8 hereof, the Trustee, if discretionary, shall
invest and reinvest principal and income of the Trust in accordance with the funding policy and investment objectives established by the Employer, provided that: 
  

	 	(a)	such investments are prudent under ERISA, as amended, and the Regulations thereunder, 

  

	 	(b)	such investments are sufficiently diversified to minimize the risk of large losses, 

  

	 	(c)	such investments are made in accordance with the provisions of this Plan and Trust document, and 

  

	 	(d)	such investments are made with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such
matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character with like aims. 

 13.8 Powers Of The Trustee The Trustee
shall be responsible for the investment, administration and safekeeping of assets held in the Trust Fund. The Trustee shall have the following duties and responsibilities, in addition to powers given by law: 
  

	 	(a)	receiving contributions under the terms of the Plan; 

  

	 	(b)	implementing an investment program based on the Employer’s investment policy statement, funding policy, investment objectives and ERISA, as amended; 

 

	 	(c)	invest the Trust in any form of property, including common and preferred stocks, exchange-traded covered put and call options, bonds, money market instruments, mutual funds
(including funds for which the Sponsor, Trustee or its affiliates receive compensation for providing investment advisory, custody, transfer agency or other services), savings accounts, plan loans, certificates of deposit, securities issued by the
U.S. government or by governmental agencies, insurance policies and contracts, or in any other property, real or personal, having a ready market, including securities issued by the Trustee and/or affiliates of the Trustee as permitted by law. The
Trustee may invest in time deposits (including, if applicable, its own or those of affiliates) which bear a reasonable interest rate. No portion of any Qualified Voluntary Contribution, or the earnings thereon, may be invested in life insurance
contracts or, as with any Participant-directed investment, in tangible personal property characterized by the IRS as a collectible; 

  

	 	(d)	invest any assets of the Trust in a group or collective trust fund established to permit the pooling of funds of separate pension and profit-sharing trusts, provided the Internal
Revenue Service has ruled such group or collective trust to be qualified under Code Section 401(a) and exempt under Code Section 501(a) (or the applicable corresponding provision of any other Revenue Act) or to any other common,
collective, or commingled trust fund which has been or may hereafter be established and maintained by the Trustee, affiliate(s) of the Trustee, the Custodian or investment manager. Such commingling of assets of the Trust with assets of other
qualified trusts is specifically authorized, and to the extent of the investment of the Trust in such a group or collective trust, the terms of the instrument establishing the group or collective trust shall be a part hereof as though set forth
herein. The name of the group or collective trust fund shall be specified in an addendum to the Adoption Agreement. The Employer expressly understands and agrees that any such collective fund may provide for the lending of its securities by the
collective fund trustee and that such collective fund’s trustee will receive compensation from such collective fund for the lending of securities that is separate from any compensation of the Trustee hereunder, or any compensation of the
collective fund trustee for the management of such collective fund; 

  

	 	(e)	for collective investment purposes, may combine into one trust fund the Trust created under this Plan with the Trust created under any other qualified retirement plan the Employer
maintains. However, the Trustee must maintain separate records of account for the assets of each Trust in order to reflect properly each Participant’s Vested Account Balance under the Plan(s) in which he is a Participant;

  

 97 

	 	(f)	invest up to 100% of the Trust in the common stock, debt obligations, or any other security issued by the Employer or by an affiliate of the Employer within the limitations provided
under ERISA Sections 406, 407, and 408, as amended, and further provided that such investment does not constitute a prohibited transaction under Code Section 4975. Any such investment in Employer securities shall only be made upon written
direction of the Employer who shall be solely responsible for the propriety of such investment. Additional directives regarding the purchase, sale, retention or valuing of such securities may be addressed in an investment management or trust
agreement, which is incorporated by reference. If there are any conflicts between this document and the above referenced agreements, this document shall govern; 

  

	 	(g)	hold cash uninvested and deposit the same with any banking or savings institution, including its own banking department or the banking department of an affiliate;

  

	 	(h)	utilize a general disbursement account, i.e., in the form of a demand deposit account and/or time deposit account, for distributions from the Trust, without incurring any liability
for payment of interest thereon, notwithstanding the Trustee’s receipt of income with respect to float involving the disbursement account; 

  

	 	(i)	hold contributions in an omnibus account, i.e., in the form of a demand deposit and/or time deposit account, maintained by the Trustee for up to three (3) business days (or
such longer period as may result due to circumstances beyond the Trustee’s control), without liability for interest thereon. (The Employer acknowledges that any float earnings associated with the assets held in such omnibus account are retained
by the Trustee as part of its compensation for performing services with respect to the allocation of contributions to Participants’ accounts); 

  

	 	(j)	join in or oppose the reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, sale or merger of corporations or properties, including those in which it or its affiliates are interested as
Trustee, upon such terms as it deems advisable; 

  

	 	(k)	hold investments in nominee or bearer form; 

  

	 	(l)	exercise all ownership rights including the voting of proxies and the exercise of tender offers but only with respect to assets over which the Trustee has investment management
responsibility; 

  

	 	(m)	to hold, manage and control all property forming part of the Trust Fund and to sell, convey, transfer, exchange and otherwise dispose of the same from time to time;

  

	 	(n)	to apply for and procure from an insurance company as an investment of the Trust such annuity, or other contracts on the life of any Participant as the Plan Administrator shall deem
proper; to exercise, at any time or from time to time, whatever rights and privileges may be granted under such annuity, or other contracts; to collect, receive, and settle for the proceeds of any such annuity, or other contracts as and when
entitled to do so under the provisions thereof; 

  

	 	(o)	unless otherwise provided by a directive as described by paragraph 13.6, the Employer will pass through shareholder rights (including voting rights) on Employer securities to Plan
Participants. If no directive is provided, the Trustee shall exercise any shareholder rights (including voting rights) with respect to any securities held, but only in accordance with the instructions of the person or persons responsible for the
investment of such securities subject to and as permitted by, any applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and any national securities exchange. Voting rights with respect to shares of registered investment companies held in the
Trust shall be directed by the Named Investment Fiduciary responsible for selection of such registered investment companies as permissible investment alternatives. In the event of any conflict with any other provision of this Article or this Basic
Plan Document #01, the provision of this paragraph shall control. The Employer shall be responsible for preparing and distributing all required prospectuses for Employer securities and making such materials available to Plan Participants;

  

 98 

	 	(p)	to retain and employ such attorneys, agents and servants as may be necessary or desirable, in the opinion of the Trustee, in the administration of the Plan, and to pay them such
reasonable compensation for their services as may be agreed upon as an expense of administration of the Plan, including power to employ and retain counsel upon any matter of doubt as to the meaning or interpretation to be placed upon this Plan or
any provisions thereof with reference to any question arising in the administration of the Plan or pertaining to the rights and liabilities of the Trustee hereunder. The Trustee in any such event, any act in reliance upon the advice, opinions,
records, statements and computations of any attorneys and agents and on the records, statements and computations of any servants so selected by it in good faith and shall be released and exonerated of and from all liability to anyone in so doing
(except to the extent that liability is imposed under ERISA); 

  

	 	(q)	to institute, prosecute and maintain, or to defend, any proceeding at law or in equity concerning the Plan or the assets thereof or any claims thereto, or the interests of
Participants and Beneficiaries hereunder at the sole cost and expense of the Plan or at the sole cost and expense of the Participant that may be concerned therein or that may be affected thereby, as, in its opinion, shall be fair and equitable in
each case, and to compromise, settle and adjust all claims and liabilities asserted by or against the Plan or asserted by or against it, or such terms as it, in each such case, shall deem reasonable and proper. The Trustee shall be under no duty or
obligation to institute, prosecute, maintain or defend any suit, action or other legal proceeding unless it shall be indemnified to its satisfaction against all expenses and liabilities (including without limitation, legal and other professional
fees) which it may sustain or anticipate by reason thereof; and 

  

	 	(r)	the Trustee is expressly authorized to the fullest extent permitted by law to (1) retain the services of any broker-dealer, registered investment advisor or other financial
services entity (including the Trustee and any of its affiliates) and any future successors in interest thereto collectively, for the purposes of this paragraph referred to as the “Affiliated Entities”), to provide services to assist or
facilitate the purchase or sale of investments in the Trust, (2) acquire as assets of the Trust shares of mutual funds to which Affiliated Entities provide, for a fee, services in any capacity and (3) acquire in the Trust any other
services or products of any kind or nature from the Affiliated Entities regardless of whether the same or dissimilar services or products are available from other institutions. The Trust may pay directly or indirectly (through mutual funds fees and
charges for example) pay management fees, transaction fees and other commissions to the Affiliated Entities for the services or products provided to the Trust and/or such mutual funds at such Affiliated Entities’ standard or published rates
without offset (unless required by law) from any fees charged by the Trustee for its services as Trustee. The Trustee may also deal directly with the Affiliated Entities regardless of the capacity in which it is then acting, to purchase, sell,
exchange or transfer assets of the Trust even though the Affiliated Entities are receiving compensation or otherwise profiting from such transaction or are acting as principal in such transaction. Each of the Affiliated Entities is authorized to
effect transactions on national securities exchanges for the Trust as directed by the Trustee, and retain any transactional fees related thereto, consistent with Section 11(a)(1) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and
related Rule 11a2-2(T). Included specifically, but not by way of limitation in the transactions authorized by this provision, are transactions in which any of the Affiliated Entities is serving as an underwriting or member of an underwriting
syndicate for a security being purchased or is purchasing or selling a security for its own account. In the event the Trustee is directed by the Plan Administrator, any named fiduciary, designated Investment Manager, Participant and/or Beneficiary,
as applicable hereunder (collectively referred to as for purposes of this paragraph as the “Directing Party”), the Directing Party shall be authorized, and expressly retains the right hereunder, to direct the Trustee to retain the services
of, and conduct transactions with, Affiliated Entities fully in the manner described above. 

 13.9 Appointment Of Additional Trustee And
Allocation Of Responsibilities Assets for which the Trustee is not serving in the capacity of Trustee may be held by a second Trustee appointed by the Employer to hold specified investments. In the event that an additional Trustee is
appointed for the Plan to serve as the Trustee of specific investments for which the Trustee is not acting in the capacity of Trustee, the second Trustee shall have no 

  

 99 

 
responsibilities to these assets other than as set forth herein. The Trustee shall have no duties with respect to investment held by any other person
including, without limitation, any other Trustee for the Plan. Any other secondary Trustee of the Plan shall have no duties with respect to assets held in the Plan by the Trustee. 
 13.10 Compensation, Administrative Fees And Expenses All reasonable fees, charges and expenses incurred by the Trustee or the Custodian in connection with the administration of the Trust and all
reasonable fees, charges and expenses incurred by the Plan Administrator in connection with the administration of the Plan (including such reasonable compensation to the Trustee/Custodian and the Plan Administrator as may be agreed upon from time to
time between the Employer, the Trustee/Custodian and Plan Administrator) and fees for legal services rendered to the Trustee/Custodian or Plan Administrator shall be paid from the Trust unless: 
  

	 	(a)	The payment of such expense would constitute a “prohibited transaction” within the meaning of ERISA Section 406 or Code Section 4975 for which no statutory or
administrative exemption is available. 

  

	 	(b)	The Employer actually pays such expenses directly. Any and all reasonable additional administrative expenses incurred to effect investment directives made by the Participants and by
each Beneficiary under this Plan shall be paid by the Trust and as determined by the Employer shall either be charged (in accordance with such reasonable nondiscriminatory rules as the Employer deems appropriate under the circumstances) to the
account of the individual issuing such directive, or treated as a general expense of the Trust. If charged to a Participant’s account and if the assets of such account are insufficient to satisfy such charges, the Employer shall pay any deficit
to the Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this section shall prevent the Employer from paying the administrative expenses of the Plan directly. 

  

	 	(c)	All transaction related expenses incurred to effect a specific investment for a Participant directed account (such as brokerage commissions and other transaction related expenses),
shall, as determined by the Employer, either be paid from or otherwise be charged directly to the account of the Participant providing such direction or treated as a general expense of the Trust. 

  

	 	(d)	If there are insufficient liquid assets of the Trust to cover the fees of the Trustee or the Custodian, then assets of the Trust shall be liquidated to the extent necessary to cover
fees. 

  

	 	(e)	Notwithstanding the foregoing, no compensation other than reimbursement for expenses incurred shall be paid to a Plan Administrator who is the Employer or Employee of the Employer.

  

	 	(f)	In the event any part of the Plan becomes subject to tax, all taxes incurred will be paid from the Plan at the direction of the Plan Administrator. 

  

	 	(g)	Any investment gain or loss of the Trust that is not directly attributable to the investment of the account of any Participant (including, but not limited to, for example, any
“float” earned on the disbursement account established for the Plan and not treated as part of the compensation of the Trustee or paying agent for the Plan, and any 12b-1 or similar fees paid to the Plan) will be applied to pay
administrative expenses of the Plan, with any excess remaining at the close of the Plan Year being allocated among the Participant’s accounts in accordance with the procedure established by the Plan Administrator for this purpose.

 13.11 Records Within ninety (90) days following the close of each Plan Year, or at such other times as may be agreed to
between the Employer and the Trustee, and within ninety (90) days following its removal or resignation, the Trustee shall file with the Employer a report of that part of the Trust under the investment management of the Trustee during such year
or from the end of the preceding Plan Year to the date of removal or resignation. Such report shall include a statement of receipts and disbursements, the net income or loss of the Trust, the gains or losses realized by the Trust upon sale or other
disposition of the assets, the increase or decrease in the value of the Trust, all payments and distributions made from the Trust since the date of its last report, and shall contain a schedule of assets listing the fair market value of investments
held in the Trust as of the end of the Plan Year or the date of removal or resignation, as applicable. The fair market value of investments for which there is a ready market shall 

  

 100 

 
be determined using the most recent price quoted on a national or other recognized securities exchange or over-the-counter market. The fair market value of
illiquid investments shall be obtained by a valuation performed by an independent appraiser appointed by the Trustee or appointed by the Employer and approved by the Trustee for this purpose whose determination shall be final. The Employer shall
review the Trustee’s report and notify the Trustee in the event of its disapproval of the report within thirty (30) days, providing the Trustee with a written description of the items in question. The Trustee shall have sixty
(60) days to provide the Employer with a written explanation of the items in question. If the Employer again disapproves, the Trustee shall have the right to file its report in a court of competent jurisdiction for audit and adjudication. In
the event the Employer fails to file a written objection to the Trustee’s report within the ninety (90) day period following receipt of the report, the Employer shall be deemed to have approved the report. In such case, the Trustee shall
be released and discharged with respect to all matters contained in the report. 
 13.12 Limitation On Liability And Indemnification 

  

	 	(a)	The Trustee shall have the authority to manage and govern the Trust to the extent provided in this instrument, but does not guarantee the Trust in any manner against investment loss
or depreciation in asset value, or guarantee the adequacy of the Trust to meet and discharge all or any liabilities of the Plan. 

  

	 	(b)	The Trustee and/or Custodian shall not be liable for the making, retention, or sale of any investment or reinvestment made by it, as herein provided, or for any loss to, or
diminution of the Trust, or for any other loss or damage which may result from the discharge of its duties hereunder except to the extent it is judicially determined such loss or damage is attributable to the Trustee/Custodian’s breach of its
duties hereunder or under ERISA. 

  

	 	(c)	An institution acting as a Custodian or nondiscretionary Trustee shall have no discretion or investment management responsibility, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing
(pursuant to an investment management agreement, for example) and shall only be responsible to perform the functions described at paragraph 13.5 hereof. Neither the Custodian nor Trustee (whether nondiscretionary or discretionary) shall have any
responsibility with respect to Plan investments and does not guarantee the adequacy of the Trust to meet and discharge any or all liabilities associated with the Plan. 

  

	 	(d)	The Employer warrants that all directions issued to the Trustee or Custodian by it or the Plan Administrator will be in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the auxillary
agreement and not contrary to the provisions of ERISA, as amended, and the Regulations issued thereunder. 

  

	 	(e)	Neither the Trustee nor the Custodian shall be answerable for any action taken pursuant to any direction, consent, certificate, or other paper or document in the belief that the
same is genuine. All directions by the Employer, Participant, the Plan Administrator, Named Fiduciary or an investment manager shall be made pursuant to pre-approved communication procedures to which all such parties, as applicable, shall have
consented to in writing. The Employer shall deliver to the Trustee and Custodian written notification identifying the individual or individuals authorized to act on behalf the Plan and shall deliver specimens of their signatures to the
Trustee/Custodian. 

  

	 	(f)	The duties and obligations of the Trustee and the Custodian shall be limited to those expressly imposed by this instrument or subsequently agreed upon by the parties in writing.
Responsibility for administrative duties required under the Plan or applicable law not expressly imposed upon or agreed to by the Trustee or the Custodian shall rest solely with the Employer. 

  

 101 

	 	(g)	The Employer shall indemnify the Trustee/Custodian against, and agrees to hold the Trustee/Custodian harmless from, all liabilities and claims and expenses including attorney’s
fees and expenses incurred in defending against such liability or claims against the Trustee/Custodian, unless such liability or claim results from the negligent action or inaction of the Trustee/Custodian, or where the Trustee/Custodian is found to
have breached its duties under this Article or Part 4 of Title I of ERISA by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. Except as otherwise provided by the preceding sentence, the Employer also shall indemnify the Trustee/Custodian
against and agrees to hold the Trustee/Custodian harmless from all liabilities, claims and expenses including attorney’s fees and other expenses incurred in defending against such liabilities or claims, arising from any actions or breach of
responsibility by any party other than the Trustee/Custodian, including without limitation by specification any acts of a prior Trustee or of another Trustee or Custodian appointed by the Employer. 

  

	 	(h)	Without limiting any provision in the prior paragraph, the Employer expressly agrees to indemnify the Trustee/Custodian against any liability or claim (including attorney’s
fees and expenses in defending against such liabilities or claims) arising as a result of any act taken or failure to act, in accordance with the directions received from the Employer, Plan Administrator, investment manager, Participant, or a
designee specified by the Employer directly or transmitted by a designated Service Provider to the Plan and without limitation by specification. 

  

	 	(i)	The Trustee/Custodian will take all reasonable steps to assure the security of any data received from the Employer in connection with services provided to the Plan. The Employer
will be responsible for retaining duplicate copies of any such data or materials it forwards to the Trustee/Custodian and for taking all other reasonable and necessary precautions in event such data or materials are lost or destroyed, regardless of
cause, or in the event reprocessing is needed for any reason. The Trustee/Custodian will maintain records in connection with the performance of services hereunder for the applicable period as required by law, or if no period is required, for such
period as is reasonable under the law. 

  

	 	(j)	No waiver of any breach of this agreement shall constitute a waiver of any other breach, whether of the same or any other covenant, term or condition. The subsequent performance of
any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Article shall not constitute a waiver of any preceding breach, nor shall any delay or omission of any party’s exercise of any rights arising from any default effect or impair the party’s
rights as to the same or future default. 

  

	 	(k)	Neither the Trustee or the Custodian shall be responsible in any way for any actions taken, or failure to act, by a prior trustee/custodian. The Employer shall indemnify and hold
harmless the Trustee/Custodian for such prior trustee/custodian’s acts or inactions for any periods applicable, including periods for which the Plan must retroactively comply with any tax law or regulations thereunder. 

 

	 	(l)	A fiduciary with respect to the Plan shall not be liable for a breach of fiduciary responsibility of another fiduciary with respect to the Plan except to the extent that:

  

	 	(1)	it participates knowingly in, or knowingly undertakes to conceal, an act or omission of such other fiduciary, knowing such act or omission is a breach; 

  

	 	(2)	by its failure to comply with ERISA Section 404(a)(1) in the administration of its specific responsibilities which give rise to its status as a fiduciary, it has enabled such
other fiduciary to commit a breach; or 

  

	 	(3)	it has knowledge of a breach by such other fiduciary, unless it makes reasonable efforts under the circumstances to remedy the breach. 

  

 102 

	 	(m)	If the assets of the Plan are held by two (2) or more Trustees, each Trustee will use reasonable care to prevent a co-Trustee from committing a breach of duty under the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and they shall jointly manage and control the assets of the Plan; provided however, that such co-Trustee shall be authorized to allocate specific responsibilities, obligations or duties
among the co-Trustees pursuant to a written agreement. If co-Trustees do enter into such an agreement, then a Trustee to whom certain responsibilities, obligations or duties have not been allocated shall not be liable either individually or as
Trustee for any loss resulting to the Plan arising from the acts or omissions on the part of another Trustee to which such responsibilities, obligations or duties have been allocated. 

 13.13 Custodian If a discretionary Trustee has been appointed, the Employer may appoint a Custodian as provided for in the Adoption Agreement. A Custodian
shall have the same rights, powers and duties as a nondiscretionary Trustee. Any reference in the Plan to a Trustee is also a reference to the Custodian unless the context indicates otherwise. Any limitation of the Trustee’s liability in the
Plan shall act as a limitation of the Custodian’s liability. Where a discretionary Trustee has provided direction, any action taken by the Custodian satisfies the requirement in the Plan referencing the Trustee taking that action. The
resignation or removal of the Custodian shall be made in accordance with paragraph 13.19 as though the Custodian were the Trustee. The Custodian shall be responsible for the holding and safekeeping of all or a portion of the Plan’s assets. One
or more Custodian(s) appointed under this Plan may hold all or any portion of the Plan’s assets. Such separate assets shall be held pursuant to the terms of a separate custodial agreement with such Custodian. The separate custodial agreement
shall be treated as an addendum and, as such, may not conflict with any provision of this document. In addition, any provision of a separate custodial agreement which would jeopardize the tax qualified status of this Defined Contribution Plan shall
be null and void. In addition to the holding and safekeeping of Plan assets, the Custodian’s duties shall include: 
  

	 	(a)	receiving contributions under the terms of the Plan, but not determining the amount or enforcing the payment thereof, 

  

	 	(b)	making distributions from the Plan in accordance with instructions received from the Plan Administrator or an authorized representative of the Employer, 

  

	 	(c)	keeping records reflecting its administration of the Trust or the custodial account and making such records, statements and reports available to the Employer for review and audit at
such times as agreed to between the Custodian, Plan Administrator, and the Employer, and 

  

	 	(d)	retaining and employing such attorneys, agents and servants as may be necessary or desirable, in the opinion of the Custodian, in the administration of the Plan, and to pay them
such reasonable compensation for their services as may be agreed upon as an expense of administration of the Plan, including power to employ and retain counsel upon any matter of doubt as to the meaning or interpretation to be placed upon this Plan
or any provisions thereof with reference to any question arising in the administration of the Plan or pertaining to the rights and liabilities of the Trustee hereunder. The Custodian in any such event, any act in reliance upon the advice, opinions,
records, statements and computations of any attorneys and agents and on the records, statements and computations of any servants so selected by it in good faith shall be released and exonerated of and from all liability to anyone in so doing (except
to the extent that liability is imposed under ERISA). 

 The Custodian’s duties shall be limited to those as agreed to between the
Employer and the Custodian. The Employer shall be responsible for any other administrative duties required under the Plan or by applicable law. 
 13.14
Investment Alternatives Of The Custodian 
  

	 	(a)	 The Custodian shall hold any or all assets received from the Trustee or its agents. If the Custodian holds title to Plan assets and such ownership requires action
on the part of the registered owner, such action will be taken by the Custodian only upon receipt of specific instructions from the Trustee, or its designated agents or the Named Investment Fiduciary. Proxies shall be voted by or 

  

 103 

	 	 
pursuant to the express direction of the Trustee its’ authorized agent or the Named Investment Fiduciary. The Custodian shall not render any investment
advice, including any opinion on the prudence of directed investments. The Employer and Trustee and its agents thereof assume all responsibility for adherence to fiduciary standards under ERISA, as amended, and the Regulations issued thereunder.

  

	 	(b)	Where the Sponsor serves as Custodian, the Trust shall only be invested in investment alternatives the Custodian makes available in the ordinary course of business unless the
Custodian is directed otherwise by the Employer, the Trustee or any properly designated agent thereof. The Custodian under applicable Federal or state laws, may limit the investment alternatives including but not limited to savings accounts, savings
certificates, or in other savings instruments offered by the Sponsor or its affiliates. Such investments shall be made at the direction of the Employer or Trustee(s) or other Named Investment Fiduciary and the Custodian shall have no responsibility
for the propriety of such investments. 

 13.15 Prohibited Transactions The Trustee, Custodian, Employer, investment manager, the
Named Investment Fiduciary or Participant shall not knowingly enter into any transaction, engage in any activity, or direct the purchase or acquisition of any investment with respect to the Plan which would constitute a prohibited transaction under
ERISA or the Code for which a statutory or administrative exemption is not available. The Trustee or Custodian shall not receive any investment advisory or other fees from a regulated investment company (a mutual fund) which duplicates investment
management fees charged by the Trustee. The Trustee or Custodian shall be permitted to receive fees from a regulated investment company if the Trustee or Custodian has made a good faith determination that the receipt of such fees is not a prohibited
transaction pursuant to any guidance or exemption issued by the Department of Labor from time to time. 
 13.16 Exclusive Benefit Rules No part
of the Trust shall be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants, former Participants with a vested interest, and the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries of deceased Participants who have in a vested interest in
the Plan at death. 
 13.17 Assignment And Alienation Of Benefits Except as provided in paragraphs 12.9 or 12.11, no right or claim to, or
interest in, any part of the Plan, or any payment from the Plan, shall be assignable, transferable, or subject to sale, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, commutation, anticipation, garnishment, attachment, execution, or levy of any kind. Neither the
Trustee or Custodian shall recognize any attempt to assign, transfer, sell, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, commute, or anticipate the same, except to the extent required by law. The preceding sentences shall also apply to the creation, assignment,
or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such order is determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), or any
domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985 which the Plan’s attorney and Plan Administrator deem to be qualified. 
 Notwithstanding
any provision of this paragraph 13.17 to the contrary, an offset to a Participant’s Vested Account Balance against an amount that the Participant is ordered or required to pay the Plan with respect to a judgment, order or decree issued, or a
settlement entered into, on or after August 5, 1997, shall be permitted in accordance with Code Sections 401(a)(13)(C) and (D). 
 13.18
Liquidation Of Assets If the Trustee and/or Custodian must liquidate assets in order to make distributions, transfer assets, or pay fees, expenses or taxes assessed against all or a part of the Trust, and the Trustee/Custodian is not
instructed as to the liquidation of such assets, assets will be liquidated on a pro rata basis across all the investment alternatives in the Trust. The Trustee and /or Custodian are expressly authorized to liquidate assets in order to satisfy the
Trust’s obligation to pay the Trustee and /or Custodian’s fees or other compensation if such fees or compensation is not paid on a timely basis. 
  

 104 

 13.19 Resignation And Removal The Trustee may resign upon thirty (30) days written notice to the
Employer. The Employer may remove the Trustee upon sixty (60) days written notice to the Trustee, or such shorter period of time as may be agreed to by the parties. The Employer may discontinue its participation in this Prototype Defined
Contribution Plan effective upon thirty (30) days written notice to the Sponsor. In such event the Employer shall, prior to the effective date thereof, amend the Plan to eliminate any reference to this Prototype Defined Contribution Plan and
appoint a successor trustee/custodian. The Trustee shall deliver the Trust to its successor on the effective date of the resignation or removal, or as soon thereafter as practicable, provided that this shall not waive any lien the Trustee may have
upon the Trust for its compensation or expenses. Following the effective date of the notice of termination, the Trustee shall have no further responsibility for providing services to the Employer or the Plan. If the Employer fails to amend the Plan
and appoint a successor trustee/custodian within the said thirty (30) days, or such longer period as the Trustee may specify in writing, the Plan shall be deemed individually designed and the highest ranking officer of the Employer shall be
deemed the successor trustee or custodian as the case may be. In such event, the Trustee may but shall not be required to continue to hold custody of the assets of the Plan until such time as appropriate arrangements have been made for the security
of the Plan assets, but for a discretionary Trustee, upon notification thereof to Plan Participants, shall no longer have any responsibility for the investment of Plan assets. 
  

 105 

 ARTICLE XIV 
 TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS 
 14.1 Applicability Of Rules If the Plan [except in the case of a SIMPLE 401(k)
Plan] is or becomes Top-Heavy in any Plan Year, the provisions of this Article will supersede any conflicting provisions in the Basic Plan Document #01 and accompanying Adoption Agreement. 
 14.2 Minimum Contribution Notwithstanding any other provision in the Employer’s Plan, for any Plan Year in which the Plan is Top-Heavy, the aggregate
Employer contributions and forfeitures allocated on behalf of any Participant (without regard to any Social Security contribution) under this Plan or a combination of paired or non-paired Defined Contribution Plans and no Defined Benefit Plans which
are Top-Heavy, the Employer will contribute the lesser of 3% of such Participant’s Compensation or the largest percentage of the Employer contributions and forfeitures, as a percentage of the Key Employee’s Compensation, up to a maximum
permitted under Code Section 401(a)(17), as indexed, allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for that year. 
  

	 	(a)	In any Limitation Year prior to January 1, 2000, if the Employer maintains or maintained a Defined Benefit Plan which is not paired, the provisions of the “Limitations on
Allocations” section of the Adoption Agreement shall apply. 

  

	 	(b)	Each Participant who is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year shall be entitled to receive an allocation of the Employer’s minimum contribution for such
Plan Year. The minimum allocation applies even though under other Plan provisions the Participant would not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation, or would have received a lesser allocation for the year because the Participant fails to make
required contributions to the Plan, the Participant’s Compensation is less than a stated amount, or the Participant fails to complete one-thousand (1,000) Hours of Service (or such lesser number designated by the Employer in the Adoption
Agreement) during the Plan Year. A paired profit-sharing Plan designated to provide the Top- Heavy minimum contribution must do so regardless of profits. An Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement by resolution or by Plan amendment whether the
Top-Heavy minimum Contribution will be made to all Participants or just non-Key Employees. 

 The Top-Heavy minimum contribution does not apply
to any Participant to the extent the Participant is covered under any other plan(s) of the Employer and the Employer has provided in the Adoption Agreement that the minimum allocation or benefit requirements applicable to this Plan will be satisfied
in the other plan(s). 
 If a Key Employee makes an Elective Deferral or has an allocation of Matching Contributions credited to his or her account, a
Top-Heavy minimum contribution will be required for non-Key Employees who are Participants. For purposes of satisfying the Top-Heavy minimum contribution requirement, Elective Deferrals and Matching Contributions are not taken into account.

 14.3 Minimum Vesting For any Plan Year during which this Plan is Top-Heavy, the minimum vesting schedule selected by the Employer in the
Adoption Agreement will automatically apply to the Plan. If the vesting schedule elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement is less liberal than the allowable schedule, the schedule will automatically shift to a vesting schedule which
satisfies the Top-Heavy minimum requirements. If the vesting schedule under the Employer’s Plan shifts in or out of the Top-Heavy schedule for any Plan Year, such shift is an amendment to the vesting schedule and the election in paragraph 9.9
of the Basic Plan Document #01 applies. The minimum vesting schedule applies to all accrued benefits within the meaning of Code Section 411(a)(7) except those attributable to Employee contributions, including benefits accrued before the
effective date of Code Section 416 and benefits accrued before the Plan became Top-Heavy. No reduction in vested benefits may occur in the event the Plan’s status as Top-Heavy changes for any Plan Year. This paragraph does not apply to the
account balances of any Employee who does not have one (1) Hour of Service after the Plan initially becomes Top-Heavy and such Employee’s account balance attributable to Employer contributions and forfeitures will be determined without
regard to this paragraph. 
  

 106 

 14.4 Limitations On Allocations In any Limitation Year beginning prior to January 1, 2000 in which the
Top-Heavy Ratio exceeds 90% (i.e., the Plan becomes Super Top-Heavy), the denominators of the Defined Benefit Fraction and Defined Contribution Fraction shall be computed using 100% of the dollar limitation instead of 125%. 
 14.5 Use Of Safe Harbor Contributions To Satisfy Top-Heavy Contribution Rules If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a 3% Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contribution allocated to all eligible Employees may be used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirement for a Top-Heavy Plan. A Safe Harbor Matching Contribution may not be used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirement for a Top-Heavy
Plan. 
 14.6 Top-Heavy Rules For SIMPLE 401(k) Plans A SIMPLE 401(k) Plan is not treated as a Top-Heavy Plan under Code Section 416 for
any year for which this article applies. 
  

 107 

 ARTICLE XV 
 AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION 
 15.1 Amendment By Sponsor The Sponsor may amend any or all provisions of
this Prototype Defined Contribution Plan at any time without obtaining the approval or consent of any Employer which has adopted this Plan and Trust provided that no amendment shall authorize or permit any part of the corpus or income of the Plan to
be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries, or eliminate an optional form of distribution. For purposes of Sponsor amendments, the mass submitter of this Basic Plan Document #01
shall be recognized as the agent of the Sponsor. If the Sponsor does not adopt the amendments made by the mass submitter, it will no longer be identical to or a minor modifier of the mass submitter plan. 
 15.2 Amendment By Employer The Employer may amend any option in the Adoption Agreement, and may include language as permitted in the Adoption Agreement to
satisfy Code Section 415 or to avoid duplication of minimums under Code Section 416 because of the required aggregation of multiple plans. The Employer may also adopt certain model amendments published by the Internal Revenue Service which
specifically provide that their adoption will not cause the Plan to be treated as an individually designed plan for which the Employer must obtain a separate determination letter. An Employer that amends the Plan for any other reason, including a
waiver of the minimum funding requirement under Code Section 412(d), will no longer participate in this Prototype Plan program and will be considered an individually designed Plan. In such event, all references to the institution or company as
Sponsor shall be deemed null and void. 
 15.3 Protected Benefits An amendment (including the adoption of this Plan as a restatement of an
existing Plan) may not decrease a Participant’s accrued benefit or account balance except to the extent permitted under Code Section 412(c)(8), and may not reduce or eliminate a Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit (except as
provided by the Code or the Regulations issued thereunder) determined immediately prior to the date of adoption, or if later, the Effective Date of the amendment. Where this Plan is being adopted to amend another plan that contains a protected
benefit not provided for in this document, the Employer may attach an addendum to the Adoption Agreement that describes such protected benefit which shall be incorporated in the Plan. 
 15.4 Plan Termination The Employer shall have the right to terminate its Plan at any time. The Sponsor of this Prototype Defined Contribution Plan is to be given sixty (60) days notice in writing of
the Employer’s intent to terminate or transfer the assets of the Plan. If the Plan is terminated, partially terminated, or if there is a complete discontinuance of contributions under a profit-sharing plan maintained by the Employer, all
amounts credited to the accounts of Participants shall vest and become nonforfeitable. In the event of a partial termination, only those who are affected by such partial termination shall be fully vested. In the event of termination, the Plan
Administrator shall direct the Trustee or the Custodian as applicable with respect to the distribution of accounts to or for the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries. Such distribution shall be made directly to Participants or,
at the direction of the Participant, may be transferred directly to another Eligible Retirement Plan or individual retirement account. In the absence of an election by a Participant who has received notice from the Plan Administrator under paragraph
6.11, the Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee or Custodian to transfer the Participant’s benefit to another Defined Contribution Plan maintained by the Employer, other than an employee stock ownership plan. If the Employer does not
maintain another Defined Contribution Plan, the Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee or Custodian to transfer the Participant’s benefit to an individual retirement account with an institution selected by the Plan Administrator, or make a
distribution pursuant to paragraph 7.15. Prior to making any distribution, the Plan Administrator shall establish in a manner acceptable to the Trustee or Custodian, that the Plan has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal
Revenue Service approving the Plan termination and authorizing the distribution of benefits to Plan Participants. In the absence of such determination letter, the Trustee or Custodian may agree to make distributions to Participants if the Plan
Administrator represents that the applicable requirements, if any, of ERISA and the Code governing the termination of employee benefit plans have been or are being complied with or that appropriate authorizations, waivers, exemptions, or variances
have been or are being obtained. 
  

 108 

 15.5 Distribution Restrictions Under A Code Section 401(k) Plan If the Employer’s Plan includes a
cash or deferred arrangement or if transferred assets described in paragraph 6.13 are subject to the distribution restrictions of Code Sections 401(k)(2) and 401(k)(10), the special distribution provisions of this paragraph apply. The portion of the
Participant’s Vested Account Balance attributable to Elective Deferrals (or to amounts treated under the cash or deferred arrangement as Elective Deferrals) is not distributable on account of Plan termination, as described in this paragraph,
unless: 
  

	 	(a)	the Participant otherwise is entitled under the Plan to a distribution of that portion of the Vested Account Balance, or 

  

	 	(b)	the Plan termination occurs without the establishment of a successor Plan. A successor Plan under subparagraph (b) is a Defined Contribution Plan other than an employee stock
ownership plan [as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)], a Simplified Employee Pension Plan [as defined in Code Section 408(k)], or a SIMPLE IRA Plan [as defined in Code Section 408(p)] maintained by the Employer (or by a related
Employer) at the time of the termination of the Plan or within the period ending twelve (12) months after the final distribution of assets. A distribution pursuant to this subparagraph (b), must be part of a lump sum distribution(s) to the
Participant of his Vested account balance. 

  

	 	(c)	The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated entity of such corporation’s interest in a subsidiary [within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(3)] if such corporation
continues to maintain the Plan, but only with respect to the Employees who continue employment with such subsidiary. 

  

	 	(d)	In connection with the disposition by an Employer of less than 85% of the assets used by the Employer in a trade or business to an unrelated entity, distribution of the entire
Vested Account Balance of an Participant who continues employment with the acquirer will, if so agreed to by the Employer, be made to the Participant in a single lump sum. This paragraph shall apply if the acquirer does not maintain the Plan after
disposition and only if such Employee’s change in employment status constitutes a “separation from Service” within the meaning of Code Section 401(k)(2)(b)(i)(I). 

 15.6 Qualification Of Employer’s Plan If the adopting Employer fails to obtain or retain applicable Internal Revenue Service qualification as a
Prototype Plan, such Employer’s Plan shall no longer participate in this Prototype Defined Contribution Plan and will be considered an individually designed plan. 
 15.7 Mergers And Consolidations 
  

	 	(a)	In the case of any merger or consolidation of the Employer’s Plan with, or transfer of assets or liabilities of the Employer’s Plan to any other plan, Participants in the
Employer’s Plan shall be entitled to receive benefits immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer which are equal to or greater than the benefits they would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger,
consolidation, or transfer if the Plan had then terminated. 

  

	 	(b)	Any corporation into which the Trustee, Custodian or any successor thereto may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger or
consolidation to which the Trustee, Custodian or any successor thereto may be a party, or any corporation to which all or substantially all the business of the Trustee, Custodian or any successor thereto may be transferred, shall automatically be
the successor without the filing of any instrument or performance of any further act, before any court. 

 15.8 Qualification Of
Prototype The Sponsor intends that this Prototype Defined Contribution Plan will meet the requirements of the Code as a qualified Defined Contribution Plan. Should the Commissioner of Internal Revenue or any delegate of the Commissioner at
any time determine that the Prototype Defined Contribution Plan fails to meet the requirements of the Code, the Sponsor will amend the Basic Plan Document #01 as necessary to maintain its qualified status. 
  

 109 

 ARTICLE XVI 
 GOVERNING LAW 
 16.1 Governing Law Construction, validity and administration of the Prototype Defined
Contribution Plan and any Employer Plan established under the terms of this Plan and accompanying Adoption Agreement, shall be governed by Federal law to the extent applicable and to the extent not applicable by the laws of the State or Commonwealth
in which the principal office of the Prototype Sponsor or its affiliate is located. 
 16.2 State Community Property Laws The terms and
conditions of the Prototype Defined Contribution Plan and any Employer’s Plan established under the terms of this Basic Plan Document #01 and accompanying Adoption Agreement shall be applicable without regard to community property laws of any
state. 
 10/01 
  

 110 

 IRS MODEL AMENDMENT 
 With respect to distributions under the Plan made for calendar years beginning on or after: 
  

	 ̈	January 1, 2001 

  

	x	January 1, 2002 

 the Plan will apply the minimum distribution
requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) in accordance with the Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9) that were proposed on January 17, 2001, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. This paragraph shall continue in
effect until the end of the last calendar year beginning before the effective date of the final Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9) or such other date as may be specified in guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service. 

 

 111 

 AMENDMENT 
 TO THE 
 PROTOTYPE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN 
 BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT #01 
 The Employer named in the
Adoption Agreement hereby amends the Plan to reflect certain provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (“EGTRRA”). This amendment is intended as a good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA and
is to be construed in accordance with EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder. This amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Basic Plan Document #01 to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment. The
Basic Plan Document #01 is hereby amended as follows: 
  

	1.	Paragraph 1.16 of the Basic Plan Document #01 entitled “Compensation”, under the paragraph entitled “Limitation on Compensation” is amended effective for Plan
Years beginning after December 31, 2001, by the addition of the following three sentences at the end of the paragraph: 

 “The annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account in determining allocations for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with
Code Section 401(a)(17)(B). Annual Compensation means Compensation during the Plan Year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which Compensation is otherwise determined under the Plan (the determination period). The cost-of-living
adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual Compensation for the determination period that begins with or within such calendar year.” 
  

	2.	Paragraph 1.55 of the Basic Plan Document #01 entitled “Key Employee”, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following for Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 2001: 

 “1.55 Key Employee Key Employee means any Employee or former Employee (including any
deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the determination date was an officer of the Employer having annual Compensation greater than $130,000 [as adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 2002], a five percent (5%) owner of the Employer, or a one percent (1%) owner of the Employer having annual Compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual Compensation means Compensation within the
meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3). The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and the applicable Regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.”

  

	3.	Paragraph 4.4 of the Basic Plan Document #01 entitled “Rollover Contributions”, is amended by the addition of the following paragraph (g) which shall read as follows:

  

	 	“(g)	If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the Plan will accept Participant Rollover Contributions and/or Direct Rollovers of distributions made after December 31,
2001, from the types of plans specified in the Adoption Agreement, beginning on the Effective Date specified in the Adoption Agreement.” 

  

	4.	Paragraph 4.7 of the Basic Plan Document #01 entitled “Elective Deferrals in a 401(k) Plan”, is amended by the addition of three new paragraphs (g), (h) and
(i) which shall read as follows: 

  

	 	“(g)	No Participant shall be permitted to have Elective Deferrals made under this Plan, or any other Qualified Plan maintained by the Employer during any taxable year, in excess of the
dollar limitation contained in Code Section 402(g) in effect for such taxable year, except to the extent permitted under subparagraph (h) below and Code Section 414(v), if applicable. 

  

	 	(h)	 If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, all Employees who are eligible to make Elective Deferrals under this Plan and who have attained age fifty
(50) before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make catch-up contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Code Section 414(v). Such catch-up contributions shall not be taken into account 

  

 112 

	 	 
for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Code Sections 402(g) and 415. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to
satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Code Sections 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416, as applicable, by reason of the making of such catch-up contributions. 

  

	 	(i)	Except to the extent permitted under subparagraph (h) above, the Adoption Agreement, EGTRRA §631 and Code Section 414(v), the maximum salary reduction contribution
that can be made to this Plan is the amount determined under Code Section 408(p)(2)(A)(ii) for the calendar year.” 

  

	5.	Effective as of the date set forth in the Adoption Agreement Section entitled “Distribution Upon Severance from Employment”, paragraph 6.3 of the Basic Plan Document #01
entitled “Benefits on Termination of Employment” is amended by the addition of paragraphs (i) and (j) which shall read as follows: 

  

	 	“(i)	If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, this paragraph shall apply for distributions and severances from employment occurring after the dates specified in the Adoption
Agreement. 

 A Participant’s Elective Deferrals, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions,
and earnings attributable to these contributions shall be distributed on account of the Participant’s severance from employment. However, such a distribution shall be subject to the other provisions of the Plan regarding distributions, other
than provisions that require a separation from Service before such amounts may be distributed. 
  

	 	(j)	If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the value of a Participant’s nonforfeitable account balance shall be determined without regard to that portion of the
account balance that is attributable to rollover contributions (and the earnings allocable thereto) within the meaning of Code Sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii) and 457(e)(16). If the value of the Participant’s
nonforfeitable account balance as so determined is $5,000 or less, the Plan shall immediately distribute the Participant’s entire nonforfeitable account balance.” 

  

	6.	Effective as of the date set forth in the Adoption Agreement Section entitled “Distribution Upon Severance from Employment”, paragraph 6.6 of the Basic Plan Document #01
entitled “Commencement of Benefits”, is amended by the addition of paragraph (d) which shall read as follows: 

  

	 	“(d)	If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, this paragraph shall apply for distributions and severances from employment occurring after the dates specified in the Adoption
Agreement. 

 A Participant’s Elective Deferrals, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions,
and earnings attributable to these contributions shall be distributed on account of the Participant’s severance from employment. However, such a distribution shall be subject to the other provisions of the Plan regarding distributions, other
than provisions that require a separation from Service before such amounts may be distributed.” 
  

	7.	The following new paragraph (c) is added to paragraph 6.7 of the Basic Plan Document #01 entitled “Transitional Rules for Cash-Out Limits” and shall apply if elected
by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement and be effective as specified in the Adoption Agreement. 

  

	 	“(c)	If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, for purposes of this paragraph 6.7, the value of a Participant’s nonforfeitable account balance shall be determined
without regard to that portion of the account balance that is attributable to Rollover Contributions (and the earnings allocable thereto) within the meaning of Code Sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii), and 457(e)(16). If the
value of the Participant’s nonforfeitable account balance as so determined is $5,000 or less, the Plan shall immediately distribute the Participant’s entire nonforfeitable account balance.” 

  

 113 

	8.	Paragraph 6.9 of the Basic Plan Document #01 entitled “Hardship Withdrawals”, is amended effective January 1, 2002 by the addition of the following paragraph (d):

  

	 	“(d)	A Participant who receives a distribution after December 31, 2001, on account of Hardship shall be prohibited from making Elective Deferrals and Voluntary After-tax
Contributions under this and all other Plans of the Employer for six (6) months after receipt of the distribution. A Participant who receives a distribution in calendar year 2001 on account of Hardship shall be prohibited from making Elective
Deferrals and Voluntary After-tax Contributions under this and all other Plans of the Employer for the period specified by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. 

 The Code Section 402(g) limit for the 2002 calendar year does not have to be reduced with respect to a Participant who has received a hardship
distribution in calendar year 2001.” 
  

	9.	Paragraph 6.10 of the Basic Plan Document #01 entitled “Direct Rollover of Benefits”, is amended effective January 1, 2002 by the addition of the following paragraph
(e): 

  

	 	“(e)	This paragraph shall apply only to distributions made after December 31, 2001. For purposes of the Direct Rollover provisions in paragraph 6.10 of the Plan, an Eligible
Retirement Plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) and an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a
state or political subdivision of a state which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving Spouse, or
to a Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). 

 For purposes of the Direct Rollover provisions in paragraph 6.10 of the Plan, any amount that is distributed on account of Hardship shall not be an Eligible Rollover Distribution and the distributee may not elect to have any portion of such
a distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan. 
 For purposes of the Direct Rollover provisions in paragraph 6.10 of the Plan,
a portion of the distribution shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because the portion consists of Voluntary After-tax Contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to
an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or (b), or to a qualified Defined Contribution Plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including
separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.” 
  

	10.	Article IX of Basic Plan Document #01 entitled “VESTING”, is hereby amended effective for the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, by adding a new
paragraph 9.12 entitled “Vesting of Employer Matching Contributions” which shall read as follows: 

 “9.12
Vesting Of Employer Matching Contributions This section shall apply to Participants with an account balance derived from Employer Matching Contributions who complete an Hour of Service under the Plan in a Plan Year beginning after
December 31, 2001. If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, this section shall also apply to all other Participants with an account balance derived from Employer Matching Contributions. 
 A Participant’s account balance derived from Employer Matching Contributions shall vest as provided in Section XIII(E) of the Adoption Agreement if
elected.” 
  

	11.	Article X of Basic Plan Document #01 entitled “LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS”, is amended by the addition of the following paragraph 10.6 entitled “Annual
Additions” which shall read as follows: 

 “10.6 Annual Additions Except to the extent permitted under
Section 4.7(h) of Basic Plan Document #01 and under Code Section 414(v), the Annual Addition that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s account under the Plan for any Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 2001
shall not exceed the lesser of: 
  

	 	(a)	$40,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under Code Section 415(d), or 

  

 114 

	 	(b)	100% of the Participant’s Compensation, within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3), for the Limitation Year. 

 The Compensation limit referred to in (b) above shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from Service [within the
meaning of Code Section 401(h) or Code Section 419A(f)(2)] which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition.” 
  

	12.	Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, paragraph 11.7(b) of the Basic Plan Document #01 is amended by the deletion of this paragraph which outlines the
multiple use test described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(m)-2. 

  

	13.	Paragraph 12.9 of the Basic Plan Document #01 entitled “Participant Loans” is amended effective January 1, 2001 by deleting the language at subsection (i) and
replacing it with the following: 

  

	 	“(i)	Effective for Plan loans made after December 31, 2001, Plan provisions prohibiting loans to any Owner-Employee or Shareholder Employee shall cease to apply.”

  

	14.	Paragraph 14.2 of the Basic Plan Document #01 entitled “Minimum Contribution” is amended for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001 by the addition of the
following two new subparagraphs at the end of the paragraph which shall read as follows: 

 “Matching Contributions
– Employer Matching Contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2). The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to Matching Contributions
under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Employer Matching Contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as
Matching Contributions for purposes of the Actual Contribution Percentage Test and other requirements of Code Section 401(m). 
 Contributions Under Other Plans – The Employer may provide in the Adoption Agreement that the minimum benefit requirement shall be met in another plan, including another plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred
arrangement which meets the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12) and Matching Contributions which meet the requirements of Code Section 401(m)(11).” 
  

	15.	The Top-Heavy requirements of Code Section 416 and Article XIV of the Basic Plan Document #01 shall not apply in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, in which
the Plan established under the Basic Plan Document #01 consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12) and Matching Contributions which meet the requirements of Code
Section 401(m)(11). 

 This paragraph shall apply for purposes of determining whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan under
Code Section 416(g) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, and whether the Plan satisfies the minimum benefits requirements of Code Section 416(c) for such years. This section amends Article XIV of the Basic Plan Document
#01 by adding paragraph 14.7 entitled “Determination of Top-Heavy Status”. The paragraph shall read as follows: 
 “14.7
Determination Of Top-Heavy Status 
  

	 	(a)	Determination of Present Values and Amounts - This paragraph 14.7 shall apply for purposes of determining the Present Values of accrued benefits and the amounts of
account balances of Employees as of the Top-Heavy Determination Date. 

  

	 	(b)	 Distributions During the Plan Year Ending on the Top-Heavy Determination Date - The Present Value of accrued benefits and the amounts of account
balances of an Employee as of the Top-Heavy Determination Date shall be increased by the distributions 

  

 115 

	 	 
made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with this Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2) during the 1-year period ending on
the Top-Heavy Determination Date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with this Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i). In the case of a
distribution made for a reason other than separation from Service, death, or Disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “5-year period” for “1-year period”. 

  

	 	(c)	Employees Not Performing Services During the Plan Year Ending on the Top-Heavy Determination Date - The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not
performed services for the Employer during the 1-year period ending on the Top-Heavy Determination Date shall not be taken into account.” 

  

 116 

 MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS 
 MODEL AMENDMENT TO THE 
 PROTOTYPE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN 
 SPONSORED BY 
 DIVERSIFIED INVESTMENT
ADVISORS, INC. 
 BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT #01 
  

	
	The Plan is hereby amended to reflect the final minimum distribution requirements pursuant to Revenue Procedure 2002-29. This amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Basic Plan
Document #01 to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment. The Basic Plan Document is hereby amended by the addition of the following new Article XVII and the corresponding addition of Article XVII to the
Table of Contents as follows:

 ARTICLE XVII 
 MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS 
 17.1 Effective Date Unless an earlier effective date is specified
in the Adoption Agreement, the provisions of this Article will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year. 
 17.2 Coordination With Minimum Distribution Requirements Previously In Effect If the Adoption Agreement specifies an effective date of this Article that is earlier than calendar years beginning with the
2003 calendar year, required minimum distributions for 2002 under this Article will be determined as follows. If the total amount of 2002 required minimum distributions under the Plan made to the distributee prior to the effective date of this
Article equals or exceeds the required minimum distributions determined under this Article, then no additional distributions will be required to be made for 2002 on or after such date to the distributee. If the total amount of 2002 required minimum
distributions under the Plan made to the distributee prior to the effective date of this Article are less than the amount determined under this Article, then required minimum distributions for 2002 on and after such date will be determined so that
the total amount of required minimum distributions for 2002 made to the distributee will be the amount determined under this Article. 
 17.3
Precedence The requirements of this Article will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan. 
 17.4 Requirements Of
Treasury Regulations Incorporated All distributions required under this Article will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Code §401(a)(9). 
 17.5 TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article, distributions may be made under a designation made before
January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (“TEFRA”) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to Section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA. 
 17.6 Required Beginning Date The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the
Participant’s Required Beginning Date. 
 17.7 Death Of Participant Before Distributions Begin If the Participant dies before
distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows: 
 (a) If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated
Beneficiary, then, except as provided in the Adoption Agreement, distributions to the surviving Spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31
of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2, if later. 

 (b) If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary,
then, except as provided in the Adoption Agreement, distributions to the designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died. 
 (c) If there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s
entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. 
 (d) If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving Spouse begin, this paragraph 17.7, other than
paragraph 17.7(a), will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant. 
 For purposes of this paragraph and paragraphs 17.11 and 17.12, unless
paragraph 17.7(d) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If paragraph 17.7(d) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving
Spouse under paragraph 17.7(a). If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date [or to the Participant’s surviving Spouse before
the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under paragraph 17.7(a)], the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence. 
 17.8 Forms Of Distributions Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning
Date, as of the First Distribution Calendar Year distributions will be made in accordance with paragraph 17.9 through paragraph 17.12 of this Article. If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an
insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations. 
 17.9 Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year is the lesser of:

 (a) the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table
set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the Distribution Calendar Year; or 
 (b) if the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s Spouse, the quotient obtained
by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations, using the Participant’s and Spouse’s attained ages as of the
Participant’s and Spouse’s birthdays in the Distribution Calendar Year. 
 17.10 Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through
Year Of Participant’s Death Required minimum distributions will be determined under this paragraph and paragraph 17.9 beginning with the first Distribution Calendar Year and up to and including the Distribution Calendar Year that
includes the Participant’s date of death. 
 17.11 Death On Or After Distributions Begin  
 (a) Participant Survived By Designated Beneficiary - If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a
designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the longer of the
remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, determined as follows: 
 (1) The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of Death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

 (2) If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, the
remaining life expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving Spouse’s age as of the Spouse’s birthday in that year. For Distribution
Calendar Years after the year of the surviving Spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving Spouse as of the Spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the Spouse’s
death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year. 
 (3) If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole
designated Beneficiary, the designed Beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 
 (b) No Designated Beneficiary - If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as
of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the
Participant’s account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 
 17.12 Death Before Date Distributions Begin  
 (a) Participant Survived By Designated Beneficiary - Except as provided in the Adoption Agreement, if the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will
be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated
Beneficiary, determined as provided in paragraph 17.11. 
 (b) No Designated Beneficiary - If the Participant dies before the
date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of
the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. 
 (c) Death Of Surviving Spouse Before
Distributions To Surviving Spouse Are Required To Begin - If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, and the surviving Spouse
dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under paragraph 17.7(a), this paragraph 17.12 will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant. 
 17.13 Designated Beneficiary The individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under paragraph 1.13 of the Basic Plan Document #01 and is the designated Beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and
Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury Regulations. 
 17.14 Distribution Calendar Year A calendar year for which a minimum
distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the First Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s Required Beginning
Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the First Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under paragraph 17.7. The required minimum distribution for the
Participant’s First Distribution Calendar Year will be made on or before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution for other Distribution Calendar Years, including the required minimum distribution for
the Distribution Calendar Year in which the Participant’s Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year. 

 17.15 Life Expectancy Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in
Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations. 
 17.16 Participant’s Account Balance The account balance as of the last
Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution Calendar Year (Valuation Calendar Year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the
Valuation Calendar Year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the Valuation Calendar Year after the Valuation Date. The account balance for the Valuation Calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the
Plan either in the Valuation Calendar Year or in the Distribution Calendar Year if distributed or transferred in the Valuation Calendar Year. 
 17.17
Required Beginning Date The date specified in paragraph 1.88 of the Basic Plan Document #01. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Diversified Investment
Advisors, Inc. has caused this Amendment to be executed this 23rd day of October, 2003. 
  

			
	Diversified Investment Advisors, Inc.
		
	By:	 	
		 	

	Title:	 	Vice President

 AMENDMENT 
 TO THE 
 BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT #01 
 TO COMPLY WITH THE AUTOMATIC ROLLOVER PROVISIONS 
 The Employer named in the Adoption Agreement
hereby amends Basic Plan Document #01 (the “Plan”) to reflect the automatic rollover provisions applicable to involuntary cash-out distributions as provided in Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-5 (the “Notice”) and Department
of Labor Field Assistance Bulletin 2004-02 (“FAB 2004-02”). This amendment is intended as a good faith compliance effort with the requirements of the Notice and FAB 2004-02 and is to be construed in accordance with the guidance issued
thereunder. Except as otherwise provided, this amendment shall be effective as of March 28, 2005. This amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment.
The Basic Plan Document #01 is hereby amended as follows: 
 Paragraphs 6.3(b), 6.3(h), and 6.6(c) of the Plan are deleted in their entirety. Paragraph 6.3(b)
is replaced by the following Paragraph (b), and Paragraphs 6.3(h), 6.6(c) are replaced with the word “reserved.” New Paragraphs 7.15 (d), (g) and (h) are added, existing Paragraphs 7.15 (d), (e) and (f) are relabeled as
(e), (f) and (i) respectively, and Paragraph 7.15(c) is amended as indicated below: 
  

					
	6.3	  	(b)	  	When a Participant terminates employment and the value of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance is not greater than $5,000, the Participant may request a distribution of the value of the
entire vested portion of such account balance, without the need for spousal consent, and the nonvested portion shall be treated as a forfeiture upon such distribution.
			
		  		  	Unless elected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, if the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan, as specified by the Participant, or
does not elect to receive the distribution directly, the Plan Administrator may pay the distribution in a Direct Rollover to an Individual Retirement Plan that is designated by the Plan Administrator and is communicated to the Plan Participant. The
extent to which rollover contributions will be included or excluded in determining the value of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance for purposes of the Plan’s involuntary cash-out rules will be governed by the existing Adoption
Agreement provision. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, rollover contributions will always be considered in determining if the $1,000 threshold has been exceeded.
			
		  		  	If a Participant’s Vested Account Balance is $1,000 or less, such distribution shall be paid in a direct distribution to the Participant after complying with the federal tax withholding
rules. Terminated Participants receiving an involuntary distribution of $200 or more must be notified of their right to have such amounts directly rolled-over to an IRA or other eligible retirement plan of their choosing.
			
		  	(h)	  	Reserved.
			
	6.6	  	(c)	  	Reserved.
			
	7.15	  	(c)	  	The number $5,000 is replaced by $1,000 where it appears in the second sentence of said paragraph.
			
		  	(d)	  	Unless elected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, if a terminated Participant cannot be located, the Participant’s Vested Account Balance is in excess of $1,000 but not greater than
$5,000, and no Participant election has been made regarding the disposition of his or her Vested Account Balance, the automatic rollover provisions of Code Section 401(a)(31)(B) as contained at paragraph 6.3(b) shall be applied to said Account.

					
			
		  	(g)	  	In the event of a plan termination, the Plan Administrator shall apply such search methods for locating missing Participants as described in FAB 2004-02 as it considers in its sole discretion
appropriate under the circumstances.
			
		  	(h)	  	In making distributions from a terminating Plan on behalf of Participants who are either determined to be missing or who otherwise fail to elect a method of distribution in connection with the
termination of the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall comply with the relevant requirements of final Department of Labor Regulation §2550.404a-2, without regard to the amount involved in the rollover distribution.

 Unclaimed Benefit Procedures 
 Diversified has developed the following procedures for locating former employees who were participants in the Plan. These procedures have been designed to satisfy your fiduciary requirements for locating lost
participants. Diversified is prohibited from providing legal advice outside of the company. You should ask your legal counsel to review these procedures. 
 The following Unclaimed Benefit Procedures will be followed for handling benefits, which are payable to former participants and beneficiaries of the Plan. A private locator service, Transunion Trace (“TUT”), will be used to locate
such former participants and beneficiaries. The Plan Administrator may chose to use another service in the future. 
 Returned Checks:

  

	1.	If a check is returned as undeliverable, Diversified will perform an address search using TUT. 

  

	2.	If a new address is found, Diversified will issue a duplicate check to the participant at the new address. Diversified will notify the Plan Administrator of the new address to
update their records. 

  

	3.	If a new address is not found, Diversified will notify the Plan Administrator and ask for a more current address. If a new address is not available, the amount of the distribution
(net of taxes withheld, if any) will be re-deposited back into the participant’s account as of a current date in the most conservative investment fund option available under the Plan. If the check is for a nondiscrimination testing refund,
excess deferral refund, 415 excess contribution refund, or a required minimum distribution the amount will be escheated to the appropriate state. 

  

	4.	The re-deposited amount will be treated as after –tax monies so it will not be subject to tax withholding in a subsequent distribution. However, earnings on the amount that is
re-deposited would be subject to tax withholding when distributed. 

 Un-cashed Checks: 
  

	1.	If a check is un-cashed for 4 months, Diversified will send a follow-up letter to the participant at the address in Diversified’s records. 

  

	2.	If the letter is returned, Diversified will do an address search using TUT. 

  

	3.	If new address is found, Diversified will send a follow-up letter to the participant at the new address reminding them that they have an un-cashed check. 

 

	4.	If a new address is not found or the check is still outstanding after 5 months, the Returned Check procedures starting with Step 3 will be followed. 

November 2003

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00148-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00148-of-00352.parquet"}]]